Colossal Cock

Posted originally on the Archive of Our Own at http://archiveofourown.org/works/44856979.

Rating: Explicit
Archive Warning: Creator Chose Not To Use Archive Warnings
Category: M/M
Fandom: 방탄소년단 | Bangtan Boys | BTS
Relationship: Jeon Jungkook/Kim Taehyung | V
Character: Jeon Jungkook, Kim Taehyung | V, Park Jimin (BTS), Min Yoongi |
Suga, Kim Namjoon | RM, Kim Seokjin | Jin, Jung Hoseok | J-Hope
Additional Tags: Alternate Universe - College/University, Enemies to fuck buddies to...,
they not exactly enemies but frenemies, Kim Taehyung | V is a Little
Shit, Jeon Jungkook is a Little Shit, Sexual Tension, Explicit Sexual
Content, Anal Sex, thigh fucking, Semi-Public Sex, Phone Sex,
Hurt/Comfort, past trauma/abuse, Kim Taehyung | V is Whipped, Jeon
Jungkook is Bad at Feelings, Protective Kim Taehyung | V, Emotionally
constipated characters, Psychological trauma caused by past
relationships, Denial of Feelings, Jealousy, Enemies to Lovers, Angst
with a Happy Ending, Jungkook is slowly getting there, Kim Taehyung |
V Has a Big Dick, Domestic Fluff, Top Kim Taehyung | V, Bottom Jeon
Jungkook
Language: English
Stats: Published: 2023-02-07 Completed: 2023-08-02 Words: 103,694
Chapters: 8/8

Colossal Cock
by Taekooks_Doll

Summary

Jungkook has rules when it comes to relationships. He doesn’t fall in love, he doesn’t like
waking up next to the person he had a one night stand with, he doesn't like seeing the same
face twice.
But there’s one exception.
Kim Taehyung, who gets on his nerves like no one has ever had. But even though he hates
his guts, he can’t deny the attraction and sensation he feels between his legs.
And so Jungkook finds himself unwillingly reshaping the way he has been navigating his
sex life when he decides to become sex partners with none other than the person he resents:
Kim Taehyung himself.
He enjoys the pleasure, except when it comes too close to his heart. Because his heart is a
closed book and he refuses to open it for anyone.

OR

Story of a frustrated microbiology student Jeon Jungkook, who hates Kim Taehyung but
doesn’t hate his big fat cock at all.
Notes

Hello dearest readers!!

This is my first time writing a fic for ao3 which is not for a fest but solely for my own
satisfaction. I have been wanting to write a fic titled "Colossal Cock" for so long and finally
got the chance to do it.

This is me trying to write a story with just the needed amount of angst mixed with unending
sexual frustrations and two in denial fools trying to overcome the obstacles.

I hope you enjoy reading

 1
Chapter Notes

See the end of the chapter for notes

“Can you not always sit like that?”

Jungkook’s pinched expressions and an incredibly disgusted face laced with that irritated voice has
no effect on Taehyung as he spreads his legs even more and sits comfortably on the chair.

“Why? Feel like dropping on your knees for me?” Taehyung counters back with a shit eating grin
on his lips.

This is an everyday thing. The throwing bricks at each other through the mouths. Because
Jungkook and Taehyung cannot stand the sight of each other.

Whenever they are in the same room or even near each other in a 1 kilometer radius, all the insults
to throw at each other grow automatically inside them.

There’s no particular reason why they hate each other. You know when you meet someone for the
first time, and you don’t click so the dislike grows without even knowing each other properly? It’s
kinda like that.

Jungkook was the last edition to their friend circle. Joined through Yoongi because they go way
back.

The first interaction between them was awkward.

Taehyung in his natural flirtatious aura, radiating fuckboy energy while Jungkook is the shy,
stranger who is already put off by him because why the fuck are you staring at me like that?

It started with that and evolved into bickering here and there.

And now they are, what they call ‘enemies’ who hate each other to the core.

“Why don’t you guys just fuck it out?”

Oh, have I told you that their friends are fed up with their bullshit?

Yoongi says it while throwing his head back and groaning. Beside him, his boyfriend Jimin rubs
his palm over his thigh because he is a supportive boyfriend. But in reality, he’s getting angry.

“Excuse me what?!” Jungkook chokes on his words when he registers in his mind the words
Yoongi just spoke. Bizarre and scandalous. Taehyung also throws a glare towards him.

Yoongi shrugs him off by waving his hand in the air, “I can literally cut the tension between you
two with my bare hands.”

There’s no tension between them. Yoongi is bullshitting.

“Yeah right. As if I would ever touch him.” Taehyung snorts, sinking back on his chair. They are
all seated at their university’s cafeteria. The regular hangout spot before class, or during lunch.

“You are no better, jerk.” Jin butts in. Clicking his tongue like he’s greatly unimpressed by what
Taehyung just said. “Don’t think we don’t notice how you stare at his ass.” he adds.

Jungkook whips his head towards Taehyung. Death in his eyes as he fumes like he might explode,
“You stare at my ass?”

Taehyung lets out a sarcastic chuckle, “Huh you don’t even have an ass.”

“Fuck you. That’s you. My ass is fatter than your ego.”

“Oh so you-”

Before Taehyung can finish, there’s a shout that sends shivers down the spine and everyone shuts
up at once as Jimin slams his little fists on the table and stands up, “Everyone shut up! Can’t one
day go without this stupid fucking arguing?! What are you? Five?”

Everyone immediately got back down minding their own business because it’s never really a good
idea to anger Park Jimin.

Jungkook shuts his mouth up too but he doesn’t stop sending glares towards Taehyung.

“Baby, calm down.” Yoongi tries to say. His voice is soft as he’s keeping it low.

“Fuck you too.” Jimin snaps at him too. His pretty features twisting but it doesn’t phase Yoongi as
he grins.

“I won’t be complaining.”

Everyone at the table groans and shakes their head for being subjected to their romance. Focusing
back on sipping on their morning coffee instead.

Taehyung hasn’t moved a muscle since he shut up and hasn’t stopped glaring at Jungkook.

There’s no words spoken between them but Jungkook feels like a lot is being said to him. He
doesn’t have any answers to them though.

So what he does, to avoid this frustrating situation, is get up and walk towards his classroom
because he’s getting late for the class which will start in 20 minutes and it takes 5 minutes to walk
there.

Turns out, Jungkook can’t focus in class.

No matter how much he tries to listen to what the professor is saying. His mind keeps wandering
around to the most absurd thoughts of it all.

It would be a crime if he were to say it out loud but he just can’t stop thinking. Imagining.
Daydreaming.

The sight of a manspreader Taehyung is vivid in Jungkook’s brain since he left the cafeteria this
morning.

The loose slacks weren't much of a help. It hugged the hip perfectly, making the sight look like an
eye sore. Jungkook thinks of how Taehyung’s hand looked like rubbing over his thighs.
He got big hands. Long, slender fingers that dragged smoothly over the fabric, straining it and
gripping at one point.

Jungkook doesn’t know if it was purposeful or not. But it did leave an impact on his mind. So
much so that he isn’t even listening to what is being taught in a very important class.

You see, this is not the first time a distraction like this happened. And it should sound like a
surprise but it really isn’t.

Yoongi wasn’t entirely wrong when he said there’s a tension between Jungkook and Taehyung.
Nor was it the entire truth about why they cannot stand each other.

There’s something else that happened. Something that they were not supposed to be a part of but no
one knows what awaits them.

Jungkook hates it. He hates everything about what happened. So much so that he feels like tying
his hair up andー

“Mr Jeon, explain the mechanism of enzyme action and factors influencing the rate of reaction.”
His professor suddenly asks him and he instantly shakes out of his nonsensical thought.

But that’s no use because Jungkook wasn’t paying attention to class. “I- I don’t know, sir.” he
mumbles.

“Of course you don’t. Cause you aren’t paying attention. Where is your focus?”

Jungkook is 100% sure if he said where his focus is, he will get expelled.

“I’m sorry sir.” he says instead, keeping it low.

“Pay attention.” the professor says and Jungkook gives him a curt nod and tries to actually focus
on class this time.

He gets half of the lecture. Noting down the important points so that he doesn’t make a fool of
himself if he’s asked questions again. He is a decent student with a praisably high CGPA. He
doesn’t wanna make the professors think otherwise.

The class ends another 20 minutes later. He packs his stuff and hangs the backpack over his
shoulder before he gets out.

And as soon as he steps out, the man that has been messing with his mind appears in front of him.
Coming out of the class that’s opposite of his one.

Jungkook scrunches his eyebrows together and grips the handle of his bag hard as he storms
towards Taehyung.

“You!” Jungkook shouts, a pen in his hand which he points right at Taehyung’s face. Dangerously
close, might just poke his eyes out. “It’s all your fault!”

Taehyung has to take a moment to collect himself because Jungkook just appeared before him out
of nowhere and pointing a fucking pen at his face. He frowns, confused at Jungkook’s words.
“What?”

Jungkook frowns even more. His nostrils flaring and teeth gritting like he might turn into a
ferocious animal, ready to jump at his prey and tear it apart. He breathes hard through his nose and
shoves the pen even closer, “I hate you!”

Taehyung blinks once. Twice. This absolute unprovoked tantrum is making no sense to him. “What
did I do?” he shouts back in frustration. Not giving a flying fuck if people around them are looking.

Jungkook takes his pen down. Shoving it in his pocket and making a fist as if he would very much
like to punch that motherfucking gorgeous face.

He grunts instead. A derailed sound gets out of his mouth as he squeezes his eyes shut. Taehyung
just stands there dumbfounded, watching Jungkook go through five stages of grief, for what
possible reason he has no idea.

Jungkook lets out a sigh at last. Sounding defeated. “Nevermind. Go away!” he waves a dismissive
hand at him.

But it’s Jungkook who’s walking away. Leaving a very confused Taehyung behind.

***

When Taehyung is back home in the evening, it’s cold. The weather is playing nowadays. It’s hot
in the morning and then suddenly you are gritting your teeth because the wind is being a bitch.
Winter is telling that I’m coming.

Taehyung also has his mind fucked up since the very confusing encounter he had with Jungkook
after class. He tried to figure out what it was all about but nothing made sense.

But Jungkook stayed in his mind.

He kicks off the shoes at a corner and strips the jacket off of his shoulder to throw it away
somewhere on the couch. His dorm ain’t that big. One room, one bathroom, a small living and a
small kitchen. But it’s his safe place because he would actually hate if he had to share it with
someone.

Stripping the last piece of cloth he had on, Taehyung walks towards the bathroom. The only help
he took from his parents was to set up a water heater in his dorm because back then he wasn’t
earning himself. But now he has a fine part time job that helps him pay his bills. He hopes he can
pay off last year’s tuition fee himself.

Anyway, Taehyung doesn’t bother locking the door of the bathroom cause no one’s here and no
one’s got the keys to his dorm. He can be naked whenever he wants, however he wants.

He turns on the shower head and stands underneath, letting the warm water soak his body.

And Jungkook comes back to his mind.

He likes teasing him. Likes the way those cheeks flushes and his ears go red and the angry face he
makes. It’s pleasingly entertaining.

Taehyung also thinks about Jungkook looking flushed in another kind of way. Where his voice is
hoarse and there’s sweat dripping down the long pretty hair he has which he may tie back up. His
eyes won’t look angrily squeezed but teary.
And Taehyung smacks himself in the head because what the fuck is he thinking? Has he lost his
mind? It’s Jungkook for fucks sake!

Jungkook who is so fucking beautiful when red. Who looks like an angel wearing that stupid fuzzy
sweater. Who points his pen at his face for no fucking reasons and curses the shit out of him.

“Fuck Kim Taehyung stop yourself!” Taehyung tells himself. Turning off the shower. He is not
enjoying the shower as much as he thought he would.

Cause he’s just proving Yoongi and Jin right.

So he snatches a towel and wraps it around his waist, doesn’t even bother drying himself properly
and exits the bathroom.

***

Track day was hectic. Jungkook shouldn’t have eaten that much instant ramyeon before running
miles on the track. But he didn’t know they were going to run! He thought they might just play a
game of volleyball or something and he might just be a substitute player. Even though he’s a real
sports junkie, he didn’t feel like playing that day.

But sike to him they all had to run. And which made him become extremely tired that felt nothing
but to just go home and sleep the evening away.

To achieve that goal, he first had to change from his sweaty sportswear. He was literally drenched
in sweat. It was dripping from the tip of his hair.

With a bottle of water in hand, Jungkook walked towards the locker room where they keep all their
fresh clothes and also where the bathroom is.

Most of the students had already changed and left the area. So Jungkook found the place empty. He
headed straight towards his locker and grabbed a pair of clean sweatshirt and sweatpants. And
then he walked towards the bathroom.

He wasn’t ready. He would never be ready to witness what he witnessed that day.

He really thought he was alone there. The place being dead quiet.

He never thought he would encounter the person he hates the most being naked in front of him.

Jungkook took one step inside the bathroom when Taehyung came out of one of the stalls. He too
looked like he took a shower but the thickhead forgot- or purposefully left the part where someone
wraps a towel around themselves.

Jungkook got a view. A complete view which made his throat run dry and he became still like a
rock there as Taehyung hurried to grab the towel he forgot to take inside and wrap it around
himself.

Jungkook felt extremely dry all over his throat.

“What the fuck Jeon! Why don’t you knock!”

Jungkook didn’t reply right away. His mind was working overtime and everything was vivid. The
water that dripped down Taehyung’s body and trailed in the middle down towards his-

“Fucking cover yourself before coming out of the bathroom!” Jungkook screamed. His cheeks
flushing red and before Taehyung could reply anything, he ran away from there with a stupidly
fast beating heart.

Yoongi wasn’t lying when he said there’s a tension between them. There is, there definitely is.

And the root of it got permanently settled that day after that incident.

***

The university’s library is emptier today than usual days. Jungkook is glad to have duty here on a
day like this.

It’s a part of student activities. Having duties in libraries or laboratories. Libraries are more fun
because there is less work. Duties in laboratories, assisting the lab manager is quite difficult. This
gives him extra credit.

Jungkook walks around his side of the library. Collecting the left out books on the table and putting
it on their respective shelves where they belong. He loves books but he doesn’t really get time to sit
in the library to read. He has a tough major. Microbiology.

Jungkook finishes putting all the books on the shelves except one. For that he needs to go to
another aisle. When he does, he nearly trips at the sight of Taehyung there.

“Jesus fucking christ! What the hell are you doing here!” Jungkook shouts.

Taehyung whips his head behind and puts a finger in his mouth in a shushing indication, “Shut up
Jeon! This is a library! Why are you yelling!”

“Fuck you!” Jungkook points his finger at him but lowers his voice anyway. “I have duty here.”

Taehyung raises an eyebrow at him and crosses his hands over his chest, “Me too.”

Jungkook mirrors his stance. His expression even more pinched, “How come you have duty here
exactly when I have it?”

A snort leaves Taehyung’s nose and the corners of his lips twitch upwards in a crooked smile. He
looks like a shit, “What are you implying, darling?”

Jungkook’s face twists in disgust immediately, “Ew don’t call me that.”

Taehyung chuckles sarcastically, “As if I would ever.”

Jungkook rolls his eyes and unlocks his hands, waving it in front of Taehyug, “You are full of shit.
Go away.”
“Did you forget already that I’m here on duty?”

“But all you are doing is talking shit though.”

“Because you are distracting me from work.”

It’s Jungkook’s turn to have a shit eating grin on his face, “oh. I’m distracting you?” he says with a
smirk.

Taehyung keeps a straight face, “Go do your work, Jeon.”

But Jungkook doesn’t budge. His smirk growing wider as he pokes the tip of his tongue inside his
bottom lip, the piercing hoop poking out, “This is my area. Go on the other side.”

Jungkook thought Taehyung would argue. But he doesn’t and actually leaves to go to the other side
of the library.

Some time passes and Jungkook doesn’t see Taehyung around. He thinks maybe he’s gone.
Because if he was here, he wouldn't let Jungkook live in peace.

So Jungkook decides to stroll around the bookshelves.

And Jungkook should have known Taehyung isn’t someone to go away so easily.

But he isn’t alone. Jungkook sees Taehyung has a guy trapped against one of the bookshelves.
Leaning over him and flirting. Smiling like a fuckboy and not so subtly touching him, tucking his
hair and all.

Jungkook feels irritated. He feels extremely irritated because it’s not the place.

He feels irritated to no end watching Taehyung flirt with that guy.

So much so that he doesn’t think of the consequences before pushing himself between them.

“The fuck, Jeon?” Taehyung says with an annoyed voice. Stepping back. His eyebrows pinching
together.

“Sorry, I needed a book from here.” Jungkook says as he clears his throat. He scans over the shelf
and picks out the first one that catches his eyes.

“The life of Buddha?” Taehyung amusedly says, “You need to read the life story of Buddha?”

“It’s for a presentation.” Jungkook tells him in a hushed voice.

Taehyung stares at him accusingly. “You study microbiology.” he states, making it show that he’s
suspicious of him.

Jungkook opens his mouth a couple of times, forming his words in his head, “You don’t know how
my study goes, shut up. And you can’t be here.”

Taehyung raises his eyebrows questioningly.

“Your duty is over.” Jungkook clarifies. Though Taehyung looks like he doesn’t believe
Jungkook’s words.

“Does that mean I have to leave the library? Do you own it?” Taehyung snaps.

Jungkook rolls his eyes as he hugs the book, “I don’t. But maybe you are forgetting it’s the time for
your class.”

Taehyung quickly takes out his mobile from his pocket to check the time. And he curses when he
sees that it’s actually the time for an important class that he has to attend because finals are
nearing.

None of them question how Jungkook knows his class schedule as Taehyung hurriedly takes his
leave. Telling the guy to meet some other time. The guy awkwardly bids his goodbye and is about
to leave too but Jungkook stops him.

“Stay away from him.” Jungkook whispers so it’s only them who could hear. Even though it’s
empty around them.

The guy frowns, “Excuse me?”

Jungkook leans towards him a little as if he’s telling a secret, “He has really bad hygiene.” The guy
widens his eyes at that but Jungkook beats him before he speaks, “Trust me, it’s all body spray and
perfumes.”

The guy makes a face of pure disgust. And mutters something like ‘Umm okay, thanks’ before he
goes away.

The most devilish smile takes over Jungkook’s face as he feels really proud of himself.

The strap of the camera hangs in the air as Taehyung focuses his lense around the campus. He has
a project to submit at the end of the semester and he still hasn’t decided what theme he should go
for.

But just bringing his camera to take a couple pictures motivates him, and might just give him ideas.
So he has been sitting on a bench of the campus and taking pictures of whatever catches his eyes.

And what catches his eyes is Jungkook.

He stops momentarily. It doesn’t make sense but he keeps looking at Jungkook through the lens,
without clicking the shutter or anything else.

He just looks.

Jungkook’s wearing a plain t-shirt and jeans. A contrasted plaid shirt thrown over the t-shirt. He’s
looking like any other college kid around the campus.

But it still makes Taehyung’s hands pause and his eyes stop blinking.

Ideas keep swarming his head as he keeps looking at Jungkook. Ideas about how Jungkook could
be his muse for his project..how he could dress him up and how well he could capture him through
his lens. How perfectly he could make use of that face and those curves of his body.

Taehyung gulps when he realizes what he is thinking and right at that moment, Jungkook looks
straight at the camera and their gazes meet through the lens.

When Jungkook realizes that the camera is pointed at him, he storms towards Taehyung.

It’s already too late to avert the camera to another direction because Jungkook’s already there,
standing in front of him with his nostrils flaring and eyebrows furrowing in annoyance, “Hey Kim!
Why were you taking my pics?”

Taehyung stares at him with disinterest, “I didn’t?” he says like he doesn’t acknowledge his
presence at all.

Jungkook looks like he’s practically fuming, clenching his fist and all, “Yeah? Show me your
camera then.” he demands.

“No.” Taehyung says without a beat. He actually didn’t take any pictures of him but the word just
slipped through his mouth effortlessly. As if, Jungkook would catch on what he was thinking while
he was looking at him through the camera.

The corners of Jungkook’s lips twitch upward, “Caught in the lie.”

Taehyung sneers, trying to take pictures of something behind Jungkook, “You appeared in front of
my camera out of nowhere. Fuck you.”

Jungkook rolls his eyes, “Fine. I’m letting it go for this time.”

He doesn’t leave. He stands there watching Taehyung do things with his camera.

And then suddenly, he plops beside him, startling Taehyung. “What are you taking pics for?” he
asks casually.

“Why do you care?” Taehyung snaps without even looking at him. It annoys Jungkook.

“Asshole, I’m trying to make a conversation here.” Jungkook says with a voice louder than normal.

“You don’t make conversation with me any other time.” Taehyung states like it’s an universal
truth.

“That is not true.” Jungkook denies immediately. Crossing his arms over his chest.

“It is.”

“We are making a conversation now.”

“It’s called arguing.”

“A type of conversation.”

Taehyung looks at Jungkook and sighs. Shaking his head as he runs his fingers through his hair,
“You are insufferable.”

Jungkook scoffs, clearly smug at the feeling that he won the argument or something, “Tough shit.
Now tell me what are you clicking pics for.”
Seeing no other options, Taehyung decides to answer, “Portfolio for the finals. I don’t even know
what I am clicking. I’m just clicking.”

“I see,” Jungkook says, nodding his head as he stares at the screen of the camera to see random
pictures of the campus, “Do you have any theme in mind?” he asks.

With slight hesitation, Taehyung nods, “I do..kinda.”

“But?” Jungkook asks right away as if he knows there’s more to it.

But Taehyung disappoints him, “But what?”

“I thought there was a but.”

“There’s no but.”

The conversation dies down there. Annoyed, Jungkook gets up to walk away.

“Okay fine, there’s a but.” Taehyung grunts, squinting his eyes to not look at the smirk Jungkook is
definitely wearing on that shit eating face.

“I knew it,” He says and walks back to sit again, “What is it?” he asks again.

With a couple more sighs and grunts, Taehyung finally gives in, “I don’t have a muse.”

The words hit Jungkook like a truck as he stops speaking for the moment. Both of them.

It gets eerily awkward between them. Why are they being awkward about this?

“Oh- I” Jungkook starts speaking without looking at Taehyung, “I hope you find someone.” he
says and then gets up, “I have class now so bye.” he says abruptly and walks away.

Taehyung hangs his head down as a long exaggerated sigh leaves his mouth. It sounds
disappointed for some reason. But he shakes off the feeling for now.

He doesn’t raise his camera to take more pictures. He just stares at it in his hand.

And then he hears footsteps approaching him again.

When he looks up, it’s Jungkook.

“I am doing this just because you will owe me for it.” Jungkook says.

Taehyung is completely taken aback and utterly confused about what he is talking about. “Huh?”

Jungkook grunts, stomping his feet on the ground, “I’ll help you,” he says through gritted teeth.
Taehyung can see the tips of his ears red, “I’ll be your muse.”

When the words register in his mind, Taehyung’s eyes blow wide and his mouth falls open,
“Woah..Jeon..when did you become a good human being?”

The way Jungkook rolls his eyes looks like those will get stuck at the back of his head, “Shut up
before I change my mind.” he says and turns on his heels again.

This time, Taehyung doesn’t look disappointed as his lips stretch in a wide smile behind him,
“Thanks though.” he shouts after him.
“Good.” Jungkook says without looking back as he disappears from sight.

***

“So the party is at my house.” Jimin says, sipping on the soda. Everyone is here too, “My parents
are going to hometown so they are leaving the house to me for the weekend so I won’t be at the
dorm. This calls for a party.”

Namjoon snickers, “Last time a party was held at your house, someone got knocked up.” he says.

“Oh my god I remember!” Jin joins him, shaking his head like he’s used to hearing news like this,
“Kids are so dumb these days.”

“Hey! Be thankful that it wasn’t any of us who got anyone pregnant. We are gays, we can’t get
anyone pregnant. It’s a win for us gays. I don’t give two fucks to non gays.” Jimin babbles like
he’s drunk but actually he’s not.

“Wow, that’s a lot of ‘gays’ I heard in a sentence and I ain’t complaining.” Yoongi supports his
boyfriend’s rambling with his whole heart.

“What if someone gets knocked out this time too?” Hoseok says from the side.

“We’ll name Jimin’s house ‘The Knockout’.” Jungkook says and everyone bursts into laughter.

Taehyung is there too. Sitting opposite of Jungkook.

It’s probably the first time both of them are in the same vicinity and none of them started an
argument in the middle of everyone. It’s shocking. It’s astonishing.

But it’s somehow good.

“No but- who the fuck throws parties before finals? Oh Jimin does.” Taehyung joins the
conversation. Pointing his drink towards Jimin.

“Babe, It’s for the stress okay? People need to lose some nerves before the big day.” Jimin tells
him.

“One hell of a way to lessen stress.” Taehyung says, sinking back on his chair as he takes a sip.

“So we are meeting at Jimin’s at 7?” Jungkook asks. Looking at everyone.

“I’ll be late cause I have a work shift.” Namjoon says with a grunt.

“Ugh that asshole making you work extra hours again?” Jin asks him.

“I need the money.” Namjoon tells him but he looks exhausted already.

“I can be your sugar daddy, Joonie.” Hoseok says with the biggest smug on his face. Besides him
Jin almost gags but Namjoon smiles at him.

“How sweet of you.”

Jimin claps to grab everyone’s attention, “Okay Joonie, you are excused. The rest of you, be there
on time. We’ll have a par-tayyyyy” he shouts at the top of his lungs, raising his drink and all.

“At the knockout house.” Jin joins the toast and everyone laughs again as they do the same.

Parties at Jimin’s is always loud and noisy. It’s actually better than parties at the club. People are
doing what they wanna do.

Like, some people are dancing to the music, some are by the pool playing games. Some are
making out at the corners.

A typical college party.

Jungkook finds his friends a moment later and joins them in the living room.

“Aye there’s my Kookie” Jin yells right when his eyes land on him and he throws his arm around
Jungkook’s shoulder to pull him close.

“Ughh can you not call me that?” Jungkook says as he snatches the glass of alcohol from Jin’s
hand and gulps down all of it at one take. The burning sensation goes down his throat as he squints
his eyes to let it settle.

“It’s a cute name?” Hoseok defends Jin right away.

“No.” Jungkook says firmly.

“So you think you are not cute?” Yoongi snickers. Staring at Jungkook from above the glass he’s
holding close to his lips.

“I didn’t say that!” Jungkook whines.

“Do you want a macho man type of nickname?” Jin asks him and Jungkook shoves him away.

“I hate yall.”

They all keep teasing Jungkook when Taehyung arrives. Hands full of drinks which he passes to
Jimin and Hoseok and keeps one for himself.

His eyes land on Jungkook then, “Oh Jeon, you are here.” he says, eyeing him from head to toe.

“Why wouldn’t I be? Or did you miss me that I wasn’t here earlier?” Jungkook snaps at him.

“You got one hell of a mouth. Does it do any real job?” Taehyung tells him.

Jungkook goes red.

He actually goes red as he feels his cheeks getting hotter and his ears burn. Thankfully the lights
are dim and they won’t be able to see him all flushed. He can just say it’s because of the alcohol.

“Jeez Tae you nasty,” Jin tsks and makes a face of pure disgust. Hoseok smirks at that.

“What? I wasn’t talking about anything dirty.” Taehyung says in the most innocent face he could
ever pull. Jungkook is physically unable to not roll his eyes at that.
“If you expect us to believe you then don’t even try.” Hoseok says.

“Whatever broski, I’m going to dance.” Taehyung dismisses them with a wave of his hand and
disappears from their sight.

Jungkook also discards the whole existence of Taehyung from his mind for the time being and
starts enjoying the party.

At some point while drinking, and talking to his friends, he decides to hit the dance floor too. He
knows Taehyung is there somewhere. His eyes effortlessly find him as he moves his body along
with the rhythm of the music.

An electrifying sensation courses through his body as he watches Taehyung dance.

His body rolls like sin. His hips sway along with the music as if he’s trying to seduce the air. The
way he brushes his fingers through his messy hair and bites his lips sends inappropriate thoughts in
Jungkook’s mind.

He looks sinful.

Jungkook is so concentrated in looking at Taehyung from afar that he doesn’t even acknowledge
the hands on his own body, asking for his attention. He simply slides away from any kind of
human contact. He’s only focused on Taehyung.

And then suddenly, his little bubble of fantasy popped when he sees that one guy from the library
Taehyung was flirting with.

All the hair in his body starts to give him goosebumps when he sees Taehyung is approaching that
guy again.

This can’t be good for him. This is not good for him at all.

His feet move automatically as he sneaks from the place, out of everyone’s sight. Out of
Taehyung’s sight.

What he doesn’t see is that Taehyung noticed him going upstairs.

***

Even though he left his company, Taehyung has been watching Jungkook from afar. He came
looking particularly exceptional today. Black leather jacket matched with black high waisted pants
which hugs the curves of his body perfectly.

His beautifully long hair is tied up in a messy bun. Some of his bangs fall on the side of his
forehead, complementing the features of his sharp face.

The way he gulps down a whole glass of whiskey or takes a shot of vodka screams for Taehyung to
just look.

He would never say it out loud but it arouses him. Everything about Jungkook arouses him. Just
being around him messes with his system which is just becoming frustrating with each passing
day.

Taehyung has been trying to fuck out this frustration for so long. He would go for any possible
hook ups. He has been trying. He was trying that day at the library too. Only if Jungkook didn’t
interfere out of nowhere, he would have gotten himself a hot piece of ass for the night.

But fortunately, he’s invited to the party too. Taehyung noticed him as soon as he came to the party
and was just waiting for the perfect time to approach him.

Which he finds on the floor.

Mingyu wasn’t alone when he was dancing but it doesn’t stop Taehyung from shooting his shot.

“Hey there, long time no see.” Taehyung says with his flirty, deep voice. He slides an arm around
Mingyu’s waist to turn him around.

Mingyu flinches for only a second before he realizes who’s this. “Oh, Taehyung. Hi.”

Taehyung smiles, “didn’t you miss me? You haven’t looked for me since the last time we talked.”
he says, getting closer and closer which makes Mingyu put his hands over Taehyung’s shoulder to
match his lead.

“Mhmm, I thought you didn’t need me.” Mingyu says, sliding his hand up and down his biceps.

“What made you think that?” Taehyung asks with a raised eyebrow.

Mingyu nudges his head behind Taehyung, “Someone doesn’t want you to get laid I guess.”

Taehyung looks utterly confused. So he asks what is going on and Mingyu ends up telling him
what happened at the library that day. About what Jungkook said and how stupid he sounded.

Taehyung gets super annoyed.

Why would Jungkook say something like that? At first he thought Mingyu was lying. But then his
eyes fall on Jungkook who looks so alarmed that it gives away that he did bad mouth about him to
Mingyu.

It makes Taehyung go furious as he watches Jungkook run upstairs.

“I need to go,” Taehyung tells Mingyu and excuses himself as he runs upstairs too.

The party is only downstairs so the upstairs is completely empty. There’s no sign of anyone. No
Jungkook in sight.

Taehyung still looks. He looks until he sees the door to Jimin’s bedroom open and he enters it.

It’s still empty. But there’s someone inside as Taehyung sees the light of the bathroom.

Without thinking twice, Taehyung bursts inside the bathroom, startling Jungkook who was inside.

“What the fuck! Don’t you have any common sense?!” Jungkook shouts at him when their eyes
meet. Taehyung is clenching his jaws as he looks at Jungkook with fire in his eyes.

“You! What did you say to him about me?” Taehyung snaps back at him.

“Who?” Jungkook asks, looking confused.

“Don’t act like a lamb caught in the trap,” Taehyung sneers, irritated to the core, “You know
exactly who I am talking about.”

“I don’t know anything.” Jungkook says with his stern voice.

The air around them turns thick and unbearable. Both of them starting to breathe faster than
normal. Sweat building slowly over the forehead as they hold each other’s gaze. None of them
ready to give in.

“I don’t give two fucks if you hate me,” Taehyung says after a moment as he takes a step forward
at the same time Jungkook takes a step backwards, “But why are you bad mouthing about me to
other people? Are you that low of a person?”

It isn’t something that Taehyung would react to if someone else did. He could just take it as a
prank. But he and Jungkook don't have that kind of relationship. They don’t prank each other for
fun. They don’t meddle in each other’s business. So it’s messing up Taehyung’s brain.

“Taehyung, stay in your lane.” Jungkook slowly speaks.

“You aren’t staying in your lane. Look me straight in the eye and tell me you didn’t tell Mingyu to
not be around me? To stay away from me?” Taehyung spews words like daggers being thrown at
Jungkook. The distance between them slowly decreasing.

“I-” Jungkook stutters but Taehyung doesn’t let him finish.

“And you ran away earlier when you saw me with Mingyu and feared I'd know everything.”

“That’s not what it is.”

They are subconsciously aware of the proximity between them. Jungkook has no space to step back
as his back is flushed against the bathroom wall. If Taehyung takes one step closer, they’ll be
pressed together.

They can feel each other’s harsh breaths from this distance. It’s getting hot in here from how fast
and hard their chests are rising and falling from each intake of air and letting it out.

“Then what is it?” Taehyung asks. His voice drops dangerously low which sends shivers down his
spine.

“I can’t tell you.” Jungkook says as he looks down. Not daring to look at his eyes anymore.

“I am not joking, Jungkook. I’m not in the mood.” Taehyung says.

“What? What the fuck do you want me to say?” Jungkook snaps suddenly. Taehyung sees how
flushed his cheeks became as he looks at him.

It’s dangerous.

“The truth.” Taehyung whispers. It’s extremely dangerous.

Their eyes bore into each other as Jungkook inhales sharply, filling his lungs with as much air as
possible. The words get stuck in his throat for just a moment before he lets it out with a harsh snap.

“Because I don’t want you to see you with anyone else but me!”

They lock eyes only for a fraction of a second before Taehyung closes the distance between them
and presses into him.

A groan slips out of Jungkook’s mouth as well as Taehyung’s as they both close their eyes shut and
let out a sigh. Nothing in the action tells Taehyung to back away.

All they were doing was arguing but it beats them both when they feel how hard they are.

Was they always this obvious about the sexual tension between them that this turned them on and
now they are grinding against each other in Jimin’s bathroom?

“Say that again,” Taehyung whispers in his ear as he rolls his hips slowly against Jungkook’s cock,
creating as much friction as possible. All while nosing at his neck, inhaling his cologne.

“It frustrates me thinking of you in bed with someone else.” Jungkook breaths out. Tilting his head
to the side as if his body is under a spell and automatically doing whatever he’s being commanded
to.

“Fuck-” Taehyung curses and sinks his mouth in his skin.

“Ah” Jungkook lets out a soft moan when Taehyung sucks in his skin and nibbles on it. His teeth
scraping against the surface and his tongue swipes on after he bites gently. Jungkook feels melting
as his knees start to tremble.

Taehyung has one of his hands around his throat and the other on his hips as he keeps grinding onto
him.

Jungkook doesn’t know what to do with his hands. Hesitantly, he places them on Taehyung’s hips.
Guiding him, grinding back against him. It feels so good.

Taehyung sucks bruises after bruises all over his neck like he can’t have enough. The way
Jungkook’s body is reacting to his touch is driving him crazy. His cock is throbbing under the
confinement of his boxers.

“Jungkook,“ Taehyung mumbles, scraping words over his throat as Jungkook throws his head back
to give him more access, “Fuck! Let me touch you” He groans.

It’s all mush in Jungkook’s head he nods his head furiously, “Touch me. I want you to touch me.”
he pants.

After getting the green light, nothing can stop him anymore as Taehyung fumbles with the buttons
and zippers with both of their pants. And then he places one hand over Jungkook’s chest, brushing
it over the clothed nipples that’s hard.

Jungkook lets out a choked moan when Taehyung twists the nipple between his thumb and index
and tugs at it. His mouth fall open and his eyes closed shut.

And then Taehyung reaches down.

Jungkook looks as Taehyung takes both of their cocks out in the open.

Fuck.

Jungkook is seeing Kim Taehyng’s cock. Again.

And Kim Taehyung is holding his.

Fuck.

“Oh god!~ Fuck!” Jungkook moans and throws his arms around Taehyung’s shoulders when he
takes both of their cocks in his hand and starts stroking it hard and fast. Squeezing at the base and
tip, he digs his thumb there making Jungkook squirm in his arms.

Jungkook’s a goner. It’s hard to hold back moans. The bathroom walls seem to be echoing every
harsh breath he takes. Burying it all in the crook of Taehyung’s neck. His whole body is on fire.

“Fuck, I’ll go crazy.” Taehyung grunts as he dives in Jungkook’s neck once again. Kissing every
available surface possible. He tugs down the neckline of the tshirt Jungkook’s wearing underneath
the jacket to reveal his collarbones. Leaving marks on places that will be visible to everyone.
Jungkook doesn’t seem to mind it at all as he doesn’t complain.

Jungkook’s too far gone to care about that. Taehyung’s long, big hand feels so good around him.
The way his cock slides against Taehyung’s makes him feel hot. The touch itself feels hot. He is
having a tough time holding himself back from moaning so loud as he wants to.

“I’m close,” Jungkook breathes out, digging his nail on his back. He kisses under Taehyung’s ear,
satisfied when Taehyung bares his neck to give him more access.

“Hold on a bit, just a little longer.” Taehyung says.

It’s getting impossible to hold back anymore. It feels so good that Jungkook never felt it before. It
feels so different from when he jerks off alone. It feels way different from all the experiences he
had before.

“Taehyung, Tae- I’m gonna come- please,” Jungkook whines, his cock is throbbing and leaking so
bad. The pit of his stomach feels like it’s on fire.

“Come with me, let go.” Taehyung whispers and Jungkook comes with a shudder in Taehyung’s
hand. As well as Taehyung himself.

His whole body falls slack and numb, it’s trembling slightly but he feels good. So good. His mind
is fuzzy, as if he’s floating on the cloud and his whole body is drowned under cotton.

Taehyung tries to calm him down by slowly kissing his neck and jaw. He grabs some tissues from
the shelves to clean themselves up.

Jungkook just stands there Taehyung does all the work. Cleaning, zipping up his pants, fixing his
hair.

They don’t say anything.

It’s funny.

How Jungkook is the one who ended up being knocked up after laughing about it just a few hours
ago.
“Fuck! Fuck Fuck! What have I done!”

Screams. Jungkook wakes up screaming his lungs out the next morning he does something like
that.

It’s not even like he can blame it on the alcohol because he was sober as fuck and everything he
did, he did because of sheer lust that engulfed him whole.

He fucked up big time.

He runs his fingers through his hair and pulls them hard enough to pluck some of them out because
of his stupidity.

“Why the fuck did I do that! Am I stupid or what!” He mumbles to himself, staggering towards the
bathroom.

He takes off his shirt first and then his shorts before he turns on the shower to get a quick shower
before he goes to class.

But then another scandalous thing catches his eyes.

“That crazy bastard!”

Jungkook screams out once again when he sees his reflection in the mirror and it’s a whole
exhibition of hickeys all over his neck and collarbones.

He touches them gently. The skin feels sore but… but when he touches them with his fingertips,
the core of his stomach starts to get hot as the memories of last night flash before his eyes.

Taehyung acted like a real gentleman after he jerked him off and didn’t utter a single word about
the argument they had just before that.

He even offered to drop Jungkook off but Jungkook was too embarrassed to say yes so Taehyung
didn’t push it.

Nothing made sense and yet it did.

Jungkook still feels so embarrassed about the whole situation.

“I can’t believe I’ll have to use makeup for this!”

It’s obvious the way Jungkook is ignoring Taehyung.

Before class, when they were all gathered in their usual spot in the cafeteria, Jungkook got up as
soon as Taehyung appeared and stormed out of there.

After that, he crossed paths with him several times during the day because their classes are at the
same building sometimes but whenever Jungkook saw Taehyung coming, he turned on his heels
and took the long way.

It irritates Taehyung.

He thought the air between them finally got bearable after they blew off some steam but it seems
the total opposite. Well, that’s a reason why they barely get along and are always arguing.

But Taehyung doesn’t want things to go like this. They should talk. It wasn’t the best
circumstances to talk last night which is fine as he thought he would the next day.

But if Jungkook ignores him like this, things will get hard.

So Taehyung waits for the right moment.

Which comes pretty easily as the library is almost empty and Taehyung finds him on duty.

Jungkook is placing some books back on the shelf. He didn’t see Taehyung coming to him so he
yelps when Taehyung grabs him by the arm suddenly and to the farthest corner where it’s kinda
hidden and traps him between his arms.

“K-Kim! What the fuck?” Jungkook says when he registers the appearance of Taehyung in front of
him.

“Why are you ignoring me?” Taehyung says through gritted teeth, staring intently at Jungkook.

“Why? You asking me why?” Jungkook snaps back as if that’s the most ridiculous thing he ever
heard. He doesn’t get why Taehyung is the one being annoyed, “We shouldn’t have done that last
night!”

Jungkook isn’t hallucinating when he sees that flash of disappointment on Taehyung’s face just for
a moment. But it doesn’t make sense.

“Well, it happened and you know things like that happen again.” Taehyung says then, completely
taking Jungkook off guard.

“What do you mean?” Jungkook asks, he’s aware of the tiny space between them. It feels like last
night again.

“I’m going to let my guard down for the first time even though you’ve been an asshole to me since
morning.” Taehyung says, clenching his fists, he holds the gaze still, “I liked it.”

“What?” Jungkook blurts out.

“I liked it so much that I can’t stop thinking about it.” Taehyung mutters near his ears. It sends
shivers down Jungkook’s spine. “I touched myself this morning thinking it was you who was
touching me.”

An audible gasp leaves Jungkook’s mouth as he squeezes his eyes close, “Shut up,” he breathes
out. Not looking at Taehyung anymore.

“You admitted that you are attracted to me. You can’t deny it now.” Taehyung says.

“I’m not denying it. I have physical attraction towards you but that’s that. We can’t do this. We
don’t even like each other.” Jungkook tells him and it’s true.

“I’m not telling you to like me. It doesn’t matter.” Taehyung whispers.

“What do you want Taehyung? I’m not gonna do things like that again like I did with Mingyu so
you can just-”

“But I don’t feel like being with anyone else after yesterday.”
Jungkook stares at Taehyung blankly. The words register in his brain and set off a storm that could
destroy him whole. “Taehyung…”

“The rules are already broken. We can’t do anything about that. But I still have this offer.”
Taehyung says pulling away, “An arrangement of no strings attached.”

“You are crazy.” Jungkook shakes his head right away.

“You enjoyed it, I enjoyed it. What is so crazy about it?”

“You do know how ridiculous you sound right?” Jungkook says as he crosses his arms over his
chest, “I hate you, you annoy me.”

“Yeah but you don’t hate my cock.”

The curses that Jungkook throws at Taehyung’s way sounds all jumbled up letters as he pushes
through him and starts walking away, fuming from head to toe.

“If you agree to my offer, meet me at the locker room at 5. I’ll wait till 5:30. If you don’t come, I'll
get that it was a one time thing.” Taehyung speaks after him but Jungkook doesn’t look back as he
leaves.

When Jungkook is back at his counter, the words come crashing to him.

Taehyung is right. He’s obsessed with body. And it’s even more now as they’ve done that.

But is it worth fucking up everything else just because of the physical attraction?

Jungkook really doesn’t know.

***

Taehyung has been pacing around in the locker room for the last 10 minutes. Yes he arrived early
because he was being restless.

There’s no one around here today and the area is almost empty at this hour so it’s good.

But it won’t be if Jungkook doesn’t show up.

He takes out his phone from his pocket to check the time and it reads 5:03pm on the dot.

He takes a deep inhale.

He’s like, 90% sure Jungkook will show up, he’s sure he convinced him. He had his doubts that
Jungkook might be attracted to him but after yesterday, he confirmed it and now he can’t back off.
He’s been holding himself back for so long because they don’t get along, been forcing themselves
just because they are in the same friend group. Even after that accident in this very locker room,
Taehyung held himself back from jumping on him.

It’s all very physical. But he didn’t know Jungkook had the same feeling. He doesn’t know since
when Jungkook’s been feeling like that but he doesn’t really care as long as Jungkook comes today.
It would mean he wants this too. Even if they don’t like each other, they can help each other's
needs. They’ll both be gaining something after all.

But that 10%...that 10% is bothering him.

What if he doesn’t come and regrets it all?

Taehyung would be disappointed because he didn’t really get to have him like he wanted to. It
would be just that.

Before any other thoughts could cloud his mind, he hears the doors creak open.

The shittiest smirk paints over his face as soon as he sees Jungkook stepping in and closing the
doors behind.

“So you couldn’t ignore Taehyung Kim jr huh?”

Jungkook trips and starts choking right away. Sending daggers through his eyes as he stomps
towards Taehyung with a clenched face, “That’s the worst thing you’ve ever said.”

“I’m joking,” Taehyung shrugs, already reaching out to grab him but Jungkook keeps the distance
for now so he retreats.

“You are bad at it.” Jungkook says, crossing his arms over his chest.

“Well, I’m not bad at other things I can assure you.”

Jungkook rolls his eyes, “Shut up. Before you start spewing more shit, I have some ground rules. If
you agree, then I agree to this arrangement.”

Taehyung wasn’t expecting Jungkook to be this straightforward about this but it interests him even
more. He imitates his stance and tilts his head, “Go ahead.”

“Our friends cannot know about this. Not even the slightest hint.” Jungkook says, pointing his
fingers as if he’s indicating the situation. Each word is pronounced with utmost emphasis.

“Done,” Taehyung says with another shrug, “But I don’t know if you’ll be able to control yourself
considering how you start to drool every time I manspread-” he says with that shit eating grin on
his face.

Jungkook snorts, “Your ego is as big as your-” he starts to say but stops mid sentence, peaking
Taehyung’s curiosity.

“As my?” Taehyung repeats after him to continue.

“Nothing.”

“ Colossal Cock?”

The way Jungkook snorts this time with his shoulders shaking and all tells Taehyung that he went a
little too far. Which he did as Jungkook waves a dismissal hand at him, “Fuck this. I’m going
away. Fuck this arrangement.” he says and turns on his heel.

But before he can take a step, Taehyung grabs him by the arm and yanks him back with full force
that makes Jungkook lose his balance and he ends up being pinned against the locker door.

“It’s too late for that,” Taehyung says in a low voice, pressing into him, “I’m already yearning for
you.”

Jungkook doesn’t try to free his hands, “You and your Kim jr is such a loser.”

“You are blaming me? You’re not better, Jeon.” Taehyung says as he pushes his knee between his
legs and makes him yelp from the sudden movement.

“Plenty better than you. I don’t go look for hookups every other night cause I can’t keep my cock
in my pants for more than 2 days.” Jungkook mocks him. His breath has started to become heavier.

“You just made me a better man now, then,” Taehyung slowly grinds onto him. He grabs both of
Jungkook’s wrists above his head and slides the other one underneath his shirt. The skin to skin
contact has Jungkook’s body shudder because Taehyung’s hands are cold on his warm skin. “Now
I won’t go looking for asses to fuck every other night. Take this as my side of the ground rule, no
fucking others while we are at it.”

Jungkook throws his head back when Taehyung comes closer to his neck and nuzzles there. He’s
holding himself back from letting out any noise so Taehyung pulls back to look at him. When he
does, Jungkook says, “I don’t want others.”

“Yeah?” Taehyung mutters. His hand fumbling with the buttons of Jungkook’s pants.

“For as long as the colossal cock has the stamina.”

Taehyung snorts, his head falling on Jungkook’s shoulder as he laughs, “God you have such a foul
mouth.”

“Pot calling kettle black.”

“Shut up.”

Taehyung starts peppering kisses over his jaw then and Jungkook shivers for a moment.

“I have one more rule to add,” he says.

It makes Taehyung grunt in annoyance, “Ughh can you just end with these stupid rules? I'm
aching!”

Jungkook gulps before he speaks, “No kiss on the mouth.”

Taehyung pauses for a moment as he pulls back to look him in the eye. “I wouldn’t have done it
even if you didn’t say it.”

The twitch in Jungkook’s eyes and lips is very short lived but he does. “You won’t kiss me?” he
ends up asking the silly question.

“The conversation ends here.” Taehyung tells him and opens his mouth on the expanse of his neck
and sucks in a patch of skin inside his mouth along with tugging open his zipper.

“Ahh” Jungkook lets out a soft moan. His lips feel good on his skin. It feels even better with his
palm stroking over his clothed cock.

Taehyung lets go of his hands to place it on his chest instead. The nipples are hard and all perked
up over the shirt he’s wearing. Making it so easy for him to twist them.

The desire to touch Taehyung too grows inside Jungkook’s mind.

“Can I-” he starts saying but the words fade away in the air.

“Mhmm? Can you what?” Taehyung asks, he slides his hand underneath Jungkook’s boxers to take
cock in his hand. It’s hard as a rock already. He wants the pants off.

“It’s- embarrassing.” Jungkook mumbles, fire coming out of his ears at the thought.

“Jungkook, this arrangement becomes meaningless if we don’t tell each other what we want and
what not.” Taehyung turns all serious which makes him even more embarrassed. He even stopped
touching him and it frustrates him a lot. So Jungkook decides to fuck the shyness.

“I want you in my mouth.” Jungkook tells him. Looking him straight in the eyes.

The words shoot straight into his dick as it starts throbbing in his pants and Taehyung moans right
next to Jungkook’s ears. “Fuck,” he says, panting hard, “Okay.”

Jungkook feels his heart pounding in his ribcage when Taehyung grabs his shoulders to slowly
push him down. As if he’s under a spell, his knees bend and he falls on the ground easily.

“Go on.” Taehyung encourages him once again and Jungkook doesn’t really need it.

He has been wanting this for so long already he would do it in his sleep.

His hands tremble slightly as he unbuttons the pants and tugs down the zipper slowly.

Jungkook looks up to see Taehyung looking at him back, biting his lips like he’s waiting
impatiently. It drives him crazy.

Holding the waistband of the pants and the boxers, he tugs them both down at once, and
Taehyung’s cock springs out right in front of his face with all its glory.

At first, he just looks.

He takes it in with his eyes as much as he wants because…

He knows it was said as a joke but he knew where the confidence came from to make a joke like
that.

He’s a whole package.

There’s only been two incidents when he got the chance to see it before but never did he get the
chance to devour it. From every possible way.

And it’s unbelievable that he’s about to do it now.

“What are you doing?” Taehyung says in an annoyed voice. The frustration is clear in it. It makes
Jungkook want to keep him waiting a bit more. See if he starts begging.

“Would it fuel your ego if I said I’ve never seen a cock as big as yours?” Jungkook mutters as he
lightly touches the tip of his cock with his fingertips. It twitches.

“Would make sense why you want it all to yourself.” Taehyung smirks. It absolutely fuels his ego.

Jungkook grabs the whole thing in his fist and gives it a light stroke, “The way I see it, no one
could ever do justice to it before. That’s why you’re looking for my help.”
Taehyung chuckles. It comes out breathy when Jungkook darts out his tongue and gives a kitten
lick on the tip of his cock, “Use that mouth for better work.”

Jungkook smirks before he takes him in his mouth for real this time.

At first just the head, swirling his tongue all around it to lick away all the precum that has been
leaking. He hums and moans lowly at the taste of it on his tongue.

Taehyung’s hand slowly comes to bury in his hair behind his head, guiding him.

But Jungkook pulls back again. The grunt that leaves Taehyung’s mouth both entertains and excites
him.

But Taehyung’s annoyance quickly turns into arousal when Jungkook spits on his cock and smears
it all over his cock with his hand.

“Fuck,” Taehyung curses, grasping a fistful of his hair.

Jungkook slides his hand up and down a few more times before he grabs his balls to fondle and
dives his head in once again.

This time he doesn’t just suckle at the tip but slowly starts to sink down, taking him down his
throat while relaxing his jaw as much as possible.

It makes tears gather at the corner of his eyes because Taehyung is huge compared to his mouth
and it started to hurt trying to take all of him.

“Crying already? What will you do if I start fucking your throat?” Taehyung says, flicking the tear
that rolled down with his thumb.

It’s the unbearable pleasure that’s making him cry. His cock feels heavy and hot in his mouth that
he feels like he can come just by sucking on it.

He succeeds in taking him whole down his throat after a few moments but he has to pull back right
away to catch his breath.

“Haah, fuck why are you so big?” He complains.

“Weren’t you the one who was bragging about how no one could do justice to it? Looks like you
aren’t any different.” Taehyung says in a tone of total uninterest.

It hurts Jungkook’s ego. Even though he knows Taehyung is already on the edge, the way all his
words come out breathy and his dick is throbbing like it would explode, tells Jungkook that he’s
doing a good job.

But he still won’t let him spew bullshit like that so he takes him in again.

“Ah- oh god, fuck!” Taehyung moans lewdly as Jungkook sucks him like no other. Bobbing his
head up and down, the tip of his cock hits the back of his throat every time he goes down.

The warmth of his mouth engulfs him whole and his stomach muscles start to constrict at the
feeling.

Jungkook is no better. The tugs at his hair and the throbbing of the dick in mouth is pushing him
off the edge as his own cock twitches underneath him.
 He feels it when Taehyung is close because he grabs both sides of his head and pushes him down
on his cock.

“Stay like that,” Taehyung says, his eyes closed shut and his jaw clenching hard when it hits him.

“Mphmm” Jungkook’s moans are muffled as Taehyung comes in his mouth.

The loads shoot down his throat, making him gulp some it down and fill his mouth with cum and
saliva.

“Ahh, shit.” Taehyung curses again as he’s done milking out his cock and pulls away to see it
dribble down Jungkook’s chin. “You look so hot like this.”

Jungkook swallows the remaining of it down and looks at Taehyung with teary eyes.

“We’ve officially ruined whatever the fuck is the rules of being enemies.” Taehyung says as he
kneels down as well. Smirking at the sight of the white liquid staining the floor which tells that
Jungkook came undone. Just this is making him go hard again. He swipes his thumb on his chin.

“I blame Colossal Cock. ” Jungkook chuckles. Grinning ear to ear even though his mouth hurts
now.

Taehyung can’t help but imitate him as he grins too, “I hate you.”

Chapter End Notes

Don't forget to leave a kudo and a comment letting me know your precious feedback
 2
Chapter Summary

“Are you talking about me at this point or yourself?”

“I’d be direct when I talk about myself.” Taehyung tells him.

“How so?”

The hand on Jungkook’s thigh slides up to rest just inches away from his crotch and
Taehyung leans closer to his ear, “I wanna fuck. Now.”

Chapter Notes

I'm back!!
I AM SO THANKFUL FOR ALL THE LOVE YOU'VE SHOWN TO THIS! I'M
OVERWHELMED!
I hope you enjoy this chapter just as much!

PS: it's not proofread so please excuse all the typos!

It would be very appreciated if you retweeted the post on twitter. Click Here to retweet

See the end of the chapter for more notes

“Yo! Someone did hook up at Jimin’s party!”

Everyone is gathered on campus again as usual. They haven’t gathered all of them after the party
but it’s the start of a new week and they have time before classes start so here they are, sitting
outside the cafeteria.

Hoseok says those words like he’s telling the story of the discovery of a dragon egg or something
but his enthusiasm is over the moon and Jungkook is choking on his sandwich as soon as those
words hit him right in the guts.

He starts coughing violently and beside him, Jin gives him a pointed look before he hurriedly takes
out a bottle of water and passes it to him. Jungkook takes it and gulps down half of it in a go and
slightly calms down.

Sitting opposite of him, Taehyung only smirks.

“God I was almost gonna walk in on them. God saved me from a great trauma.” Yoongi says as he
shakes his head like an old man, so done with the generation when he’s just a couple years older
than them.

Jungkook glares at Taehyung. The shit eating grin on his face is only making his anger grow every
second. Does this crazy bastard not know who they are talking about?
Of course he does. But it’s entertaining to him. Seeing how red Jungkook’s ears and neck have
become is giving him peak entertainment of the week. Though, it would be disastrous if someone
actually walked in on them. There would be so much to explain when there’s no explanation at all.

“Whoever they were, they were extremely shameless like- they didn’t give two fucks that people
could hear them.” Jimin says, patting his boyfriend’s back to support his opinion.

They didn’t really think they were being that loud to be heard. Though, Jungkook’s moans still
ring in Taehyung’s ears whenever he closes his eyes and it arouses him no matter the situation. He
would do it again to get him to moan like that.

Thankfully, they were locked in a bathroom and loud music was playing which is why no one
recognized their voice. They probably entered Jimin’s room to do something and left as soon as
those ear melting sounds hit them. Taehyung is truly thankful they weren’t disturbed at least.

“Pfftt, guess we're naming Jimin’s house “The Knockout” for real, right Kook-ah?” Jin turns
towards Jungkook and asks with a dopey grin on his face.

But Jungkook can’t return that as his eyes grow wide and his mouth falls open, “Huh? W-why are
you asking me?” he stutters, making Jin look at him with more suspicion. Taehyung holds himself
back from face palming.

“You are the one who came up with that name?” Jin says, glaring at him with an unimpressed
look.

Shit. I’m so stupid- Jungkook thinks. His mind has been working overtime that he completely
forgot about that day and how they were all joking about it.

You crazy bastard! You son of a bitch, Taehyung! You knocked me up! I hate you!

He mutters in his brain. Throwing daggers with his eyes towards Taehyung who is very much
enjoying the show. It pisses him off.

Only if he didn’t have a dick like that!

You know, how they say you can keep acting how you want only if you got a dick that big.

Actually, no one says that but Jungkook will let it slide.

“Oh, yeah right but I don’t think that’s a good enough name.” Jungkook clears his throat as he
says. Averting gaze towards Jin and then back on his sandwich. The only thing giving him peace of
mind right now.

“I think that’s plenty good.” Taehyung finally speaks. His grin getting wider and wider. It’s like
he’s purposely trying to rile him up like he always does. Jungkook really wants to throw a punch on
that beautiful face. “I bet whoever it was, they got the best dick of their life.”

“Shut up.” Jungkook snaps, clenching his jaws as if he’s this close to losing it all. He doesn’t care
if anyone suspects anything of this behavior. They are always like this anyway.

“Why are you getting so riled up, baby?” Taehyung leans forward and places his elbows on the
table as he swipes his finger over his jaw. Jungkook’s eyes follow it but that annoyed look
increases as he hears him spitting bullshit.

“I will throw this one in your face.” Jungkook deadpans, pointing towards his sandwich.
He won’t actually. That’s too fucking delicious of a sandwich to waste on an asshole.

“Ahh stop you two.” Jimin groans, totally done with their childish bickering.

Yoongi turns to Jimin then, “How come you aren’t bothered by the fact that someone fucked
around in your bathroom?”

Jimin softly smiles at him and squishes his cheeks, “I’m not against love, babyboy.”

This time, not only Jungkook but Taehyung chokes too.

“Can we drop this? I’m eating for fucks sake!” Jungkook retrots.

“As if we never talk about dick.” Hoseok chuckles and Jungkook throws him a disgusted look.

“You have no shame.”

“Thanks, I’m aware.”

The conversation dies down and they start talking about something else. Jungkook lets out a sigh
of relief. It was becoming too much for him because it’s embarrassing. What would they say if
they knew it was him getting a handjob from the man he has been hating all this time (still does)
and was a moaning mess because of it.

Just thinking about it makes his ears burn hot.

And to make things worse, he suddenly feels a foot between his legs and his head shoots up to look
at Taehyung who’s staring at him with a grin on his face.

Jungkook can’t make a fuss about this out loud so he subtly takes his phone out and starts typing a
message to ‘Asshole’

Jungkook: The fuck you doing?

The phone in Taehyung’s pocket vibrates and he doesn’t need to look to know who it is. He takes it
out and starts typing a reply back from under the table.

Asshole: Do you have foot fetish?

Jungkook: Oh my fucking god

Asshole: Wanna meet after class?

Jungkook: No

Asshole: Why tf not?

Jungkook: I’m busy

Asshole: You promised to help me with my project

Jungkook: It’s about the project?

Taehyung smirks as he looks up from his phone to look at Jungkook who is in his usual flustered
mode. How cute.
Asshole: What did you think it was about?

Jungkook: Nothing

Asshole: Liar

Jungkook: Stop making that shit eating face

Asshole: Meet me. We’ll see if there’s anything more than the project

With that Taehyung gets up and leaves for class, bidding goodbye to all.

Jungkook sits there with a flushed cheek as he stares at his phone.

***

“Let’s check out the new pizza place, Kookie. We don’t have any classes now right?”

“Jiminie, I have tuition.”

Jungkook has never been a good liar. Whenever he needs to make an excuse, he ends up saying
something weird, giving the other person a suspicion.

Like right now, Jimin squints his eyes at him, “Since when do you do tuitions?”

Sweat starts building the back of his neck immediately. The urge to just facepalm himself grows
with every passing moment.

He could have said something else. Anything. Like, no hyung my stomach feels funny. I can’t eat
pizza, I have to work out. I have to study for exams.

Any of these would have been a reasonable excuse.

But he had to go for the one that would sound unbelievable.

“I’m just trying to earn some extra money before this semester ends. That’s why.” He says and it
sounds believable enough thankfully.

The real reason why he can't hang out with Jimin is that he's going to Taehyung’s place.

He had no plans to go there. He wanted to be stubborn and not listen to that asshole.

But look at him now, making excuses to his best friend to go see the boy he hates.

“Okay then, I’ll go wait for Yoongi then. Call me if it ends soon.” Jimin says with a smile on his
face as he pats his back before turning back to walk away.

Jungkook feels bad for lying to him but he can’t help it.

He looks back to see if Jimin is completely out of sight or not before he starts walking to the
direction of Taehyung’s dorm.
Why the fuck am I doing this!!!

Jungkook shakes his head out of all the ridiculous thoughts and just keeps walking.

It takes about 10 minutes to walk from university to Taehyung’s dorm.

Jungkook is currently standing outside his door, contemplating what he should do.

He can’t go back after coming all this way. Taehyung said they were gonna work on the project so
Jungkook should help him out as he promised. He can be a good guy once in a while.

But somehow, his heart is hammering in his ribcage, so fast that he feels like it would come out of
his mouth.

He takes a deep breath before he knocks on the door.

“Jeon! You are here!”

That’s an unnecessary gleam on Taehyung’s face when he greets Jungkook like that’s his most
favorite person on earth. Jungkook scrunches his nose right away at the unexpectedly sweet
greetings because the fuck you on?

“Move before someone sees me.” Jungkook says as he shoves Taehyung away to get inside.

Taehyung smirks and steps aside, letting him in. He closes the door and then walks back inside. “I
was thinking why you were being so late. I missed you, baby.”

Irritation quickly takes over Jungkook’s face as he plops on the couch and throws his backpack
beside him. He frowns so hard that it looks like his eyebrows will permanently be glued together
like that. “Cut the shittalk. I only came here to help you with your project.”

“Uh huh, so my little Jungkookie was really worried for me?” Taehyung chuckles, making his way
towards Jungkook to sit beside him. Though the bag is separating them.

“You know, there’s not one moment when I don’t wanna punch you on the face.” Jungkook tells
him with a straight face.

“Really? Go ahead.”

Jungkook just decides to ignore his bullshit because that guy will just keep going if he keeps being
affected by it.

“Have you decided what kinda photoshoot you’re gonna do? Themes? Costumes?” Jungkook
changes the subject.

Taehyung really wanted to tease him a little more but he let this go for the time being. “I have.
We’d need to do some shopping for the accessories and props. I think I can manage the costumes.”

“What theme did you decide?” Jungkook asks.

“I don’t wanna tell you.”

Jungkook stares at him dumbfounded. “What? You don’t wanna tell me?” he asks, completely
confused by his answer.

“Yeah.” Taehyung says, his face is super straight when he says that.

“What the fuck? How am I gonna do this if I don’t know what we are gonna do?” Jungkook asks
furiously. His anger is rising, he can feel it.

“We are not gonna do it today, that’s why I don’t wanna tell you.” Taehyung says with a smile. He
looks so relaxed.

On the contrary, Jungkook is restless, “Then why did you tell me to come? You know I had to lie
to Jimin to come here.”

The corners of Taehyung’s lips twitch upwards as he comes off more relaxed, smug even, “We’re
here to discuss the topic we left hanging before.” he says.

The ghost of confusion seems to never leave Jungkook’s side because he has no idea what the fuck
is this dickhead talking about, “What topic?”

Jungkook didn’t notice when Taehyung took the bag away from between them and when he came
closer than he was before. He only realizes it when his face comes closer to his and he gulps.

“About what you thought when I asked you to meet me.” Taehyung whispers.

“I told you I thought nothing.”

Taehyung’s smirk only grows, “Your expression tells otherwise.”

Jungkook snorts, “Oh so now you can read expressions?”

“It’s not that hard,” Taehyung says and suddenly places his hand over Jungkook’s thigh. It makes
his whole body go rigid at once, “You are tense. You were biting your lips when I said let's meet
after class. Your ears got red as if you were flustered. You had intentions.” Taehyung murmurs. He
feels incredibly close to his ears.

“Are you talking about me at this point or yourself?”

“I’d be direct when I talk about myself.” Taehyung tells him.

“How so?”

The hand on Jungkook’s thigh slides up to rest just inches away from his crotch and Taehyung
leans closer to his ear, “I wanna fuck. Now.”

Heat rushes to Jungkook’s cheeks as well as all over his body.

Never knew words like that would ever make him aroused like this.

“S-shut up.” He stutters, his throat is closing up and starts to feel dry because of how shy he feels
all of a sudden.

“Go take a shower.” Taehyung whispers in his ear. Rubbing his hand up and down over his thigh
with intentions.

“Huh? Shower?” Jungkook asks.

Taehyung softly chuckles before squeezing his thigh hard which makes his eyes shut, “We are
going all the way today.”

Even though the water is cold that’s pouring down on his body, Jungkook feels on fire.

He knew something was going to happen when he was coming here today but..this soon? Just how
horny are they?

Jungkook took a shower this morning before coming to class.

But he doesn’t say that and just keeps scrubbing himself like he never took a shower in his life.

He feels a little too excited for someone who’s not even a virgin.

But then again, he’s going to do it with none other than Kim Taehyung and it’s been a while since
he’s done it. There’s something about it that’s making him excited. It’s not just that he’s got a big
dick. This whole situation is ridiculous. It’s thrilling. He has been fantasizing about it for so long.

After he’s done washing himself up to his heart's content, he comes out of the shower and sees
Taehyung sitting right in front of him on his bed.

“Hey, why are you all dressed up again?” Taehyung asks as he checks him out from head to toe.

“It felt weird to come out naked in front of you.” Jungkook says. He has a towel in his hand which
he uses to dry his hair rather carelessly before he tosses it away to walk towards the bed.

“You’ll get naked anyway. Or do you want me to undress you?” Taehyung says with a smirk.

When Jungkook doesn’t reply, Taehyung takes the hint.

“Come here,” he says, holding out his hand for Jungkook to take it.

Which he does and walks closer to him until he’s standing between Taehyung’s legs.

“Your shirt is sticking to your body, why didn’t you dry yourself properly?” Taehyung asks,
sliding his hand underneath the shirt to feel up his wet body.

Jungkook flinches, his stomach muscles flexing under the touch, “Stop talking like you care about
me catching a cold or something.”

It makes Taehyung chuckle. He pulls up the shirt just enough so it gives him a little peek of his
stomach. And then he leans down to press his lips softly on the exposed skin.

Jungkook gasps.

“You smell like my bodywash. I like it.” Taehyung says. Peppering kisses on the stomach.

“Taehyung…”

Taehyung has barely touched him but Jungkook already feels like submitting to him. His body
responds to each of his touches so eagerly that it’s so embarrassing. He never knew he could be
this much physically attracted to someone.
Taehyung slowly makes him lie down on the bed and hovers over him. His eyes are dark and
heavy as he looks down on Jungkook under him. Staring back with equal anticipation in his eyes.

“You look excited,” Taehyung teases him. His hand is back under the shirt, sliding upwards
slowly.

“Can you shut up for a moment- ahh” Jungkook moans softly as Taehyung’s finger brushes over
one of his nipples.

“You’re so sensitive here. I barely touched you but your nipples are already hard.” Taehyung says,
twisting the nipple between his fingers and watching how Jungkook throws his head back and
arches his back.

He leans down and presses his mouth softly right over his throat.

The kiss is wet on his skin. Making Jungkook squirm as Taehyung presses his thumb on his nipple
and tilts his head to suck on the juncture on his neck.

“You are so lewd, Jeon. Just touching you like this got you so worked up.” Taehyung whispers
near his ear before he flicks his tongue out and licks his ear, “I bet I can get you off just by sucking
and licking your nipples.”

Jungkook would like to argue. Or at least that’s what Taehyung was hoping for by teasing him.

But he doesn’t. Instead, he raises his hand up to slide it between the locks of Taehyung’s beautiful
hair to guide him around. Feeling every bit of his lips on his skin.

“Do I turn you on that much?” Taehyung aks as he grinds down on his lower body and feels how
he’s getting hard.

“I told you to shut up.” Jungkook grunts. Grasping a fistful of his hair in a warning.

Taehyung chuckles before he pulls away. Much to Jungkook’s disappointment.

But he only does that to take off his shirt.

Jungkook watches with wide eyes and Taehyung strips off his sweatshirt and throws it on the
ground.

Taehyung’s got a nice body. Slick, broad and hard. He doesn’t have a ripped body like Jungkook,
but it’s still a sight. He looks like he’s been kissed by the sun and bathed in honey. That’s how
beautiful his body looks. It makes Jungkook blush.

“You have condoms here, right?” Jungkook asks out of the blue.

“You don’t need to worry about that. I’m always prepared.” Taehyung says and goes to take off
Jungkook’s shirt next.

Suddenly, Jungkook becomes conscious of his body.

It’s not like Taehyung never saw him half naked. They ran into each other plenty of times in the
locker room during sports.

But this is a different setting. Everything is going to be different here.

“Are you getting shy?” Taehyung asks, stopping midway.

“I’m not!” Jungkook gasps, clearly flustered.

“I can’t believe you are the same person who asked to suck my cock the other day and now getting
flustered cause I’m going to strip you off.”

There’s fumes coming out of Jungkook’s ears as he hears Taehyung say those. He’s about to throw
his hands at him when Taehyung whips his shirt off of him and within a blink of an eye, grabs both
of his hands and pins them down.

And Taehyung takes a look.

He looks at Jungkook’s bare body as if he’s inhaling it like oxygen.

He’s got a lot more muscles than him because he works out like a maniac but still, something about
him is just so soft and delicate. His porcelain skin looks so beautiful flushed red like that.

Taehyung’s eyes flicker towards his perked up nippled. It’s dark brown. Almost like chocochip. It
makes his mouth water.

“Stop looking at me like that.” Jungkook whines when Taehyung keeps staring at him which
makes him embarrassed but it dies down at the end. His chest is rising and falling so heavily.

“Try not to come.” Taehyung mutters before he leans down and flicks his tongue against one of his
nipples.

“Ahh haah” Jungkook moans at the soft wet contact. The nipples are already too sensitive from all
the tugging and twisting from before. So now that Taehyung is swirling his tongue around it and
softly grazing his teeth, it’s actually driving him towards the edge.

“You taste sweet, Jungkook.” Taehyung mumbles. Each word penetrates his skin as he licks over
his nipples before taking it in his mouth to suck on it.

“Oh fuck, that feels good.” Jungkook clenches his fist. He wants to hold Taehyung too but he’s
grabbing his wrist too hard for him to free it.

When Taehyung pulls away, Jungkook can see a string of saliva connecting his lips with his nipple.
It’s a sight for sore eyes and he can’t believe this out of everything makes his cock throb in his
pants.

But Taehyung, though, takes his sweet time devouring his body.

Trailing kisses over his chest to travel towards the other nipple to suck on it. This time he goes
harder than before. Biting on it before he licks it.

An electrifying shudder runs down Jungkook’s spine from the feeling of it.

Taehyung is no better.

Every part of Jungkook’s body is turning him on.

The more marks he leaves on that clean body, the harder he gets.

He doesn’t wanna detach his mouth from that body for even a second.

He was aroused as soon as Jungkook walked through that door.

To be honest, he’s the one with intentions since the start. The first two times were good. So good
to be true.

But it wasn’t enough. It didn’t satisfy the lust Taehyung has been burying inside him for so long.

Seeing how easily Jungkook submitted to him makes him want to eat him whole.

But he also can’t be patient for long. He has been grinding on him all while sucking on his nipples
and painting his body with marks.

Jungkook has been equally doing the same to him.

“You seem too eager today. What’s gotten to you?” Taehyung asks, raising his head to look at him,
gasping for air.

“Do something, I can’t take it anymore.” Jungkook admits shamelessly.

“I’m going easy on you because it’s your first time.” Taehyung says and Jungkook looks at him
with furrowed eyebrows.

“Stop talking as if I’m a virgin.” he says, rolling his eyes.

Taehyung only chuckles and crawls up so that their faces are close, “You see, I’m gonna fuck you
like no one ever did before so you are as new as a virgin to me.”

Jungkook’s ears burn.

“Are you this smug just because you got a big dick?” Jungkook manages to say. Showing that it
doesn’t affect him at all.

“You’ll see.” Taehyung leans down to press a kiss on his jaw before he gets up and pulls down
Jungkook’s pants and boxers all at once.

Just like that, Jungkook becomes completely naked in front of Taehyung for the first time.

But weirdly enough, he doesn’t feel embarrassed. Not even when Taehyung stands back to check
him out whole.

It only turns him on.

Taehyung chuckles when he sees his cock twitching over his stomach. Leaking precum.

Jungkook watches Taehyung walking around the bed and then opening the nightstand drawer.
From inside, he takes out a bottle of gel which looks like lube and a packet of condom which he
throws the bed before he comes back where he was standing before.

“Turn around, ass up.” He says.

Jungkook finds him obeying his words like a puppy as he turns on his stomach and raises his hips
up so that his ass is in the air. His cheeks start to feel hot from the action.

“You got a nice ass, Jeon.” Taehyung says. He reaches out and grabs one of his asscheeks and
starts fondling it.

“Ngghh ahh- s-shut up.” Jungkook gasps.

“You don’t know how filthy you look right now, having your ass up for me like that. Do you have
any idea of the things I could do to you right now?” Taehyung continues saying, now spreading his
asscheeks with both of his hands so that his hole is exposed in front of him. He suppresses the urge
to moan at the sight of it fluttering.

“You are all talk.” Jungkook snaps back. It’s said to make Taehyung hurry up because he’s
actually losing his patience. He wants to be touched.

Only if he knew how much Taehyung himself wants to touch him. He wants to forget it all about
prepping and stuff and just pound into him right away. But he holds himself back.

Taehyung picks up the bottle of lube and pours it directly over his asshole. Jungkook flinches as
the cold feeling suddenly.

“I’m gonna touch you.” Taehyung tells him then. Every second passing started to feel like ages to
him but he still waits for Jungkook’s response.

Jungkook turns his head back just slightly so that their eyes meet and then he nods.

“Oh fuck-” the first touch around his rim as Jungkook squirming.

Taehyung likes to tease. He starts by doing just that. He rubs his fingers around it and then pulls it
away several times. Not inserting it like Jungkook wants him to.

But Taehyung is running out of patience himself to keep teasing him like this. So he goes for it.

The first one gets in easily. Taehyung’s fingers are slick and long so it goes in deeper than
Jungkook ever reached himself while masturbating from behind.

And it feels really good when Taehyung crooks his finger inside him and rubs it against his walls.

“You are so warm inside, I can’t wait to get in.” Taehyung says, his voice comes out breathy as if
he’s trying not to moan.

“Then hurry up.” Jungkook whines, he pushes his ass back on his fingers like a horny teenager
getting fingered for the first time.

“I have to prep you up nice and proper so that you can take me in fully later.” Taehyung hovers
over him so that his chin is over Jungkook’s shoulder. He turns his head to press a kiss on the
shoulder tattoo. He has always wanted to bite it.

“What do you take me for? I can definitely take you.” Jungkook says confidently.

He knows he’s blabbering because he’s horny. Taehyung is bigger than anyone he’s had before.
He’s not your average guy. But how hard could it be? He could take him in his mouth before, even
though his jaws hurt the next day.

“I’m not gonna take the chance to accidentally hurt you.” Taehyung whispers in his ear and then
inserts another finger in.

As Taehyung scissors him open, two fingers, three fingers in, Jungkook has tears in his eyes from
not being able to hold back anymore. And then Taehyung inserts a fourth one to stretch him open
fully.

Jungkook gasps, his fists clenching on the sheets. He feels his breath being knocked out of his
lungs just from this.

Taehyung has been continuously rubbing on his prostate which he found so fast and Jungkook
almost screamed his lungs out when he pressed down on it that he’s on a mission to start milking
him out from the inside.

“You make such beautiful sounds when you moan, did you know that?” Taehyung chuckles, now
thrusting his fingers in and out faster than before. Jungkook seems plenty loose now.

“Taeh- Taehyung please, I can’t. I can’t take it anymore, hurry.” Jungkook whines. His thighs
started to shiver so badly from keeping his hips up like that.

“I’ll give it to you if you beg.” Taehyung states, knowing very well Jungkook will punch him in
the face now.

“Get off me, I’ll go out and fuck the first person I see.” Jungkook irritatedly says. Shoving
Taehyung away.

Taehyung chuckles before he actually gets off of him, pulling out all of his fingers too. Leaving
Jungkook feel empty. “Go ahead.”

Jungkook stares at him. The sudden emptiness is so unbearable. “Taehyung.”

“I’m not gonna touch you until you beg.” Taehyung’s voice is firm.

Jungkook hates him, “Taehyung please,”

“Please what?”

Jungkook can’t believe what he’s about to say. The grip Taehyung has on him is dizzying. He isn’t
really going to go out and fuck the first person he sees. He wants Taehyung.

“Please fuck me. I want your cock.” Jungkook breaths, his lidded eyes looking back at Taehyung
that sparkles.

It sends fire coursing through every vein of Taehyung’s body.

“Fuck.” Taehyung curses before he holds him by the hips and flips him over at once. Making him
lie on his back as Taehyung grabs his knees to spread his legs apart. “I’m gonna fuck you so good,
you’ll remember for days.”

Jungkook hiccups. Every inch of his body feels like it’s on fire. Not just because he’s aroused. But
also because how filthy Taehyung sounds uttering those words.

“Hurry.” He mumbles.

Taehyung sits back on his knees as he finally gets the chance to touch himself.

He pulls down his sweatpants just enough to let his cock out which has been throbbing all along. A
groan slips past his mouth as he takes it in his hand and strokes.

Jungkook lies back and watches Taehyung touching himself.

It’s hot.

The way his eyes fall shut and his mouth falls open as he strokes himself, it makes Jungkook’s
stomach feel hot. His mouth runs dry at the sight. The want to reach and touch Taehyung grows.

But his body feels numb, he feels like he can’t move a single organ without Taehyung’s command.

So he just watches.

Taehyung looks so sexy like this. Even more when he reaches for the condom and tears it open
with his teeth. Jungkook almost moans at the sight.

He then wears the condom on himself and grabs both of Jungkook’s thighs, “Lift them up on my
shoulder.” he says.

Jungkook does as he’s told. He lifts up his legs and places them over Taehyung’s shoulders.

Taehyung turns his head and kisses his leg softly, “You look good like this,” he says, stroking his
hand over his leg as the other lines his cock to Jungkook’s entrance. Jungkook feels a little shy at
that.

Jungkook gasps when the tip of his cock rubs against his hole, all the muscles of his body constrict
at once because it’s happening. They are finally gonna do it.

“Tell me how much I turn you on,” Jungkook says, looking at him with glossy eyes.

“You make me go crazy.” Taehyung tells him. He continues rubbing his cock over his rim, driving
Jungkook crazy as well. “I’m going in.”

Jungkook nods without even thinking as he grasps the sheets hard and holds himself up.

Taehyung bites his lips hard when he finally pushes in the tip of his cock through Jungkook’s hole.

“Ahh! Oh god!” Jungkook gasps, his eyes blowing wide and his back arches off the bed so
beautifully.

He feels like he’s being stretched open all over again. And it’s totally different from before. It’s
different from all the times he had sex before.

“It’s just the tip, but look at you.” Taehyung teases him, his hand sliding up and down his thighs
and legs to keep his focus on.

“Taehyung- ah fuck,” Jungkook can’t finish whatever he was going to say as Taehyung pushes in
further inside.

Taehyung’s fingers are long but they aren't as thick as his girth. So Jungkook understands now why
he was being so persistent about prepping him earlier.

“Are you okay?” Taehyung asks when he sees Jungkook breathing heavily.

“Yeah, I’m okay. Are you in?” Jungkook asks him.

Taehyung snorts, gripping his thighs hard enough that his nails dig in, “I’m only halfway in,
darling.”

The way Jungkook looks at him with horror in his eyes makes everything even more arousing to
Taehyung, “What? I told you to brace yourself, baby.”

Jungkook decides not to throw any insults his way at the moment and just tolerates it. “Don’t stall,
it hurts if you wait too long.”

Taehyung nods and pushes the rest of it all at once because it’s becoming hard for him to hold back
as well. “Shit” He grunts once he’s bottomed out, “You okay?” he asks again when he catches his
breath.

Jungkook feels like someone just ripped him out. His insides feel so full, even though it hurts being
stretched open like this after so long, he feels good. So he nods, his eyes becoming watery, “Move,
please,” he says.

Taehyung grants him his wish. Pulling out slowly to thrust it back in with a hard snap, their skin
slaps against each other so good it stings.

Jungkook moans out loud as if he’s about to cry.

“Fuck you’re still tight. Swallowing up my cock so good.” Taehyung mutters, his hips thrusting in
and out in a rhythm.

“Ahh hahh Taeh- oh god, slow down.” Jungkook keeps moaning. Each time Taehyung thrusts deep
inside, he hits the places Jungkook never knew he had inside him.

And once Taehyung finds his prostate again with his cock, he keeps ramming against it like he’s
gone mad. “Don’t hold back, I wanna hear you.” he says when Jungkook goes to bite on his fist to
stop himself from moaning. “Tell me how you feel.”

“I feel good. So good,” Jungkook gasps. His moans mixing beautifully with the tears of pleasure
that run down his cheeks.

Taehyung smiles, he looks pleased as he slows down his pace to let him breathe. Still buried deep
inside him.

Jungkook catches his breath and looks at him to see Taehyung looking back at him with lidded
eyes.

“Do you feel that?” Taehyung starts saying then, confusing Jungkook as he places his hand over
his lower abdomen. And then Jungkook gasps, his whole body shuddering when Taehyung presses
his palm down, “I’m this deep inside you.”

“D-don’t do that ahh- Taehyung that feels w-weird.” Jungkook whines, he feels tears keep flowing
from the corners of his eyes as Taehyung rolls his hips slowly. Making him feel every inch of his
cock draggin against his walls so deliciously.

“Weird? You mean good?” Taehyung says as he pulls out almost entirely, just his tip inside before
he slams it in with a hard thrust.

“Ahhh” Jungkook screams out. His brain is a complete mush at this point from the pleasure he’s
receiving. His cock is leaking so bad over his stomach.

He really wants to cum.

“Look at you, twitching like a bunny in heat.” Taehyung teases him, flicking his fingertips over his
cock.

Jungkook whines vulnerably. It’s too much to handle. But he’s stubborn and doesn’t wanna be the
one to give in so easily.
“Do you wanna cum?” Taehyung leans down to kiss his chest softly, his hips started lose it’s
rhythm but he’s still fucking him hard enough for him to writh in pleasure.

“Yes, yes fuck! I wanna cum please.” Jungkook nods his head furiously.

“Ask me nicely and I’ll let you cum.” Taehyung softly mutters before he bites the flesh on his
chest. A nice mark forming on the skin as he admires it, licking his tongue over to soothe away the
stinging pain.

“Please let me cum, Tae.” Jungkook breathes out, his hand comes to brush the hair behind
Taehyung’s head, urging him to keep doing whatever he’s doing.

Taehyung is impressed that Jungkook listened to him at once this time. Maybe he’s actually on the
edge and just desperate to cum right now.

He takes a hold of Jungkook’s cock in his hand and squeezes it.

“No! Ahh don’t do that! I’ll- fuck!” His choked out moans sound like music to Taehyung’s ear as
he watches how Jungkook squirms underneath. He wants to record this sight in his mind forever so
that he can replay it later.

“It’s okay, you’ve been a good boy. You can cum.” he tells him then and starts stroking his cock
faster as well as fucking him harder.

“Ah ah Tae- I’m- I’m coming.” Jungkook moans loudly, gripping and tugging at Taehyung’s hair
so hard.

Jungkook cums with a shudder and the loudest moan till now.

He hugs Taehyung’s shoulders as he makes a mess between their bodies. His throbbing cock
shooting loads of white nonstop. A jittery feeling quickly taking all over him.

“That’s a lot.” Taehyung chuckles. Looking down between them, “Guess you were really into it,
no?”

Jungkook’s far too gone to reply. His whole body is shivering from the aftershock of the orgasm.

Taehyung pulls back again and holds both of his legs and pushes them down and starts thrusting
inside him, not letting him completely catch his breath. Taehyung starts chasing his own orgasm as
pants heavily.

Jungkook has no strength to moan properly. But he feels him, feels his cock hitting deep inside. His
eyes are rolling back to his head from the feeling of it.

“Shit! Fuck!” Taehyung grunts when he feels the orgasm hitting him.

He bites his lips so hard that it looks like blood will come out, still a grunt slips past it when he
cums. His cock throbs inside Jungkook’s hole as he spills inside the condom and slumps over him.

It’s sticky, sweat and cum making a mess between their bodies but they stay like that until they’ve
both caught their breaths.

Taehyung pulls out slowly and takes out the condom before he ties it and throws it on the trashcan
by the bed. He then lies down beside Jungkook and swipes away the sweaty hair from his
forehead.
“That was so good.” Taehyung murmurs, staring at the ceiling.

Beside him, Jungkook is still so out of it but he heard him. “I’ll admit it, it felt like I had sex for the
first time all over again. I’m so sore.” he says shamelessly.

Taehyung snorts as he turns on his side and slides his hand behind Jungkook to grab one of his
asscheeks and give it a firm squeeze, “Now, don’t say that. I was hoping we’ll go for another
round. I’m hard again.”

Horror flashes over Jungkook’s features as he looks down at Taehyung to find his cock actually
standing up in all its glory, “No way! I’m not kidding, my butt hurts!”

Taehyung squeezes his ass once again before he gets up and in a blink of an eye, Jungkook finds
both of his legs over Taehyung’s shoulder again. But in a different manner this time. Taehyung has
both of his legs on his right shoulder, clasped together.

“Taehyung no! I Swear I can’t take it anymore!” Jungkook struggles to free himself but Taehyung
is hugging his legs so tightly it’s impossible to move.

“It’s okay, I’m not gonna fuck your ass.” he tells him, kissing his leg. “Squeeze them tight for me,
yeah?”

Jungkook has no idea what this crazy bastard is talking about. But his arousal is slowly crawling
back to him. He’s kinda waiting to see what Taehyung’s gonna do to him.

So he does as he’s told. He squeezes his thighs together as hard as possible.

Taehyung takes the bottle of lube in his hand once again and pours it directly over his cock. He
hisses from the cold feeling before he strokes it over.

“W-what are you doing?” Jungkook gasps when Taehyung starts rubbing his cock between his
thighs.

“Relax, trust me, yeah?” Taehyung says and before Jungkook can retort, the air from his lungs is
knocked out as Taehyung pushes his cock between his thighs and thrusts.

“W-what! Oh shit!” Jungkook lets out a choked moan. Taehyung’s cock just slid between his
thighs and rubbing over his own cock.

“How’s that?” Taehyung asks him with a smirk on his face.

“I don’t know. I’ve never done something like this before.” Jungkook tells him honestly.

“Yeah? But look, you're hard again.” Taehyung says, pointing towards his hard as a rock dick.

Jungkook looks down and gasps! He’s actually hard.

He would never ever imagine he’d be into this kinda thing.

“It’s okay, Jeon. You’ll do a lotta things now that you’re with me.” Taehyung says before he
thrusts again. His crotch slapping hard against Jungkook’s thighs.

Each time he pulls back and thrusts in again, his thighs start to throb as well as his dick. The skin
where the cock grazes through turned red from the action.

This time Taehyung’s orgasm builds faster than before. He fucks Jungkook’s thighs non-stop until
his insides twists in pleasure and spills over Jungkook’s stomach.

And this time, Jungkook comes untouched.

“Next time, I won’t go easy on you.” Taehyung whispers in his ears as he falls beside him once
again. Completely worn out.

Jungkook is back to trembling again but it feels good as he chuckles before biting Taehyung’s
bicep that he uses as a pillow, “I’ll look forward to it, asshole.”

***

“Is that- a hickey!”

Jimin has always had a problem of not shutting his mouth when he needs to. Blabbering out things
in the most absurd moment of all.

Like right now, at least 3 people turned their heads towards him and Jungkook as the little shit
screamed out those words while pointing at it.

Jungkook is no better than a dumbass. He panics right away and covers his neck with a hand which
is a clear indication that that’s definitely a hickey which he never meant to show.

“Shut the fuck up!~ You are fucking someone!” Jimin gasps again, slumping back on his chair.

Jungkook is somewhat relieved that Jimin doesn’t know who he’s screwing with. So he relaxes and
just goes along with it cause denying will be pointless, “Yeah.”

“The fuck bitch! And you didn’t tell me?” Jimin says in an offended tone, “Who is it?” He asks.

“It’s nothing important,” Jungkook shakes his head right away. Not wanting to drag this out longer,
“It was just a one night stand.” he says.

Jimin gasps and covers both of his cheeks with his palm as he blinks at Jungkook dramatically,
“Oh my god! Jungkook slut era!”

Jungkook can’t help but blurt out a chuckle. “Stop it,” he says, waving his hand in dismissal.

“Stop what?”

It’s the one person Jungkook was trying to avoid while he was having this conversation. But luck
is almost never in his favor and so Taehyung is letting his appearance known to them right when
they were talking about Jungkook’s so-called one night stand.

“Oh Tae! Come over here, we have tea!” Jimin chimes as he beckons Taehyung to come sit beside
him, patting the empty chair and all.

Taehyung throws a sheepish look towards Jungkook before plopping down on the seat, “I love
tea.”

Jungkook wants to punch him.

“Listen, Jungkook is fucking someone. He hooked up with someone and didn’t tell me!” Jimin
excitedly announces. Taehyung’s face brightens up as well as Jungkook’s becomes gloomy as he
facepalms himself.

“Oh? You did? Jeon?” Taehyung places both of his elbows on the table and leans his chin over his
palm as he blinks dreamily at Jungkook.

“I’m not telling shit to you.” Jungkook retorts.

Taehyung smirks, “Was he any good?” he pushes.

Jimin also nods his head in curiosity to know more, “Yeah yeah tell us if he was good or not.”

Jungkook makes a smug face then, “Actually, he was the worst.” he says while smirking.

The cocky expression that Taehyung was holding vanishes in an instant. His eyes turn dark as he
looks at Jungkook and it makes him flinch, “Oh yeah? Those marks on your neck says otherwise.”
he mutters, not caring about being suspicious whatsoever.

“I told him not to leave marks so high on my neck where assholes like you could see.” Jungkook
deadpans, he doesn’t seem to care about their surroundings either.

“Maybe he will give you more now.”

Jungkook gasps as his eyes blow wide, “No!”

Amongst all this, Jimin is staring at them in utter confusion,”I’m so lost- it sounds like you two
were the one who fucked around.”

The words hit both of them like thunder as they both whip their head at Jimin at once and shouts a
loud “No! We didn’t!’

“Chill! I was joking. So he wasn’t good huh? Bad luck Kookie.” Jimin makes a sympathetic look
towards Jungkook, who sighs in relief because this conversation ends here.

Beside him, Taehyung doesn’t look very pleased.

Jungkook’s class ends earlier that day so he goes straight back to his dorm. Wanting nothing more
than just sleep a bit because he had to wake up so early in the morning, he feels exhausted.

He took a shower as soon as he came home. Now in his comfy clothes, he feels so good and fresh,
perfectly ready for a nap.

But just when he is about to hit the bed, his doorbell rings in a violent manner.

“Who the fuck is it!” Jungkook grunts, pulling his hair as he grumpily gets off the bed to go to
open the door.

He really wasn’t expecting to see him standing outside his dorm.

“What are you doing here!?” Jungkook gasps.

“Let me in,” Taehyung doesn’t answer his question. Instead he just shoves him aside to enter
without waiting for his permission. Jungkook would have let him in anyway.

“Okay, now, what are you doing here?” Jungkook asks again, crossing his arms over his chest as
he takes a look over Taehyung’s appearance. He looks… pissed?

Taehyung doesn’t reply right away. It creeps Jungkook out seeing him pacing around while
continuously brushing his hair off his forehead and clenching his jaw.

Then he finally stops in front of Jungkook and looks him in the eye, “Why did you say it was the
worst?”

For a moment Jungkook wasn’t sure if he heard him right or not. Did he just ask why Jungkook
said he was his worst?

Jungkook blinks and stares at Taehyung, “Huh? You came here to talk about this?”

Taehyung doesn’t reply. He glares at him back with bloodshot eyes which could throw daggers.
Why the fuck is he pissed???

“You can’t be serious!” Jungkook exclaims when he realizes that he is, actually, serious about this.

“Tell me, why did you say that?” Taehyung asks him again. Gritting his teeth as if he’s
suppressing himself from shouting or anything.

“You are mad about that?”

“Don’t change the topic.”

Jungkook sighs, his own patience is slowly slipping out of his body, “What was I supposed to say?
Tell Jimin that we are fucking around?”

“No. Jimin clearly didn’t know who you were talking about.” Taehyung deadpans.

“You were almost giving it away.” Jungkook points out.

“I wasn’t,” Taehyung easily denies, “But why did you say that?”

Jungkook doesn’t understand what’s the big deal about it. Why this simple thing made Taehyung
come over all the way here to his dorm. “I was kidding.”

Taehyung doesn’t buy it, “You didn’t look like you were.”

Jungkook facepalms himself in frustration, “Taehyung really, you can’t be serious about this.”

Taehyung then unfolds his hands and takes a step closer to Jungkook, making the latter flinch in
his spot but he doesn’t retreat, “I didn’t want you for you to say you didn’t enjoy it. Of course it
hurts my pride.”

Out of everything Jungkook imagined Taehyung would say, this was the least he was expecting.
This wasn’t even on the list of expectations.

It leaves Jungkook completely speechless. He really doesn’t understand what to say at this point.

“Okay, I’m sorry. You weren’t the worst.” he says, trying to school the situation.

“How was I then?” Taehyung asks him again. Looks like he won’t let this go until he gets a proper
answer that satisfies him.

“Will it make you happy if I say?” Jungkook asks instead of answering.

“I just wanna hear it.”

Jungkook contemplates for a moment, “Um..” he starts saying but the words just get stuck in his
throat which gives Taehyung the wrong message.

“Shit! So you really didn’t-”

Jungkook doesn’t let him finish whatever he was trying to say and covers his mouth with his hand,
“I did. I enjoyed every bit of it. You fucked me the way no one ever could.”

Shamelessly, Taehyung moans. Sounds of grunts get out of his throat which makes Jungkook
retreat his hand immediately because of embarrassment.

“Say that again,” Taehyung says, leaning towards him more so Jungkook is pressed against the
wall now.

“You are so proud of that big fat cock, aren’t you?” Jungkook snorts, not really minding the low
proximity between them.

“Of course I am. How often do you see a cock like mine?” Taehyung says it as if it’s his biggest
achievement. It makes Jungkook let out a chuckle.

“Clearly none.”

“That’s right, baby.” Taehyung says as he boops Jungkook’s nose with his fingertip, “Now, you
said it was vanilla huh?”

Jungkook can’t help but roll his eyes, “I was just messing with you. It was fun seeing you all
worked up.”

Taehyung snorts and pulls way from him, much to Jungkook’s dismay, “You’ll pay for it, Jeon.”
he says and is about to turn around when Jungkook grabs his arm.

“Where are you going?” Jungkook asks.

“Home?” Taehyung replies.

“You came here just to clarify all that?”

“Yeah.”

Jungkook hesitates for a moment, “You don’t have time to spare?” he ends up asking.

The shittiest grin is back on Taehyung’s mouth as he leans back in, trapping Jungkook between his
arm cage, “Oh baby, do you want me to stay?”

The corners of Jungkook’s lips twitch upwards, “First, don’t call me that. Second, I was thinking I
could make it up to you.” he says, all while palming over Taehyung’s clothed cock and smirking
when he feels how easily it starts to get hard.

“You are one horny little shit.” Taehyung tells him.

In a blink of an eye, Jungkook plops down on his knees, looking up at Taehyung as he fumbles
with the zipper, “As Jimin said, I am in my slut era.”

***

It’s been so long since everyone gathered for a movie night. Every time, there’s something that
comes up when they try to arrange this particular gathering so it doesn’t happen regularly.

This time though, they all freed up their schedule and gathered at Jin’s for a horror movie that was
released a couple of weeks ago and decided to watch it all together.

Jungkook is there. Feeling mischievous because his eyes keep locking with Taehyung from time to
time and he gets reminded of what kinda suffering he is going to go through as Taehyung told him
that day.

That day when Jungkook gave a fantastic blowjob to a pouting Taehyung who was offended
because he said their sex was the worst.

Jungkook smiles thinking about that and how a mouth and tongue can fix everything.

The floor and the small couch is prepared for them to sit. Jungkook is about to go sit beside
Yoongi when Taehyung calls him, “Jeon, come sit here.” he says, patting the empty space on the
couch. “I’ll protect you from the ghosts.”

“Oh fuck you,” Jungkook curses at him at once.

But when Taehyung gives him a glare, he understands that he wants him to sit there for a different
reason.

“Yeah, you babies go sit on the couch.” Jin tells Jungkook to do the same.

“Yeah yeah, so that I can lie down here comfortably,” Yoongi says, wrapping an arm around
Jimin’s shoulder to pull him closer.

“If you take up too much space, I swear to god I’ll kick you on the shin.” Hoseok threatens him but
Yoongi doesn’t pay too much attention to him and his noodle arms.

Jungkook shakes his head while sighing and makes his way towards the couch.

It’s a good spot, comfortable even and it can’t be seen if none of them sitting on the floor turns
their head.

“Where is my blanket?” Jungkook asks once he sees that everyone got their blankets, except him.
Yoongi and Jimin are sharing one.

“Ugh, we are out of it,” Jin says and then his eyes fall on Taehyung’s blanket, “Tae has the double
size one, can you two share?”

Before Jungkook can start arguing, Taehyung wraps the blanket around both of them and they sit
clinging to each other, “Of course we will share.”
“Oh my god Taehyung, character development.” Namjoon snickers.

Jungkook can’t help but roll his eyes.

They all get settled and the movie starts.

It’s nothing out of the ordinary at first. A dumbass family moves to a house that definitely screams
something’s wrong but they be like, ‘ What a perfect little paradise!’

And the spooky things start to happen after 15 minutes or so.

Everyone is focused on the screen, gossiping in the middle to either figure out what’s going to
happen or to criticize the dumbness of the characters.

Jungkook’s focused too until it breaks.

At first, Jungkook thought he was imagining it. The subtle brushes of fingertips over his neck,
sliding it up his nape which sends shivers down the spine.

But then it’s not an imagination anymore as soon as the hand slips down his shirt through the
opening of his neckline and he gasps, covering his mouth immediately.

Taehyung has his arm around Jungkook’s shoulder, and his hand inside his shirt.

Jungkook looks at Taehyung with frantic eyes. His hand flies to grab Taehyung’s to make him
stop, mouthing ‘What the hell are you doing?’

Taehyung smirks as he holds Jungkook’s hand with his free one and brings it down, intertwining
their fingers hard enough to let Jungkook know this isn’t going to stop.

It’s dangerous.

Everyone is in the room, right in front of him. Even though it’s dark and his body is covered by the
blanket, anyone could suspect something nasty going on seeing the facial expression that Jungkook
makes as soon as Taehyung brushes his finger over Jungkook’s nipple and then flicks it.

A choked sound threatens to spill out of Jungkook’s mouth as he squints his eyes and presses his
hand over it hard.

Taehyung takes it as the first win.

What did he say back then? It was vanilla huh?

He hopes this is spicy enough for Jungkook.

It doesn’t stop there, Taehyung continues tormenting his nipples by tugging and twisting at it under
the shirt, and feeling smug when they start to get hard.

It’s too bad he can’t have his mouth there right now.

But he can have his mouth on Jungkook’s exposed neck.

Jungkook’s eyes roll towards the back of his head when he feels the warm flesh touching over his
neck in a wet manner. He squeezes his legs tight and begs to not let out a whimper because this
motherfucker is too good at neck kisses. Knows exactly the spots that make him go lewd and
pliant.
Or maybe, it’s the situation that turns Jungkook on more.

If anyone decides to just turn their head behind, they could see Taehyung’s neck buried in the
crook of Jungkook’s neck. But all of them are too focused on the movie.

And the thrill of not being caught is what makes Jungkook go insane and aroused at the same time.

Jungkook thought it would just be like this. Getting teased.

But everything becomes much more intense when Taehyung slides his palm between his legs and
grabs his thigh hard enough to make him shiver.

‘Taehyung no!’ Jungkook whispers in terror. But his body is talking something different. His legs
part without even his permission. As if Taehyung has full control over his body.

‘Let’s see if you can hold back your moans and not get caught.’ Taehyung whispers in his ear
before he flicks his tongue out and licks his earlobe.

Jungkook shudders. That’s a particularly sensitive spot he never knew he had a weakness to.
Taehyung’s exploring everything about him as if his body was made for Taehyung to play with.

Jungkook presses his palm over his mouth even tighter as Taehyung slowly zips down his pants
and slips his hand inside.

It’s not just Jungkook who’s having a hard time holding himself back. Taehyung is in even a bigger
trouble.

He had no idea touching someone like this would feel this good, in a room full of people who have
no idea what’s going on behind them under the blanket.

And then his evil spirit activates.

“That guy is so stupid, he can literally see he’ll be a dead meat if he steps inside the room but he
still gotta go there.” Taehyung speaks suddenly and Jungkook’s whole body goes rigid.

“I know right? He’s a total dumbass!” It’s Jimin who turns his head back to agree with Taehyung’s
ridiculous opinion all of a sudden and Jungkook is having an internal breakdown because what if
they get caught!

The blanket is perfectly hiding anything that’s going under it. There’s no chance for anyone to
suspect anything unusual but Jungkook still tightens his grasp on the blanket. His heart is racing so
fast he feels like it will jump out of his throat.

But among all these, his cock is still rock hard.

Since when is he into this kinda thing?!

Jungkook whips his head towards Taehyung as soon as Jimin turns around again, ‘Are you fucking
crazy?’ he whispers but even then it comes out shaky.

Taehyung smirks before he starts stroking his cock and watches his Jungkook’s eyes flutter shut. It
fills him with pride that he has this kind of control over him. He leans down and presses a feather
light kiss on Jungkook’s jaw, ‘You don’t know how erotic you look right now. Makes me wanna do
this again.’

Jungkook can’t talk. The sensation flowing through his veins is numbing every part of him.
The way Taehyung squeezes his length and digs his finger in the slit of his cock, makes him want
to just let go.

Maybe that’s what Taehyung wants too. Make Jungkook make a mess of himself.

Jungkook wants to cry because of the overwhelming pleasure he feels right now and not being able
to voice it out.

Being stimulated from two different sites is already overwhelming enough. On top of that, the fear
of getting caught at any moment is keeping every sensor active and numb at the same time.

Jungkook wants to cum.

Taehyung looks at Jungkook’s face when he feels a hand wrapping around his wrist. Jungkook is
looking back at him with glossy eyes and an open mouth.

‘I can’t take it anymore.’ Jungkook whispers.

To Jungkook’s utter disappointment, Taehyung takes his hand off right away when he says that.
And Jungkook gasps at the lack of contact.

‘I don’t feel like letting you cum so easily.’ Taehyung mutters in his ear, taking the chance to lick
him and make him shudder and squirm.

This is painful. He was so close to orgasm but this asshole is just toying with him.

If it was any other circumstances, Jungkook would easily throw some punches at his face and put
him in his place for teasing him like this.

But right now none of that is possible and he isn’t really in a place where he can demand for
anything to happen.

He can only plead.

So he does what he has to do to get off.

Taehyung gives it to him. The sudden courage that Jungkook mastered up, sliding his hand over
Taehyung’s own thigh to grab his attention.

‘Please, make me cum.’ Jungkook whispers, blinking his eyes several times like a puppy asking for
treats.

The plan was to make Jungkook beg and cry till he can’t anymore. But he didn’t think he would
give up this easily.

Taehyung is already acquainted with the fact that Jungkook’s body is sensitive. Too sensitive to his
touches.

The power Taehyung feels just from this knowledge alone makes him wanna do the unthinkables
with this puppy.

Taehyung slips his hand back inside his pants and grabs his cock between his palm, as well as his
other hand goes back to grab one of his pecs.

Jungkook goes pliant against Taehyung when he starts tugging and twisting at his nipple once
again and stroking his cock faster than before.
He bites at the blanket to keep his moans to himself. The fiery hot feeling inside his stomach starts
increasing with each stroke.

And when he finally lets go and cums in Taehyug’s hand, a tear rolls down the corner of his eyes
from the extreme pleasure he feels of getting off.

Taehyung looks just as satisfied as Jungkook, though less exhausted.

He fixes Jungkook’s pants and shirt carefully and wipes his hand off with the tissue that he takes
out of his pocket and throws it in the nearest basket without anyone noticing.

“That was dope.” Hoseok’s excited voice suddenly comes into Jungkook's ears and he slowly starts
to realize where he is and what was happening before he lost himself in pleasure.

And he gasps, his cheeks getting red once again.

“It sure was enjoyable.” Taehyung joins in, leaning back against the couch comfortably as he
smirks, so relaxed.

“Hey koo? Why are you sweating so much?” Hoseok asks when his eyes fall on Jungkook and
Jungkook panics. Not knowing what to say, “Were you scared that much?”

“Heh I can’t believe Jungkook would be scared of this.” Jimin mocks him.

Taehyung chuckles as he throws his arm around Jungkook’s shoulder again, ignoring the glare
Jungkook throws his way, “I am sure Jeon enjoyed it just as much as we all did. Right, Jeon?”

Jungkook doesn’t answer.

But if he were to answer that question, words won’t be enough.

***

Thankfully Jungkook realizes sooner than later that he's been fooling around so much with
Taehyung these days that he completely forgot about the semester finals that’s coming in about 4
weeks.

He has never neglected his studies like this before. Doesn’t matter how many times he hangs out
with his friends, parties or drinks, he manages to get his studies done at other times.

But now there’s an additional activity which has been taking up almost all of his free times…not
free times…

Taehyung shows up whenever he feels like.

Jungkook can’t even count it in his hand how many times and exactly how many places they have
done it already since they agreed to have casual sex.

However, now that his senses are working properly, and he knows he can’t neglect his studies
anymore, Jungkook decides to study at the library today for a couple of hours.

But there’s a problem.

Because he hasn’t been attentive to his studies lately, everything written on this thick as fuck book
seems like jumbled up letters of gibberish.

It doesn’t matter how much of a good student you are, if you aren’t practicing, you tend to forget.

“Argh! What the fuck are these! I can’t understand shit!” Jungkook grunts, pulling his hair out in
frustration.

He should have brought some of his notes with him to help him study.

“Hey, Jungkook? What are you doing here?”

A familiar voice comes to Jungkook’s ears and he turns his head to find the person with the voice
and a smile appears on his face, “Yugyeom! Hey, I’m here to study.”

Jungkook and Yugyeom are classmates. They are in the same major.

Yugyeom takes out the chair beside him and sits, “I haven’t seen you coming here to study for
some time. In fact I don’t see you at all these days.”

Jungkook lets out a nervous chuckle. He can’t really tell him that he spends all his spare time
fucking around with none other than Kim Taehyung. “Well, see I’m here now. But I can’t focus at
all. Everything looks new to me.”

Yugyeom looks at the study materials and takes the book in front of him, “I can help you with this.
I covered this last night so it’ll be easy for me to go through again.”

Jungkook’s mood instantly brightens up. He really needed someone to help him with these.
“Please! I’d be so thankful!” he says.

And they start studying together.

In the meantime, Taehyung is super bored.

He’s done with his own studies for the day and he prepared the layouts for the portfolio, he just
needs to set up a date and do the photoshoot with Jungkook.

But where is he?

Taehyung takes out his phone and decides to give him a text.

Taehyung: Where are you? Come over, I’m bored

Angry Rabbit: If you are bored, sleep. I’m busy.

Taehyung: Noooo! I kinda wanna do the nasty right now

Angry Rabbit: You’re disgusting. I can’t come now. I’m studying with Yugeom. Bye

And suddenly, Taehyung starts feeling restless.

His eyebrows twitch as soon as he reads the name Yugyeom and this uneasiness that starts creeping
up his bones doesn’t let him stay calm.

Taehyung starts to feel annoyed. This isn’t like him but before he knows, he’s moving out of his
dorm without thinking about the consequences.

It’s been about 30 minutes since Jungkook started studying with Yugyeom. And it’s going really
well.

He’s also relieved that Taehyung stopped bothering him for the time being.

Or so he thought.

Because after 30 minutes of peaceful studying, Taehyung shows up in the library.

“W-what are you doing here?” Jungkook stammers as soon as his eyes fall on Taehyung’s stern
appearance.

Taehyung shoots a glance towards Yugyeom just for a moment before they set on Jungkook again,
“I told you to meet me asap.”

Jungkook frowns, “And I told you I was busy.”

Taehyung doesn’t really care if anyone is staring at him at the moment, specially Yugyeom, he
goes and grabs Jungkook by the hand, “It’s urgent. I need you to come with me right now. Sorry,
Yug, I guess this will have to wait.” he says, pointing to the papers scattered on the table.

Yugyeom just stands there dumbfounded because what the hell just happened?

Jungkook has the exact same reaction when he’s dragged to Taehyung’s dorm. He couldn’t really
argue in front of Yugeyom so he decided not to cause a scene there and just go along with this.

But as soon as they are alone, Jungkook becomes furious as he yanks his hand away from
Taehyung and pushes him, “What the fuck is wrong with you?”

“What?” Taehyung asks, his expressions are far more relaxed than Jungkook’s which is pissing
Jungkook off even more.

“You cannot just come in like that and do that! You cannot meddle with my studies!” Jungkook
yells, his veins popping out of his neck and forehead. Taehyung observes it all but he doesn’t stop
him, “I don’t fucking care if you can’t keep it in your pants.”

“Will you just listen to me?” Taehyung sighs and runs his fingers through his hair, trying to keep
his calm.

But Jungkook loses it, “I have to do well in the exams to keep my scholarship! Fucking around all
day everyday won’t pay off my tuition fees!”

“I didn’t bring you here to fuck! Okay?!” This time, Taehyung shouts back too. Which he knows
he shouldn’t do but he can’t help it.

“What then? Why did you bring me here? Oh you were bored, you want me to keep you
entertained? Am I your pet or what? I didn’t sign up for thi-” Jungkook’s shouting gets stopped
mid sentence as Taehyung puts his palm over his mouth and shuts him up.

“I want you to study here. Okay? I’ll help you study.” Taehyung says.

Jungkook stares at him. He doesn’t even bother trying to remove Taehyung’s hand from his mouth.
He just stares at him.

“How are you going to help me study?” Jungkook asks once Taehyung removes his hand after a
while.

Taehyung scratches the back of his neck like suddenly he’s embarrassed, “I- I asked a friend of
mine about your syllabus and all. So I have some- um- flashcards and notes that’d help you
revise.”

It’s not unbelievable. Jungkook knows Taehyung has connections with students from all
departments. If he asks anyone to give him something, they’d just come in hoards to provide it.

But the thing that doesn’t make sense is why Taehyung would do this for him?

“Were you so bored that you did all of this so that I’d spend time with you?” Jungkook asks and
Taehyung looks at him with confusion for a moment before he realizes and nods his head.

“Yeah that’s what it is. Just shut up and go study. I’ll order some food.” Taehyung says and
disappears to the kitchen right away.

Jungkook doesn’t say anything after that.

But somehow, he feels weirdly fuzzy about the fact that he’s here and Taehyung did all this for
him.

“Hey, Taehyung, you are friends with Jungkook right?”

Taehyung gulps down the shot of vodka at one go. It burns down his throat as he squints his eyes
closed but it tastes good. “Why do you ask?” he says, not bothering to look at Yugyeom.

“Just asking. He’s kinda hot.”

At this, Taehyung looks at him. “Mhmm? What are you getting at?”

Yugyeom doesn’t reply right away. He takes his own glass of alcohol and chugs it down. The club
is pretty empty today. He didn’t think he’d run into Taehyung alone. He always comes with his
group.

“I was wondering if you could hook me up with him.” Yugeyom says.

The corners of Taehyung’s mouth twitches for a moment but he tries not to show it, “You are in the
same department, aren’t you? Why are you asking me?”

Yugyeom nods his head, “Yeah we are classmates. But we don’t really hang out like that.”
 Taehyung’s shoulders relax for some reason, “If you don’t hang out like that, I don’t think I can
hook you up either. You have your answer right there.”

Taehyung grunts and flops back on his bed with a thud.

Jungkook left a couple of hours ago after he finished his studies. They didn’t do anything else as
Taehyung said.

But after he left, Taehyung’s back to feeling that uneasiness from before.

He doesn't know if Yugyeom was trying to hit on him or not. But the moment he heard Jungkook
was alone with him, it made him restless.

And he is pulling out his hair right now thinking about it because why the fuck did he get so
worked up over this?

The way he acted was so obvious that he felt a strange kind of possessiveness over Jungkook.
Which he doesn’t have the right to feel.

He’s just a fuck buddy.

If someday, Jungkook wants to be with someone, Taehyung can’t meddle in between.

But just thinking about this is making the uneasiness spread in his chest and he decides to just sleep
it off.

Chapter End Notes

Don't forget to leave kudos and comments which are my driving force! Next chapter
will be posted in 12/15days!
 3
Chapter Summary

And Taehyung says, “Breathe through your nose, darling.”

Chapter Notes

HELLO HELLO!

Sorry for the delay of updates, I was caught up in studies but I FINALLY FINISHED
WRITING THIS CHAPTER! This chapter doesn't contain smut only but a lots of
things which i think will catch your attention and hopefully you'll want more.

Please please please let me know through comments how you enjoyed it <3

Happy reading!

I would really appreciate if you retweeted this one twitter. Click here to retweet

See the end of the chapter for more notes

“Was it necessary to come here this early in the morning?” Jungkook says, he feels extremely
groggy from just waking up a few minutes ago from the annoying sound of his door bell ringing.

Kim Taehyung showed up to his door at ass o clock asking for him to get ready cause they are
going out.

“Did you forget we did all those shopping last week because of my project? It’s due soon, we gotta
move!” Taehyung tells him. Ignoring all the grunts Jungkook makes.

Taehyung rolls his eyes once he sees Jungkook sneakily making his way to bed. So he walks
towards him and wraps an arm around his waist from behind to drag him back.

“Nooo! Let me sleep for 5 more minutes!” Jungkook whines, flailing his hands and legs but
Taehyung is strong. His hold on Jungkook is firm, keeping him standing.

“Han river will be emptier early in the morning. It would be easier for us to do a photoshoot. Go
get washed and put on something, we’ll have breakfast in my car.”

With that, Taehyung pushes Jungkook towards the bathroom and goes to sit on the bed.

Seeing no other option, Jungkook throws an unintelligible insult at him before closing the door
shut.

Taehyung can’t help but smile once Jungkook is out of sight. He looked so cute, opening the door
with his messy bed hair and bloated face. Taehyung wonders if Jungkook was always this cute.
To not get bored, Taehyung starts looking around Jungkook’s bedroom. Which he shouldn’t do but
who’s gonna tell him.

It isn’t much, it’s minimal. All his stuff is organized and Taehyung is not going to sneak into them.

The only messy part is his study table.

Books and notes scattered all over it. Exams are nearing so Taehyung understands the pressure.

He feels bad dragging him out like this. But Jungkook told him he’d help with his project no matter
what.

While looking through his notes, Taehyung’s eyes catch a neatly kept stash of papers and
something warms inside his chest.

It’s the flashcards Taehyung made for Jungkook to study.

Amongst all the carelessly thrown pages, those couple of sheets are kept separately.

Taehyung reaches for them gently, stroking the surface of the cards with his fingertips as if they
will tear if used with force. He doesn’t understand this foreign feeling storming inside his heart
because of something so trivial.

So he decides to let it go and sit back on the bed.

Jungkook comes out of the bathroom 20 minutes later. His face is less puffy and his hair looks
damp. He took a quick shower it seems.

“That’s a good boy” Taehyung teases when Jungkook steps out.

Jungkook doesn’t look his way but raises his middle finger at him to which Taehyung lets out an
audible snort.

“I’m still embarrassed to wear dresses like that outside.” Jungkook mumbles as he goes to his
closet and takes out something comfy for the ride.

Taehyung leans back on his palm, tilting his head a little as he watches Jungkook take off the
slightly damp shirt above his head and then put on the new sweatshirt. He got a full view of his
muscular back and buried the urge to touch for the time being.

“It’s just clothes. Besides, it matches the theme.” Taehyung tells him.

Taehyung would much prefer if Jungkook changed his pants in front of him too but he doesn’t- to
his utter disappointment. Jungkook goes to the bathroom to change his pants and Taehyung flops
down on the bed with a groan.

“Why the hell did you choose a theme of ‘Aphrodite’ out of all?” Jungkook speaks out loud from
the bathroom.

Taehyung waits for him to come back inside before he replies, “Because I wanted to portray Love
and Beauty. ”

Jungkook stares at him for a moment. Taehyung knows he wants to say something, he looks like he
wants to say something but in the end he doesn’t. So Taehyung doesn’t ask him anything either.

“Let’s go.” is what Jungkook says.

With a smirk, Taehyung gets up from the bed and startles Jungkook by wrapping an arm around his
waist, “Let’s go, baby.”

“What are you doing you crazy bastard!” Jungkook shrieks, jumping away from the touch as he
looks at Taehyung with death in his eyes.

Taehyung can’t help but smirk at him, “Why? I’ve touched more than just that.”

“I will kill you.” Jungkook threatens him with a pointed finger raised at his face and stomps away
towards the main door. Taehyung follows behind him. The purpose of teasing the younger one is
fulfilled.

Jungkook gets into the passenger seat and fastens his seat belts at the same time Taehyung gets
into the driver’s seat. “Where are we gonna eat? I’m hungry.”

Taehyung starts the car and takes it out from the parking lot towards the main road, “will drive-
thru work?” he asks

Jungkook stares at him like he can’t believe what he just said, “Drive-thru at 7 in the morning?”

“If you haven’t noticed, it’s 7:45 actually which is a decent time for food stalls to open, don’t you
think?” Taehyung tells him.

“Kim Taehyung, if I have to go through this with an empty stomach, I swear to god all there will be
left will be your dead body.” Jungkook states, full serious mode. Taehyung knows better than to
provoke him more because a hungry rabbit is indeed dangerous.

As Jungkook sits there with his hands crossed over his chest, Taehyung drives them to their
destination.

“Would you look at that?” Taehyung suddenly says, grabbing Jungkook’s full attention like he
wanted to, “Looks like we aren’t gonna starve, are we?”

“Shut up.” Jungkook snaps at him, his ears getting red because he can clearly see an open drive-
thru.

Taehyung softly smiles and drives them towards that and orders their breakfast and he parks the
car for a moment so they can both have it comfortably.

Taehyung can’t help but look at Jungkook when he eats. The way he digs in to his eggs and bacon
and toast, it makes his cheeks look fluffy as he takes bites mouthful and chews on them with his
eyebrows scrunched together.

It’s an indication that the food is good.

“Too westernized breakfast.” Taehyung mutters.

“Says the one who dragged me through a fast food drive-thru at ass o clock and having pancakes
himself.” Jungkook retorts back with a roll of his eyes and takes a sip from his iced americano.

“I was just teasing. I’m sorry, I’ll treat you to lunch with Korean food.” Taehyung says and
Jungkook already looks half satisfied with it.

After they are done with their breakfast, Jungkook doesn’t look angry anymore and Taehyung
seriously starts to believe in the power of food as he drives to the Han River.

It takes about 40 minutes more for them to reach their destination.

Han river is emptier early in the morning, though there’s still some people walking by but it’s
perfect for them to have their photoshoot without much interference.

Taehyung takes out his camera and the bags full of clothes that Jungkook and he chose that would
be perfect for the theme.

“There’s a restroom right around the corner where you can change. Or you can change in the car,
the windows are tinted.” Taehyung tells Jungkook as he hands him the bags.

Jungkook peeks inside the bag and then back at Taehyung, “I forgot to bring any makeup.” he
mumbles, his lips forming a slight pout.

Taehyung smirks, “I am packed today baby, don’t worry about it.” he says.

Jungkook still looks at him with suspicion but doesn’t say anything to argue, instead he pushes
Taehyung away from the car, “Go away. I don’t wanna use a public restroom here.”

“Hey, why are you swaying me away from my own car?” Taehyung tsks.

“Because I don’t trust you not to burge inside out of the blue.”

“Do I have to keep reminding you that I have see-”

The rest of the sentence gets replaced with a pained sound as Jungkook kicks him in the shin but
not too hard. So Taehyung finally moves away from the car and Jungkook goes inside to change.

After Jungkook is done changing into his clothes, he opens the car door and calls for Taehyung,
“Hey Kim, come here.”

Taehyung turns around and smirks as soon as he sees Jungkook wrapped in white layers of clothes,
adoring his porcelain skin and long black hair. He knew what he was doing when he chose the
theme.

“Woah aphrodite would get embarrassed if she saw you.” Taehyung teases him.

Jungkook scrunches his nose and eyebrows, “Shut up and tell me what about the makeup.”

Taehyung smiles as he gets inside the car and opens the glove compartment. Jungkook stares with
wide eyes as he takes out equipment for makeup from it.

“You really are prepared, aren’t you?” Jungkook says.

“Of course, I gotta get an A.” Taehyung replies without a beat, “Now lay back, we won’t use much
makeup. Just a little bit of eyeliner and gloss. And a little bit of glitters around your cheekbone.”

Jungkook admits that he’s amused. He never thought Taehyung would know anything about
makeup and stuff. He doesn’t look the type. But he is someone who loves art so this wasn’t
supposed to be surprising.

As he is told, he leans back on the headrest as Taehyung gets to work, “You know how to apply
eyeliner?”
Taehyung nods his head immediately, “I have a sister. I used to put on eyeliner on her when I was
still living with my parents.”

A soft smile appears on Jungkook’s lips, “Shit Kim Taehyung, you have a soft side.”

“I have many sides, baby. Now shush, otherwise it will smudge.”

Jungkook goes quiet after that as he closes his eyes and lets Taehyung put eyeliner on him.

Taehyung does it so carefully. If Jungkook could see him- his face looks so concentrated like he’s
handling something so fragile.

After he’s done putting it on both eyes, he gently blows on them to dry and Jungkook’s whole body
shudders.

“Sorry, that must have startled you.” Taehyung says.

“Um it’s okay.”

Then Taehyung puts lip gloss on him and the glitters around his cheekbones, highlighting the area.

“There, all done.” Taehyung says as he leans back and takes a good look on his face.

Jungkook checks himself out in the mirror and hums satisfiedly, “Not bad.”

It makes Taehyung snort. “Now let’s get going, we gotta do the actual shoot now.”

Taehyung takes about a 100 photos of him.

And each one came out looking spectacular.

He knows he’s going to have a hard time choosing the A cuts out of these because he had no idea
Jungkook would be this photogenic.

And they still have indoor photoshoot left.

“It’s already 1pm. Where did time fly?” Jungkook murmurs as he looks out the window on their
way back to Taehyung’s dorm.

“Are you tired? Do you wanna postpone the rest?” Taehyung asks. He drives with one hand and
the other runs through his hair that falls over his forehead.

“No, we should wrap this up today. I’ll be busy with my own study later and you’ll need to edit
and stuff so let’s finish it.” Jungkook tells him so Taehyung agrees with his decision.

It takes them more time than before to drive back due to traffic but since the weather is nice, they
don’t feel exhausted.

Taehyung opens the door for Jungkook to enter his dorm and they decide to take some rest before
they go with the second part of the photoshoot.

“I like these clothes much better, fluffy sweaters and comfy pants.” Jungkook says as he takes out
the clothes to wear.

“Do you wanna keep them after this is done?” Taehyung asks him.

Jungkook looks at him with confusion, “What? I can keep them?”

Taehyung shrugs, “I mean, they are your size, you can wear them. I’m not gonna use them later.”

“I’ll pay you for this then.” Jungkook tells him.

“I don’t want your money, Jeon.” Taehyung snorts as if Jungkook just said the funniest thing ever.

“Uh huh? Then what do you want?”

“I’ll tell you.”

Jungkook smirks back at him and takes the clothes to get changed again.

Taehyung decorated his bed with some blankets, flowers and leaves for this photoshoot. It’s a very
cozy setup and Jungkook’s outfit goes well with it.

They begin their work again and it goes smoothly with flowing time.

Taehyung starts checking the photos after they are done and Jungkook lies down to rest because
now he is really exhausted.

“You are kinda beautiful.” Taehyung mumbles suddenly, causing Jungkook to startle.

“You don’t need to butter me up if you wanna fuck me.” Jungkook shrugs right away.

Taehyung looks at him with a raised eyebrow, “You think that’s what is in my mind 24/7?”

It makes Jungkook lose his words for a moment, “I- I’d have to be born 7 times to hear
compliments from you without intentions behind it.”

“I ain’t that much of an asshole.” Taehyung retorts.

“Oh really? Are you gonna swear on your life and tell me you called me beautiful without any
intentions?” Jungkook challenges him.

“Yes.” and so Taehyung replies back without a beat.

Silence.

All there is for a moment longer than necessary between them is silence.

Which is broken by Jungkook’s loud and exaggerated gasp, “I- What the fuck!”

“What?” Taehyung repeats in confusion.

“Why the fuck would you say that to me?” Jungkook screeches.

“Bitch? Have you never heard someone compliment you?” Taehyung says in disbelief.

“Yeah I did, but why you?”

“What’s wrong with me?”

“You are you!”

“The fuck you mea-”

Before Taehyung can finish the sentence, the doorbell to his dorm rings and both of them jump on
their feet.

“Shit!” Taehyung curses right away. Jungkook looks equally as frantic.

“I wasn’t expecting anyone I swear.” Taehyung adds.

“What do I do?” Jungkook asks. There’s a thin layer of sweat that started building over his
forehead.

“Okay, calm down. Go to the bathroom and don’t make any noise, I’ll see who it is and make them
go away as soon as possible.” Taehyung tells him and Jungkook does that. Even though he can’t
calm down at all.

Taehyung looks back at the bed and there’s no time to fix everything to make it look like he wasn’t
doing anything suspicious so he just flips the whole blanket over so it just looks like a messy bed.

And then he walks towards the door.

“Where the hell have you been?!”

Jimin’s loud voice penetrates Taehyung’s ears as soon as he opens the door and the fear of getting
caught becomes tenfold because Jungkook specifically told him not to let their friends know they
are involved in any kind of way.

But he tries to keep his calm as he clears his throat and comes off as a confused puppy, “What are
you talking about?”

“I have been calling you since god knows when, I thought you died or something.” Jimin shakes
his head in annoyance as he steps inside. At any other time, Taehyung wouldn't mind at all. Now
he’s conscious.

Taehyung remembers keeping his phone on silent and that’s why he missed any calls or texts from
anyone. “Why did you need me?” he asks Jimin.

“I left my book here the last time I came and I need that immediately. I called to ask you to bring it
with you if you were coming to campus but you wouldn’t pick it up so I had to come.” Jimin
explains and Taehyung remembers that Jimin crashed here a few days ago and left some stuff.

“Okay, take whatever you need. It’s probably here.” Taehyung says, pointing towards the center
table in front of his couch.

Jimin nods but something seems off to him. “Were you doing something?” he asks.

Taehyung almost lets out a gasp but holds himself back at the last second, “Me? No no I was-
sleeping.”

“You look on edge.” Jimin adds, the suspicious stare still on him as he finds his book along with
some other things which he picks up.

“Nah I’m fine don’t worry.” Taehyung tries his best to shrug it off so Jimin doesn’t question him
further.
“I would hang out with you but I’m actually busy right now, don’t mind me coming and going right
away.” Jimin pats him on the shoulder and makes an apologetic face.

But little does he know that the only thing Taehyung wants from him right now is for him to leave.
Taehyung will feel guilty about it later.

Taehyung walks Jimin towards the door again to bid him goodbye. But then Jimin stops for a
moment.

He sees a pair of Balenciaga boots by the door and starts to think, since when Taehyung started
wearing boots?

But then he doesn’t give it much thought and says bye to Taehyung and Taehyung closes the door,
letting the most relaxed sigh ever.

“Is he gone?” Jungkook peeks his head out of the bathroom door right when he hears the main
doors locking again and Taehyung walking inside the room.

“Yeah.” Taehyung says.

“Fuck, that was close.” Jungkook sighs as he steps out of the bathroom, a hand on his chest as if to
calm it down from beating so rapidly.

It makes the mischievousness in Taehyung come back again as he smirks, “That’s the thrill isn’t it?
Secret relationship.”

Jungkook frowns right away and makes a face of pure disgust, “Ew I am not in a relationship with
you.”

The chuckle Taehyung lets out makes his shoulders shake as he steps closer to Jungkook and wraps
an arm around his waist. Jungkook leans back like he’s trying to get away from his grip but there’s
not much force in it.

“Arrangement.” Taehyung corrects himself.

Smirking, Jungkook nods, “Correct.”

***

Jungkook feels like he has been spending too much time with Taehyung these days because
wherever he goes, he sees Taehyung’s face.

Like right now, Jungkook decided to visit his favorite arcade because all his classes for the day got
canceled and there’s no one to hangout with.

But he sees Taehyung here. At first he thought maybe he was hallucinating but then their eyes lock
and the confused look on Taehyung’s face tells him that no, it’s not a hallucination as Taehyung
walks towards him with his hands shoved in his pants pockets.

“Why are you here? Alone on top of that?” Taehyung asks.

They haven’t been able to meet up after their photoshoot ended a couple of days ago. Jungkook
asked him to send the pictures to him too but Taehyung refused and said he will only show the final
project otherwise it won’t be worth it. So Jungkook didn’t push it even though he really wanted to
see how the pictures came out.

“Classes got canceled and I felt like coming. Why are you here?” Jungkook asks him too.

Taehyung lets out a shrug, “I just felt like coming too.”

At this, Jungkook frowns, his facial features twisting in annoyance like it always does when
Taehyung messes with him, “Stop copying me, copycat. Can you even play any of these games?”
he says, pointing towards the gaming booths.

Taehyung lets out a sarcastic chuckle, “I have to laugh, are you seriously challenging me?”

Jungkook raises an eyebrow at him at the sudden cockyness. He crosses his arms over his chest
and juts his chin out, “What if I am?”

This time the smug look on Taehyung’s face only increases, his lips stretching in a wide smirk as
he rolls up his sleeves of his flannel shirt, revealing his veiny arm at which Jungkook can’t help but
look, “You are on.”

Jungkook wasn’t really trying to challenge him for any games but as this came to this point, he
doesn’t see a reason to say no because he was here to play at the end of the day. Might just beat an
asshole in it to feel fully satisfied.

So he agrees and they both go to their first stop which is ‘ Throw a basket’.

The rules are simple. You need to throw the ball as many times as you can into the basket within a
certain amount of time. The highest basket wins.

Taehyung and Jungkook take their position side by side and throw each other a glance.

“Are you ready to lose?” Jungkook says with a smirk.

Taehyung gladly returns it with a wider smirk, “Focus on your own game, baby.”

Jungkook only grunts and then the timer starts.

Both of them are it since the start like angry bulls. The basketballs keep coming and they keep
throwing them, trying to score.

Jungkook is a really good player. He rarely misses any basket and his confidence grows with each
score.

He doesn’t look at how Taehyung is doing.

And just like that, the first 30 seconds pass.

“Fuck yeah!” Jungkook cheers in excitement when he finally looks at the score.

Taehyung-68, Jungkook-81.

“What did I tell you?” Jungkook doesn’t let go of a chance to not mock Taehyung.

But to his disappointment, Taehyung doesn’t look fazed at all. He only brushes his hair off his
forehead and then cracks his knuckles like it’s no big deal, “It’s just the first round. There’s still 2
more left.”

“And I will beat you in those 2 also.” Jungkook says with his evil smile.

And so they start playing their remaining rounds.

Just like before, Jungkook doesn’t look or try to provoke Taehyung while the game is going on.
They keep it fair and focus on their own game. But they do react when they hear the sound of
‘Miss!’ and the corners of their lips lift upward.

The second round lasts for another 30 seconds and at the end of it, Jungkook looks a little bit taken
aback by the fact that Taehyung recovered a lot but is still behind him.

Taehyung-147, Jungkook-156.

This time Jungkook doesn’t mock him.

“Got scared?” Taehyung says, trying to rile him up when he sees that Jungkook is being cautious.

Jungkook snorts, “Never.”

The third and final round starts after 20 seconds.

They both are faster than ever and this time the basket moves left and right, creating an obstacle for
them to score.

And Jungkook starts struggling.

He keeps missing 2 to 3 shots in a row and the frustration is clear in voice as he grunts and curses
out loud.

Taehyung isn’t any better. He curses too whenever he misses which gives slight satisfaction to
Jungkook that he’s not far behind.

“Fuck!” Taehyung curses the loudest at the last moment and Jungkook thinks maybe he missed.

The final bell goes off and both of them stand there still.

Taehyung-198, Jungkook-197.

A sigh leaves Taehyung’s lips as the corners of his mouth lifts upward slightly as he takes a step
closer to Jungkook and puts an arm around his shoulder, “it’s okay, I won’t tell anyone about this.”
he whispers in Jungkook’s ears.

Blood rushes to Jungkook’s head. Anger and frustration taking over him as he yanks Taehyung’s
hand away and steps back, “Don’t be too cocky. It was just beginner's luck.”

Taehyung can’t help but chuckle at him, “Are you still gonna be in denial?”

“It’s just the truth.” Jungkook stands on his ground firm.

“Okay fine, let’s try other games and prove this little theory of yours.” Taehyung offers.

At this point, it became a question of his dignity so there’s no way Jungkook would refuse.
They start playing each and every duo game available.

Pinball, whack-a-mole, space shooter, racing mania, everything.

And in each one, Jungkook loses brutally against Taehyung.

“What the fuck!” Jungkook curses out loud. Pulling his hair out.

“I told you, don’t challenge me. I am a pro. I even went easy on you on some games.” Taehyung
says.

Jungkook lets out a lifeless chuckle like he’s hearing some bullshit, “You definitely cheated,” he
says, crossing his arms over his chest.

Taehyung comes close to him and pats his hand on his chest, “Now, don’t be a sore loser, baby.”

“Fuck you.” Jungkook spats.

Taehyung’s eyes twinkle right away, “Sure, when?”

Jungkook makes a face of pure offense.

They keep bickering like that. Even when they start playing team games after that, they argue like
they are playing against each other.

They don’t even realize how the time passes as they roam around the arcade and play, buy snacks
in the middle and keep their little banter alive at any given moment.

But whatever it is, they don’t walk away from each other.

“Let’s buy some ice-cream.” Taehyung says once they come in front of an ice-cream truck.

‘You’re buying.” Jungkook states. Taehyung is already taking out his wallet and money for two
ice-creams but he smiles when Jungkook demands it.

The old lady who is selling the ice cream hands Taehyung two cones of chocolate and butterscotch.
Taehyung gives the chocolate cone to Jungkook and keeps the butterscotch to himself.

Then the old lady gives Taehyung the spare change with a smile on her face and says, “Enjoy your
date, sweet boys.”

At once, Taehyung and Jungkook both go rigid. The flustered look confuses the old lady as they
both start choking on their own spit.

“W-what? No! We aren’t on a date!” Jungkook stutters.

Beside him, Taehyung nods his head, “We? On a date? As if! Pfft! Absolutely ridiculous.” he
keeps blabbering like he’s word-vomiting. His ears have gone red and his neck feels hot suddenly.

“Oh my, did I mistake you for a couple? I’m sorry dear. You looked like a couple to me.” The old
lady apologizes sincerely but the awkwardness doesn’t fade out.

Their ice cream almost started melting by the time they realize they are supposed to eat it. Even
the conversation between them becomes weird after they leave the site and just walk out of the
arcade, both of them still feeling flustered at what the old lady said.
They walk till they are near the parking lot when Jungkook starts walking to part their ways when
Taehyung grabs him by the arm, “I’ll drop you off.”

Jungkook frowns, “I can go on my own, thanks.” he says and tries to shrug his arm off but
Taehyung just holds onto him tighter.

“Take a hint, will you?” Taehyung pushes, and for a moment Jungkook still looks confused before
he understands what he means and goes ‘oh’.

Without any further refusals, Jungkook gets in the car and Taehyung drives them to Jungkook’s
dorm.

Jungkook offers Taehyung a cup of tea before he goes to change into something comfy like shorts
and a tshirt when they are back home and they take a breather before they end up in the bedroom.

Jungkook is quick to get on the bed as he strips off his shirt and throws it away, waiting for
Taehyung to join him. But Taehyung doesn’t right away.

“You looked like you were about to die when that ahjumma said we were on a date,” Taehyung
says, taking Jungkook by complete surprise who flushes right away.

“W-what do you mean? What was I supposed to do?” he blabbers out.

Taehyung shrugs, “I don’t know.”

Jungkook grunts and leans back on the bed, “Argh forget about that and let’s do it already.” he
says impatiently.

“Horny that much?”

“Yeah.”

This makes Taehyung smirk and he takes off his own shirt above his head and hovers over him.
One of his hands slides up Jungkook’s stomach, touching every inch of his firm abs and the other
goes to the nightstand to take out the lube and condoms.

Taehyung leans down and presses his lips softly over Jungkook’s stomach, feeling the way his
body shudders at the touch as he grows confident in continuing doing so.

But then he pauses when he puts his hand inside the nightstand drawer and finds something else
instead of lube and condoms.

And Jungkook gasps out loud remembering what he keeps there.

“Oh, what do we have here?” Taehyung sits back on his knees as he takes out the object and
watches how Jungkook’s whole existence starts to crumble right in front of his eyes.

“Don’t look! Don’t fucking look!” Jungkook shouts, his whole face and chest flushed red.

Taehyung obviously doesn’t listen to him, “Someone’s kinky.”

“I said don’t fucking look, you asshole!”

Taehyung holds up the device in front of Jungkook, “A tongue vibrator?”

Jungkook’s hands fly up to cover his face. There’s fumes coming out of his ears cause he feels so
embarrassed. He can’t even move because Taehyung has him trapped between his thighs and
actually, he doesn’t have the strength to move because all this embarrassment is making him sink.

Taehyung though, curiously inspects the hot pink device in his hand. This is the type of vibrator
that shows up while you are browsing something on websites. He wonders if that’s what made
Jungkook buy it.

The tongue looking thing in the middle is the most interesting part of it and he can see all the
functions that make the tongue move.

Jungkook peeks out between his fingers to look at him, and to his relief, Taehyung drops the
vibrator on the nightstand and turns to him.

It was a short lived relief.

“Has anyone gone down on you before? Back there?” Taehyung asks.

A choked up sound threatens to spill out Jungkook’s mouth as the embarrassment creeps coming
back, “What the fuck are you talking about you crazy bastard!” he says, flailing his arms like he
might hit Taehyung.

But Taehyung is quick to grab both of his hands and pin them over his head as he leans over him all
of a sudden, making Jungkook gasp, “Turn around.” he says with his raspy voice, stroking a line
over Jungkook’s jaw with his fingertips.

Jungkook’s eyes go wide, “What?”

Taehyung releases his grasp on his hands and gets off him to sit back, “Turn around. Knees down
and ass up.” he says, like he’s commanding Jungkook to follow his orders.

And like he’s under a spell, Jungkook obeys. Even though he’s dying of embarrassment, he finds
himself doing as he’s told.

Taehyung presses his palm over Jungkook’s back and pushes him down even further, making him
arch his back nice and perfect.

Somehow, this arouses Jungkook. A rush of electricity flows through his veins as he buries his
mouth on the pillow and holds his breath.

Taehyung grits his teeth. This is driving him crazy.

He hooks his fingers underneath Jungkook’s shorts and pulls it down along with the boxers. He
doesn’t keep it hanging and just yanks it off of his legs like he’s impatient.

Taehyung licks his lips which suddenly feels like going dry before he grabs the swell of
Jungkook’s asscheeks and spreads it apart, making him gasp.

Taehyung hasn't touched him yet. Not where he intends to do it. But he can already see how
Jungkook’s body is trembling. It excites him, makes him wonder how much he can push him
before he breaks.

“You are very lewd down here, did you know that?” Taehyung whispers.
Jungkook can hear the rustling of the sheets as Taehyung fixes his position, sitting on his knees
before he bends down, spreading apart his cheeks even more.

“And you’re so pink. No match for that vibrator of yours.”

Jungkook’s insides start twitching, the fluttering hole right in front of Taehyung’s eyes is making
him go insane but he holds himself back just for the time being.

“S-stop saying weird things.” Jungkook stutters, his words breathy and coming out staggered.

Taehyung loses it and presses his mouth on his rim.

“Ah!” Jungkook moans. A tingly feeling surrounds him as he feels Taehyung’s mouth press over
his hole. It’s a foreign feeling to him, nothing like what the vibrator makes him feel and he doesn’t
know how to react to that.

It gets much more intense when Taehyung opens his mouth and flicks his tongue over his hole.

“Fuck! Taeh- ah what are you doing?” Jungkook grasps the sheets so hard his knuckles turn white.

“I don’t know why,” Taehyung starts saying, not pulling his head away and when his breath fans
over Jungkook’s rim, he shudders, “But I feel jealous of that toy.”

Jungkook blushes hard. He’s sweating so much, and his breath became haggard too. Plus
Taehyung’s words are doing things to him. “Stop- please-”

“Tell me who does it better, that toy or my tongue.” Taehyung says and before Jungkook can reply
to him, he darts his tongue out and licks a strip on his rim.

“Oh- ahh fuck! Haah!” Jungkook moans. His eyebrows scrunched together and his eyes closed shut
as whole body goes tout, it feels like he’s being eaten alive.

Taehyung works his tongue just like that. Like he’s determined to devour him whole.

He licks and sucks on his rim, swirling his tongue around before he presses it inside and Jungkook
squirms.

“Nghh! Taehyung! Oh god- it- it feels-” Jungkooks huffs, his brain is all jumbled up from the
unbearable pleasure he feels. His cock is dripping wet and throbbing even though it left untouched.

“Tell me, how does it feel?” Taehyung asks him. His voice hoarse, he sounds so turned on.

“Aahhh! Good! Goood! It feels so good!” Jungkook blabbers.

It makes Taehyung smug. He becomes even more determined to break every resolution of
Jungkook. Make him cry and beg for more.

His tongue continues to prod at his hole, and he adds a finger to it too.

All the spit makes it easy for him to slide in his first finger. The moment the warmth of the insides
of his hole clenched around his finger, Taehyung wanted to just get inside him right away and
pound him so hard.

At the same time, he doesn’t wanna take his mouth away. The moment he got his mouth there, an
intoxicating feeling took over his entire being and he started to regret why he didn’t do it before.
The sounds Jungkook makes at every lick, every suck, makes the insides of Taehyung throb and
drive him crazy. Everything about Jungkook in this position is driving him crazy.

“Ahh please- stop I- I can’t take it anymore.” Jungkook whines, his hand flies back to grab
Taehyung's hair to yank him back but Taehyung doesn’t budge.

He continues to eat him out and add another finger in. He should go for some lube because it might
hurt Jungkook if he goes raw.

“Please please, not anymore! P-put it in now please!” Jungkook keeps begging. He’s so drunk on
pleasure that he doesn’t care about shit right now other than just getting fucked and fullfill his
desire.

“So impatient, aren’t we?” Taehyung speaks, finally pulling his head away. His mouth shining with
spit which he wipes away with the back of his hand and looks at Jungkook’s face. Tears pooled at
his eyes and his face looks so beautiful flushed red in pleasure.

“I really can’t take it anymore.” Jungkook chokes out, pushing his ass back on Taehyung’s fingers,
quietly asking him to keep fingering him.

Taehyung this time takes out the lube and condom hurriedly and pours the lube over his already
wet asshole before he slides in one more finger to make him ready to take his cock.

“I want nothing more than to take you right away, but want to fuck you for a long time. So I gotta
prep you perfectly.” Taehyung says.

Taehyung always has a way with his words. Knows exactly what to say when to say it to make
someone reach their peak arousal.

Jungkook feels like exploding as his cock throbs and slaps back at his stomach.

“Shit,” Taehyung curses, taking out his fingers all at once which leaves Jungkook feeling empty
and his whine grows tenfold.

Taehyung pays no attention to it as he takes the condom and he’s quicker than ever to rip the
packet off and take out his cock to wear it.

His impatience shows as he grabs Jungkook by his hips and thrusts inside him with a hard snap
without any warning.

“Mmph! Aaahhhh!” Jungkook screams. His body shuddering and his hands gripping hard on the
bedsheets as he buries his face into the pillow and breathes brokenly.

Taehyung is stunned.

“Did you just cum from just my cock?” Taehyung asks, his grip on Jungkook’s hip grows tighter.
“Did you just cum as soon as I put it in?”

Jungkook sobs, the aftershock of the orgasm hits him hard. “I-it just felt so good.”

“Shit,” Taehyung breaths as he pulls out his cock and slams it right back in, “You’re gonna drive
me crazy!”

With that, Taehyung starts fucking him like Jungkook has been asking for.

Nothing about it is slow and gentle. It’s like Taehyung using everything in him to snap him in half.
Even though Jungkook came just a few moments ago, his cock is still rock as hard as he feels his
ass get rammed with each and every thrusts. He throws his ass back to match his pace. The bed
makes squeaky noises from how hard Taehyung fucks him.

“Slow down. Taehyung, slow down a bit.” Jungkook mutters when he starts feeling like every bit
of air is getting punched out of his lungs.

“Slow? You want it slow? Like this?” Taehyung says, slowly rolling his hips so that his cock,
buried deep inside, drags along his walls and makes him feel every inch of it.

Maybe asking him to go slow was a mistake after all.

“Hah,” Taehyung smirks, “You ask me go to slow but then you are the one pushing your ass back,
fucking yourself on my cock.” he says, gripping Jungkook’s ass tight so he can’t move on his own.

“Ngghh please- I wanna cum.” Jungkook whines. He turns his head slightly to meet his gaze.

“But you already came once.” Taehyung tells him, he’s completely still now.

“It hurts, I wanna cum.” Jungkook sobs, “Please let me cum.”

To Jungkook’s utter disappointment, Taehyung pulls out of him completely. But he doesn't have a
chance to complain as Taehyung flips him around on his back and slides back right in, “You can’t
cum without my permission. I let it slide once.”

There’s terror that flashes over Jungkook’s eyes, “W-what?”

“I’m not gonna fuck you if you don’t be a good boy.”

Jungkook stares at Taehyung’s dark eyes, looking down on him like he’s the predator giving his
prey a chance to escape.

Taehyung slides his hands up his arm to make their fingers intertwine before he pins them down on
the bed. Jungkook doesn’t break the eye contact for even once.

Not even when Taehyung thrusts inside him. He only lets his mouth fall slack, let his moans come
out freely as he gets fucked at all the right places.

“Good boy.” Taehyung whispers over his ears, sounding satisfied.

“Can I cum now? Please?” Jungkook pleads with his glossy eyes and Taehyung can never say no to
this.

He reaches down and wraps his palm around Jungkook’s cock to give it a stroke, “Let go.” he
mutters.

And Jungkook cums again. Clenching hard around Taehyung’s cock as he shoots loads of white all
over his stomach and chest.

“Ah I’m so tired.” Jungkook huffs out when Taehyung pulls out of him for a moment.

At this, Taehyung can’t help but chuckle. He lies down beside him, grabbing Jungkook by the arm
and makes him sit on his crotch, “Already? I told you I wanna fuck you for a long time today.”

Jungkook looks dumbfounded for a moment as he doesn’t understand what happened. A moment
ago he was under Taehyung and now he’s sitting on him. “What?”
“I haven’t cum even once yet.” Taehyung tells him, his palm stroking over Jungkook’s shivering
thighs. “Try putting it in yourself.” he tells him.

Jungkook gulps. He doesn’t know why things like that make him feel shy. They’ve definitely done
nastier things but it still makes the surface of Jungkook’s cheeks go pink.

Slowly, Jungkook raises his hips and reaches behind to grab Taehyung’s cock. It’s so hard and
throbbing, he lines it up with his hole and tries to sink down on it.

“Ohh!” He gasps and throws his head back. His body is too sensitive right now from cumming
twice. So when the cock stretches him open again and penetrates him deep and good, he starts
seeing stars in front of his eyes.

Taehyung grits his teeth hard as Jungkook starts bouncing on his cock. His hands don’t stay still.
He reaches over and starts twisting Jungkook’s nipples with his one hand, driving him to the edge.

“Ah fuck it’s so deep!” Jungkook moans. The tears slide down the corners of his eyes as he keeps
letting out broken moans through his hoarse voice.

“You’re doing so good, Jungkook.” Taehyung tells him, guiding his hips to help him ride his cock.

But Jungkook started to lose his rhythm. He slows down as he can’t keep up with it anymore.

Taehyung clenches his jaws and changes their position once again, flipping Jungkook over as he
pushes his legs up and thrusts his cock inside his hole hard.

“Ahhh!” Jungkook gasps, his breathing becomes so fast that his chest is rising and falling so
rapidly.

Taehyung is so close to cumming too. So he snaps his hips forward as fast as he can, pushing all of
it in that hits Jungkook right at his prostate every time.

“Nghh ahh! Oh god I can’t!” Jungkook sobs, the tears become uncontrollable from the feeling.

Taehyung clenches and grits his teeth so hard when he slams inside one final time and cums inside
the condom with a loud gasp.

Beneath him, Jungkook is blabbering due to the aftershock of his own orgasm.

“Jungkook, look at me.” Taehyung says but Jungkook seems so out of it.

“Ahh shit I can’t- it’s too much,” Jungkook murmurs.

“Look at me,” Taehyung repeats.

“I feel like dying-”

“Jungkook”

“Oh god I-”

Gritting his teeth, Taehyung grabs Jungkook’s jaw a little too harshly for his fingers to dig in his
skin and makes the boy look him in the eyes. Their noses touch as their open mouths stay
centimeters away from each other.

And Taehyung says, “Breathe through your nose, darling.”

Jungkook calms down immediately. Staring into his eyes as he breathes. Long and deep breaths
that fill his lungs with air, so much that it burns before he lets it out.

And the moment becomes so different from all other times. Before Jungkook knows, his eyes fall
down to where Taehyung’s mouth is.

Maybe he’s still so out of it but Taehyung isn’t. He’s quick to turn his head away and press a kiss
on Jungkook’s jaw.

And this time, they don’t make any snarky remarks or try to rile each other up by saying anything
when Taehyung slides inside him again and fucks him slow.

Jungkook only hugs him close with his hands wrapped around his shoulders and Taehyung has his
hands clenched in a fist by his head as he rolls his hips in and out in a slow motion.

He cums faster this time, pulling out of Jungkook and spilling it over his stomach instead before he
falls down beside him. So worn out, both of them.

And before they know it, they fall asleep like that.

Events of last night are still vivid in Jungkook’s mind when he wakes up the next morning.
Wrapped in Taehyung’s arms as their tangled bodies lay under the sheets and he gasps.

It’s an unspoken rule that sex partners don’t sleep together after sex.

How this happened, they have no idea but when they both wake up, the atmosphere becomes
awkward. Even more so than the incident happened in the arcade by the ice cream truck.

As a result, Taehyung doesn’t stay for breakfast either and quickly gets dressed up and leaves.

And Jungkook understands that it’s getting messier than it should be.

***

‘Google Search: Do sex partners cuddle each other after sex?’

Search Result: Cuddling after sex is very important in a relationship. Science proved that cuddling
releases oxytocin hormone which helps in relaxation and bond with your partner emotionally.

If you are cuddling with your partner after sex, it means you care for them beyond just receiving or
giving physical pleasure.

“What the fuck is this bullshit!”

Jungkook curses out loud and shuts his laptop with a thud as soon as he finishes reading the
answers given by scientists, apparently and he groans in annoyance.

He's been having a hard time since that night.

Not only did he try to kiss Taehyung, they cuddled to sleep after sex.

Taehyung has been awkward with him since then.

But still, the sex they have is really passionate. Unlike what usual sex partners do. Once they are at
it, it’s not just about receiving as much pleasure as possible and using the other to relieve yourself.

They both get equally as invested into making the other feel good. They want to make the other
feel good.

They have met up for once after that night and even though the usual banter or dirty talking were
subdued, the passion never leaves them.

It’s like they get intoxicated when their bodies are tangled together.

Till now, Jungkook was so sure about his physical attraction towards Taehyung. He thought all of
these were an effect of his physical desire.

But something about that night made Jungkook’s resolutions shake.

He was the one who told Taehyung they won’t kiss. Then why was he thinking about kissing him
at that moment? Why did his heart drop when Taehyung turned his head?

The answers to these questions are nowhere to be found. Not even in this useless internet forum
that speaks bullshit.

Jungkook thinks of shaking off these unnecessary thoughts and doing some studying instead in the
library. His classmates were supposed to sit together for a group study session at 1pm today so he
decided to join them.

“Jungkook, do you remember the mechanism of this?” Minjun, a classmate of his asks him
showing a questionnaire.

Jungkook takes a look at the question and tries to remember where he read it.

And an instant smile appears on his face without him noticing it.

Yeah, he studied this that time when Taehyung made flashcards for him.

Taehyung is such an asshole. He's the most annoying person Jungkook has ever known. Taehyung
always teases him in bed, never lets him breathe and annoys the shit out of him when they are
outside.

But then again, things like this, makes Jungkook fall into despair. He doesn’t understand if he
should be hating him or not at moments like this. Like- helping him with his studies, calling him
beautiful out of the blue, buying him ice cream. He’s a jerk but he also does this.

He makes Jungkook crazy.

“Hey guys do you know a transfer student is gonna come to our department just before the finals
and continue the upcoming semesters here?”

Jungkook’s attention breaks suddenly when he hears Sooha say this and his eyebrows frown
instantly. “What? Why before the finals? They can join next semester.”

“I heard they transferred here from Busan University due to an emergency. Since the school
president has a good relationship with his dad or something, he gets to give the finals and not drop
out of this semester totally.”

“Woah, must be someone really special.” Minjun says.

Jungkook finds it kinda odd but he doesn’t give it much thought. Not like he has any interest in
him.

So he just shuts out the conversation they are having and focuses on his studies.

***

Jungkook gets dragged by Jimin to go shopping right after he gets out of the library.

“Kookie! You literally forgot your Jimin hyung, you don’t hang out with me anymore! Not even
with Yoongi!~” Jimin whines as he clings to Jungkook’s arm and keeps dragging their feet as they
walk.

“When did I not hang out with you? All I do is hang out with you guys. I don’t even have friends
from my own department.” Jungkook tells him.

“You did but things have changed. I barely see you these days.” Jimin pouts.

Jungkook doesn’t say anything right away because Jimin isn’t totally wrong. Before, he used to
spend all his free time hanging out with them but nowadays, he spends most of his time with
Taehyung. Doing unholy things.

He can’t tell Jimin that.

“I’ll hang out with you more, happy?” Jungkook says instead.

Jimin shakes his head, “Join us in the club this weekend, then I’ll forgive you.”

Jungkook groans loudly, making people around turn their head towards him but he can’t be
bothered, “Why the fuck do yall party before every exam?”

Jimin raises his hand and smacks Jungkook on the back, to which Jungkook lets out a pained grunt,
“Because you need to regain your energy you lose from studying.”

“And you think partying is the way to do that?” Jungkook rolls his eyes at him.

Jimin doesn’t reply to him and goes to the cash counter to check out the items they picked up.

While standing at the counter, Jimin was looking around while Jungkook was scrolling on his
phone. And Jimin’s eyes catch something that makes him double check.

’Huh? Are those-’ Jimin says in his mind as he looks at the shoes Jungkook’s wearing. Those look
particularly familiar to him. Not because he always sees Jungkook or anything but he saw this pair
of shoes somewhere else too.

This exact pair of Balenciaga boots…

Jimin gasps.

’Holy fucking shit’ he curses in his mind when he remembers where he saw these pais of shoes as
he stares at Jungkook with disbelief.

“Are you done paying?” Jungkook asks once he looks up from his phone and Jimin gives him a
smile which makes Jungkook frown at him.

“Of course.” Jimin says, his eyes twinkling as utters those words.

’So this is why you haven’t been hanging out with us lately- because you are out with Taehyung
these days huh.’

It was super hard to stay quiet and not throw questions at Jungkook as Jimin realized what had
been going on with him.

He should have realized this earlier. That day when Jungkook told him he hooked up with someone
and the way Taehyung teased him about it- it was so obvious from their argument that they slept
with each other.

Jimin feels extremely devilish and giddy at the moment.

He’s not against them doing whatever they want but it excites him because they are trying to hide
it. It’s so cute of them when all they do while in the presence of the other is argue and fight but
behind it all- they are playing.

“Where is your mind at?” Yoongi bites at Jimin’s ear, trying to bring his focus back and Jimin
doesn’t get startled at this. He leans back against his boyfriend’s chest.

“Babe, what do you do when you when you accidentally get to know that one of your friend is
fucking another of your friend?” Jimin asks, peaking Yoongi’s interest at once.

“What? Namjoon and Jin are fucking?”

Jimin stops and blinks for a moment, “What? They are?”

“I don’t know?”

Jimin then shakes his head, “No, I am talking hypothetically.” he says, he really doesn’t wanna
expose their names as they decided to keep it a secret. But he can surely mess with them. For that,
he can take advice from his own boyfriend.

“Hmmm,” Yoongi hums, wrapping his arms tighter around Jimin’s waist, “If I were you, I’d tease
them a lot. Make their life hell.”

Jimin can’t help but giggle, “That’s so mean, Yoongi.”

“It’s for funzies. If they are hiding it, they will definitely try to sneak out a lot. I’d be an obstacle
for them to see them suffer.” Yoongi says with a crooked smile.

“That’s extremely evil.” Jimin chuckles, his body warms when Yoongi slides his palm underneath
his shirt and he feels like melting.
“I’m the prince of hell.” Yoongi declares.

Jimin turns to face him, grabbing his cheeks between his fingers and pulling it, “Aww my
sugarcube, soft marshmallow.”

The grunt leaves Yoongi’s mouth instantly, “Ugh shut it.”

Jimin smiles softly at him before leaning closer and pressing a soft kiss on his cheek, “Be an
obstacle for funzies you say.”

Yoongi raises an eyebrow at him, “Who are they?”

Jimin is quick to shrug, “Just two imaginary characters.” he says, knowing very well Yoongi
would never believe it’s Jungkook and Taehyung.

“Are you writing fanfics or something?” Yoongi asks him. His hand has already traveled further up
inside Jimin’s shirt and he’s this close to take it off his head.

“I should write some fanfic, shouldn’t I? I mean, I am good at writing.” Jimin does some self
appreciation which makes Yoongi so endeared.

“Make it filthy.” Yoongi tells him.

“Oh my, are you in mood for some filthy?” Jimin asks. His whole body is now turned as he lays on
top of Yoongi.

“In case you haven;t noticed, I have been trying to get into your pants for the past 15 minutes.”
Yoongi says, the shirt is yanked over Jimin’s head right at that moment and Yoongi proceeds to his
zipper next.

“You are so horny.” Jimin says, leaning down to bite at his neck, hard enough that sends a shudder
down Yoongi’s spine. It turns him on even more.

“When am I not horny when I’m with you?”

“Say things like that to me more often. I’ll instantly be ready to give you the best blowjob you’ve
ever had.” Jimin says all satisfied and crawls down Yoongi’s body.

All thoughts of those two idiots are gone from his head and he only focuses on his cute, horny
boyfriend instead.

***

“Ah yes~That feels good.” Jungkook moans lewdly as Taehyung swirls his tongue over the
juncture between his neck and shoulder and sucks in his skin, all while grinding down on him with
their semi erected cock rubbing together for more friction.

They are behind an alley of a club. It’s a narrow space which allows them to be as close as possible
so they don’t leave a centimeter space between them.

Jungkook came to the club Jimin mentioned that day while shopping because he knew he can’t
bail out this time. Taehyung was coming too.

They met right before entering the club and both of them have no idea how they ended up here.

Jungkook accidentally blurted out that Taehyung was looking good and the next thing he knows
he’s being dragged towards the alley and here they are now.

“Weren’t you saying we shouldn’t do this just a moment ago?” Taehyung mutters, his lips tickles
Jungkook’s skin as he squirms, caged between Taehyung’s arms.

“We really shouldn’t. They must be waiting for us.” Jungkook says but at the same time grips
Taehyung’s hair harder so he doesn’t pull away.

“Your mouth is saying one thing but your body is saying whole another thing, baby.” Taehyung
chuckles.

“Shut up and touch me more.” Jungkook whines.

Taehyung wants to. He wants to touch him more. He wants to touch him in places that make him
melt.

He also wants to touch him where he doesn’t have the permission to.

Taehyung is absolutely certain that that night, they were so close to kissing. Be it for the heat of
the moment, Taehyung can’t take it out of his mind since then.

Jungkook is the one who mentioned it first that they are not gonna kiss. Even though Taehyung
thinks that is the right thing to do, he doesn’t understand this surge of disappointment he felt when
he turned his head away trying to keep their deal.

Taehyung slides his palm underneath Jungkook’s shirt and places it over his already hardened
nipple.

The coldness of his skin makes Jungkook shudder and his knees go wobbly for a moment.

“I didn’t even touch you properly and look at you.” Taehyung teases him, twisting his nipples
between his fingers.

“Oh! Taehyung, don’t tease.” Jungkook grips his shoulders. It’s hard to keep his composure
because of the rapidly increasing desire to be touched down there but Taehyung is stalling.

“I don’t have any condoms on me.” Taehyung tells him.

Jungkook looks at him as though he heard about the news of the discovery of the 8th wonder,
“You- out of all people, don’t have condoms and you are in a club?”

Taehyung snorts, “I wasn’t trying to get laid with anyone but you, remember? And I didn’t think
we'd get a chance today like this.”

Jungkook leans down to press his mouth on Taehyung's throat. Taehyung tilts his head backward to
give him as much access as he wants. “You can just pull it out,” Jungkook murmurs, nuzzling there
before he opens his mouth and leaves a wet kiss.

“Jeon Jungkook, you just know how to rile me up, don’t you?” Taehyung groans. He fumbles with
the buttons of Jungkook’s pants and is about to undo his zipper when his phone rings.
“Ah shit who the fuck-” Taehyung reaches for his phone but Jungkook grabs his hand.

“Ignore it,” he mumbles. His eyes wide and glossy.

“Fuck, you drive me crazy, Jungkook.” Taehyung huffs out and zips down his pants right away.

But it’s like everything is against him at the moment because the calls keep coming without a beat.

With a groan, Taehyung decides to see if it’s any emergency or not, “Just a moment,” he tells
Jungkook who whines but nods anyway, busying himself in kissing Taehyung’s collarbones
instead.

The anger level rises in him when Taehyung sees the caller ID, “The fuck you want?” he curses
right after picking up.

“Taeee! Where are youuu? I mish my best buddy come to me immediately.”

Just from the tone of it Taehyung gets it that he’s drunk so he doesn’t bother answering him and
declines the call.

“Who was it?” Jungkook asks.

“Jimin.”

“Shit, I told you we should be going.”

Taehyung slides his hand inside Jungkook’s boxers, trying to grab his cock when the damn phone
rings again but this time it’s Jungkook’s.

“Ugh I think I’m losing my erection at this rate.” Taehyung says in frustration.

Jungkook sighs, his head falling down on Taehyung’s shoulder, “Guess we don't have a choice.
Let’s just go.”

“I swear to god I will make Jimin pay for cockblocking me.” Taehyung grumbles as he zips up
Jungkook’s pants and they walk out of the alley. Behind him, Jungkook can’t help but laugh
sheepishly.

To be honest, Jimin isn’t really drunk.

It doesn’t matter how much these two try to hide their relationship, it’s bound to catch Jimin’s
eyes.

Earlier, Jimin saw those two talk right outside the entrance of the club. Just when he was about to
say hi to them, Taehyung dragged Jungkook away from there.

’They really can’t stay away from each other, can they?’ Jimin thought to himself with a little
mischievous smile.

And all of his suspicions get confirmed when Taehyung and Jungkook come back with their
wrinkled shirts and disheveled hair.

They thought no one would suspect shit.

Jimin feels like a devil right now for being a cockblocker.

“There you are my best fwends! Where have you been broskis!” Jimin wails, throwing himself at
their arms and they hurriedly catch him before he falls face first on the floor.

“Hey asshole, how much did you drink?” Taehyung asks once he gets a hold of Jimin and tells
Jungkook to let him go.

“Not much, hehe, but but-” Jimin hiccups, he raises his fingers and points it to both of them, “Why
are you two coming together? Did you meet up before?”

The way Jungkook gasps out is stupid enough to give away everything but Jimin still maintains his
ignorance. Feeling stupidly satisfied teasing them like this.

“What? No? We just met right now.” Jungkook replies quickly.

Jimin decides to let it go for the time being.

“Come, let’s drink.” Jimin tells them and brings them to the counter where Yoongi and Hoseok are
seated. The others couldn’t make it today.

Jungkook missed it, honestly. Laughing and talking about anything about everything with these
buttheads. He doesn’t know what he would have done without them when he first came to Seoul
and the only person he knew was Yoongi.

He’s so thankful for meeting his friends. He feels guilty about not spending much time them these
days because of this fucker who is trying to grope him under the table.

’What the fuck are you doing?’ Jungkook whispers so only Taehyung can hear.

Taehyung gives him a crooked smile, his hand staying in its place, ’Nothing’

Jungkook never knew a person could be this annoying before meeting Taehyung.

However, he is saved now as Jimin suddenly yanks him away from his seat and wraps an arm
around his shoulder, “Hey Tae, look over there. That guy’s pretty good looking huh?”

Taehyung turns his head to where Jimin is pointing with a raised eyebrow.

“Excuse me, but your boyfriend is right over here.” Yoongi says from behind with a deep voice.

“Babe, it’s not for me. I was thinking of hooking Taehyung up with that guy.”

It’s not just Taehyung that reacts but also Jungkook who almost jumps off his seat.

“Eh? For me?” Taehyung says, sounding confused. Beside him, Jungkook is glaring at him.

“Of course, how long are you gonna stay single right?” Jimin pokes his cheek with his fingertips,
smiling widely.

Annoyed.

All Jungkook feels is extremely annoyed at the moment.

“No thanks, I don’t want anyone at the moment. I’m fine how I am.” Taehyung replies with a wide
smile back on Jimin’s face and then looks at Jungkook with a smirk on his face.
There’s a burning sensation Jungkook feels spread across his cheeks when their eyes meet. And he
becomes too much of a coward to hold his gaze so he looks away.

He didn’t expect Taehyung to reply right away with that.

On the other hand, Jimin is really impressed at the refusal. Before, Taehyung would already be
going over to them with a drink in hand and flirt the shit out of them until they end up in the same
bed.

Does he like Jungkook that much?

‘Wait- do they like each other?’

Jimin can’t really tell. And it’s better not to assume things too early. He’ll know when the time
comes.

It goes like that from then. Just drinking and talking and laughing. Time passes by pretty quickly
when they are all together.

“I should get going now- I have a class tomorrow early in the morning.” Taehyung says, his head
feels a little dizzy. He can handle his liquor well so he isn’t wasted.

“No! We were just getting started!” Hoseok whines, clinging to Taehyung’s arm to stop him from
moving.

“Hyung, we’ll meet tomorrow at the campus again.” Taehyung chuckles.

“Oh so, Jungkookie is gonna go too?” Jimin blabbers, actually drunk this time.

Jungkook startles, “W-what? No, I’m not going.” he says.

And it’s the panic in Jungkook’s tone that makes Jimin sober up a little. Shit, he was about to
expose them right now.

He feels bad for earlier now.

Taehyung doesn’t say anything at all and just quietly bids his goodbye for the night.

“We should get going too,” Jimin says then. He thinks if they all go home, Jungkook won’t feel
obligated to stay here and spend time with Taehyung.

But Jungkook doesn’t go to Taehyung’s.

He’s back at his dorm, his head dizzy and he feels tipsy from having gulped down so much
alcohol. It has been a while since he drank this much.

He feels hot.

Events from earlier today comes flashing in his mind. And he starts fidgeting.

He can’t be pent up already after having sex just a couple of days ago.

Or maybe he’s gone batshit crazy as he picks up his phone and lays on the bed while dialing that
asshole’s number.

”Hello? Jungkook?”

Jungkook covers his mouth with his palm when Taehyung picks up the call after 2 rings.

His heart suddenly starts beating so fast. Why the fuck did he call him!

”Hello? Are you there? Why did you call?”

”I don’t know,” Jungkook replies, his voice dangerously low. As if he’s whispering in Taehyung’s
ear. ”I was feeling uneasy.”

From the other side of the phone, Taehyung doesn’t say anything for some time. He just listens to
Jungkook’s quiet breath.

”Jungkook, tell me what’s making you feel uneasy?”

Jungkook turns on his side, the phone pressed between his ear and his pillow, ”Everything. It’s
unbearable.”

Shit . Jungkook must be drunk.

But that’s not what is making Taehyung have his rope of conscience snap. It’s way Jungkook
whines when he says that- like when Taehyung teases him-

”You are putting me in a tight spot right now, do you know that?” Taehyung tells him.

”Then you shouldn’t have turned me on and then left me all alone like this.”

Jungkook, and even Taehyung knows that he will regret saying all these once he sobers up. But it
can’t be helped at the moment.

”Please tell me how much I turn you on.” Taehyung whispers, his hands are itching to just- touch-
but he tries to hold back a little longer.

”I feel like I heard that somewhere before. Are you stealing my line from me?”

Taehyung chuckles. Even though he’s drunk, he’s still sassy. ”Jungkook, I really wanna touch you
right now.”

Jungkook gulps. His eyes flutter close as his breathing becomes faster.

”What are you wearing right now?” Taehyung asks him.

”Just a sweatpant and a tank top.” Jungkook murmurs. From the other side, he hears some
rustling sound too.

”Stop me now if you don’t wanna proceed. Because I’m going crazy here if I’m being honest.”

Jungkook takes a long breath. His brain is too hazy to think properly. But then again, he feels like
he won’t stop it even if he was sober. So he nods, as if Taehyung can see him, ”Don’t stop.”

From the other side, Taehyung curses, ”Alright. Then you’ll have to do as I tell you to, okay?” he
says. His hand absentmindedly stroking over his crotch.
Jungkook hums.

”Put your finger on your lips and insert one,” Taehyung says, and Jungkook does as he’s told.
”And suck on it.”

Jungkook groans, putting a finger in his mouth and sucking on it. It doesn’t taste anything
particular but having something in his mouth feels quite good.

”If I was there, I would touch your stomach now. Slipping my hand underneath your top, feel how
your muscles twitch under my touch.”

Jungkook finds touching himself exactly like that. His hands are warm, unlike how Taehyung’s
usually are, but when he slides it under his top, he feels the same type of electricity he feels when
Taehyung touches him.

Maybe because he can hear his deep, raspy voice, telling him to do so. He can hear Taehyung’s
ragged breaths as if he’s struggling there.

Jungkook has already yanked his top up to his chest.

”Did you take off your top?” Taehyung asks when he hears the rustling of clothes and Jungkook is
shaking his head already as if Taehyung can see him.

”No,” he replies quietly.

”Good boy, I don’t want you to take it off.”

It would be so frustrating knowing Jungkook is laying there all naked and he can’t see him with his
own eyes. ”Take your finger out of your mouth and touch your nipple but not fully.”

Jungkook takes off his finger after sucking on it some more and reaches down. The wet, spit
slicked surface makes contact with his hardened nipple and it sends a shudder through his body.

”I’d kiss and bite it so hard that you’d squirm if I was there.” Taehyung says, the buttons of his
pants are undone and he can see the damp over his boxers. Just how lewd his body has become
over the past couple of weeks that just this makes him go wet like a horny teen.

”I wanna touch them,” Jungkook says, his voice hoarse.

Taehyung lets out a sigh when he finally touches his cock, just the tip, rubbing his thumb over it
and letting out soft exhales, ”You can, but you have to touch it like I do.”

”Okay.” Jungkook mumbles.

”Good boy, now touch it. Pinch and squeeze it with your fingers.”

Jungkook does. His back arches off the bed when he pinches his nipple and squeezes it.

“Ahh”

Taehyung hears Jungkook let out a moment. The sound burns his ears as he squeezes his cock hard
in his palm. ”Shit! I wish I could be there with you.” he says.

He must be out of his mind too because of the alcohol.

”I wish that too. I wish it was you who were touching me.”
A throbbing sensation spreads across Taehyung’s chest. Reaching every part of his body until it
starts to feel numb and the only thing he can think about is Jungkook.

He doesn’t know since when he started to feel like this but it feels a lot different from all the casual
relationships he ever had.

He doesn’t wanna get off roll away when he’s with Jungkook.

He feels this need to hold him until he’s calmed down from trembling. He feels the need to ask him
if he’s okay once they are done.

It can’t be just because they know each other.

”Taeh- Taehyung, I wanna touch myself.” Jungkook breathes out and snaps Taehyung out of his
thoughts.

”Are you hard?” Taehyung asks him.

”Mhmm..for a while.” Jungkook admits. His whole body feels tingly as he rubs his thighs together.
It’s uncomfortable.

”God. You’ll drive me crazy.” Taehyung huffs out. He strokes his cock up and down as squeezes
at the base, his mouth falls slack for a moment and his eyes roll back to his head. ”Take off your
pants.”

Jungkook slowly gets up and takes off his pants, along with his boxers and throws them away. ”I
took them off,” he says.

”Tell me how does it look.” Taehyung tells him, halting his hand over his balls.

At this, Jungkook blushes horribly. It’s embarrassing to hear him say that. His cheeks and ears burn
at those words.

But weirdly enough, it doesn’t stop him from speaking, ”It’s- hard.” he says, his voice dropping
an octave.

”And?”

”And…it’s wet..so wet like it’s begging to be touched.” Jungkook moans.

From the other end of the call, Taehyung grunts so loud as he strokes his cock and digs his thumb
on the slit. It’s getting painful. ”Fuck Jungkook- I’m going crazy.”

”I wanna touch myself.” Jungkook whines.

”Touch it. Pleasure yourself, Jungkook.” Taehyung says.

Jungkook’s moan sets Taehyung’s ears on fire when he finally touches his cock.

”Ah fuck” Jungkook gasps, squeezing and rubbing at the head. His hand instantly becoming wet
from the precum as he buries his face in the pillow to muffle his moans.

”Let me hear you, Jungkook.” Taehyung tells him. Clenching his fist in frustration because he
can’t fucking see him.

”Oh ah Tae,”
”You are doing so good, Jungkook.”

”But I feel empty. It’s not enough.”

Taehyung halts.

The breath gets stuck in his throat as he hears Jungkook’s whines and moans.

”I feel so empty- ahhh”

Taehyung grits his teeth. Squeezing his eyes shut, his head is throbbing. ”Do you have lube
anywhere near you?” he asks.

”I do, it’s in my nightstand.”

”Good, take it out and lie on your back.” Taehyung instructs him slowly. Trying not to just storm
out of his dorm and drive to his place and fuck the brain out of him. ”Pull your legs up, like if I
was there and was putting your legs over my shoulder.”

With blushing cheeks, Jungkook takes out the bottle of lube and places it beside him before he lies
down like he is told.

Like this, he can see how his cock is throbbing and leaking. It’s embarrassing. He thinks he would
be even more embarrassed if Taehyung were to see him like this.

”Now, take the lube and pour it over your hole.” Taehyung keeps giving him instructions and
Jungkook follows it like he’s under a spell.

The lube pours directly over his asshole and he twitches as the cold feeling of it. His gasp travels
through the phone to reach Taehyung, making him reach the pinnacle of pleasure just by hearing
Jungkook moan and squeal from this.

”Jungkook, are you touching yourself? Are you fingering yourself right now?” Taehyung asks.
Even he can’t believe how desperate his voice sounds right now.

”Yeah, it feels good. But it feels even better when you do it for me.”

Taehyung loses it as he palms his cock faster than ever, letting out continuous moans and gasps
with each stroke, not caring about the noises at all. ”Keep doing it. Use both of your hands to touch
your front and back.”

”Ah ah Taehyung, oh god, I’m close.” Jungkook screams.

”I’m close too, Jungkook. I feel like losing it.” Taehyung says too. Now using both of his hands to
stroke and fondle his cock and balls.

”I wanna cum! I wanna cum- please!”

”Shit. You can. Cum for me, Jungkook.”

“Ahhh-”

”Nghh ah...”

….
 ***

“Here, I got you a drink.”

“Oh- um- thanks.”

Jungkook takes the drink from Taehyung and walks towards the table to sit. A blush on his cheeks.

Last night's events are vivid in his mind. Even though he woke up with a hangover, not a single
thing did he forget about what happened after he came back home.

Just closing his eyes makes him see how he was dancing by a thread of his own will and how good
it felt.

Taehyung is no opposite. He fell asleep as soon as he finished, not knowing Jungkook was the
same. And it’s embarrassing to admit.

‘And the what the fuck am I doing?’ Taehyung thinks in his head when he looks at Jungkook
sipping on the drink.

This is so unlike them. This feels like they are-

’What the fuck! No!’ Taehyung shakes his head. ’Absolutely ridiculous. I must be insane from
doing something bizarre like that.’

Nothing adds up in his head anymore. These absurd feelings, these absurd doings. Everything is
out of character and yet- yet it doesn’t feel strange. It doesn’t feel bad.

It feels like it’s all natural. Like they have been like this for as long as they’ve known each other.

Which is obviously a lie because they used to not stand each other’s sight at all. They hated each
other from the start.

Wait- did they hate each other from the start?

What was it like when they just met?

”Hey beautiful, I’m Kim Taehyung. Nice to meet you.”

”Ugh yeah, same.”

“Do you like espresso or latte?”

“Espresso is too bitter”

~
“I knew you had it in your. Look at you moving with the rhythm.”

“We are supposed to dance in clubs aren’t we?”

..

….

And then that happened and everything became shallow.

Taehyung remembers it all. It wasn’t always like this. Things used to be different at the start.

But then again, this spark between them that emerged after what happened in the locker room
during that one time, brought them back to how it was like in the beginning but so much more
intense.

Taehyung started to feel his physical attraction towards him more than ever. And this time, he got
to know that Jungkook feels the time.

It’s as if the dominos cascaded in a perfect line so they would end up finding each other tangled
with each other’s body and yet- yet it leaves them with thoughts that make no sense.

Or maybe, maybe Taehyung has started to make sense out of it.

Why didn’t he think of this before? Was he so reluctant of these feelings that it made him choose a
blind eye?

Are these feelings even real or just hallucinations?

He’s so sure, whatever he has been doing, he’s not doing it by his own will. He’s being controlled
by these feelings over and over again but is he even trying to stop himself from being controlled?

No he is not.

He’s letting himself flow. Letting the current take him wherever it wants.

And when Taehyung looks up, he finds Jungkook.

The burning warmth returns in his chest and his pupils dilate.

’No, I can’t be for sure-’

“Hey guys, I’m gonna go order something to eat, you wait here okay?” Jungkook suddenly gets up
from his seat.

“Can you bring me something too Jungkook-ah?” Hoseok asks.

“Sure hyung, I’ll be right back.” he says and walks away from the table.

Actually, he walked away because he needed to breathe.

The intense gaze of Taehyung was piercing holes in his chest and he couldn’t move at all as if his
body’s gone numb.

Something’s changed.
 Something has changed a long time ago but Jungkook is only realizing it now.

He can’t really name it but he can feel it.

He knows this feeling.

He felt it before and tried to bury it.

It’s scary to be feeling like this again and so he just had to get away from there even for just a
moment.

Jungkook walks towards the cafeteria counter with his thoughts wandering around that he doesn’t
see people coming at him.

And so he bumps into someone’s shoulder. Hears the clatter of plates dropping and he curses in his
mind.

Immediately he crouches down to help them clean, “I’m so sorry- I wasn’t looking proper-” but he
stops.

He stops when he sees who he bumped into.

And his whole body goes rigid.

“Hey Jungkook! Long time no see! How have you been?”

The chaos made Taehyung and the others look in their direction.

“Shit.” he hears Yoongi curse and he looks at him with a frown.

“What’s wrong? Why is Jungkook looking like that? Does he know that person?” he asks Yoongi,
whose complexion doesn’t look any better either.

Yoongi inhales and says, “That’s Jaehyun. Jungkook’s ex boyfriend.”

Chapter End Notes

Don't forget to leave kudos and comments if you've reach this far <3 Kudos and
comments are like oxygen to authors <3

PS: To know when the next update is, please keep and eye on my twitter page because
I can't give exact date or time for now.
Twitter- Taekooks_Doll
 4
Chapter Summary

“Just listen to me,” Jimin retreats his hand and turns his body fully to sit face to face,
startling Jungkook even more, “We all need a shoulder to cry on when we are in our
most vulnerable period. It’s okay to seek out that one person who can give you
comfort when you need it. It doesn’t have to be us, it can be anyone. If you have
someone like that, hold onto them.”

Chapter Notes

I AM BACK WITH A NEW CHAPTER!!

TW//This chapter contains verbal abuse and forceful behavior but not between
taekook and it's only brief

I know it's been a month and I was super busy with midterms so forgive me for the
delay! The chapter contains so many things and I hope I could express everything I
wanted to.

Also, it's not proofread so excuse the grammatical mistakes and typos.

Please let me know your reactions after you are done reading <3

See the end of the chapter for more notes

The club is dimly lit. The neon lights create hues of blues and purple on people’s faces.

But in between all those fake lights, Jungkook is glowing.

Taehyung thought Jungkook was bright, brighter than the sun when he first met him.

A bright kid with a smile so blinding that Taehyung felt something drop inside his chest and burn.

And maybe it burned away his conscience too because Taehyung really didn’t want to behave with
him like he usually does when he sees a pretty boy.

He didn’t wanna come off as a flirtatious guy trying to get laid.

But what is done is done. He can’t go back in time and change it.

But he did start trying better to get close to him. He wanted that brightness to light him up too.

In between moving under the neon lights, Taehyung’s eyes lock on him and him only. Everyone
around him becomes a blur as Taehyung watches Jungkook dance crystal clear.

And that burning sensation comes back in his chest as he gulps down a shot of alcohol. Though the
burn is not because of the alcohol.

Taehyung’s feet move on their own. A haze takes over him as he walks towards Jungkook dancing
in the middle of the dance floor.

“I knew you had it in you. Look at you moving with the rhythm.” Taehyung says with gleaming
eyes shamelessly checking out Jungkook’s appearance from up close.

Jungkook looks at him from the corner of his eyes, his eyebrow turns upward in acknowledgment of
his presence. “We are supposed to dance in clubs aren’t we?” he says.

Taehyung smirks, already swaying his body to match with Jungkook’s moves. He’s glad when
Jungkook turns to face him and doesn’t stop dancing. “Yeah, but you are exceptionally well at it.”

Jungkook doesn’t reply to him. And Taehyung doesn’t mind. They keep dancing for some time
before Jungkook gets exhausted and walks towards the bar.

Taehyung follows him behind. “Let me buy you a drink.” he says, already beckoning for the
bartender to come take his order.

“Why are you doing this?” Jungkook asks him, taking him by surprise.

“Doing what?” Taehyung asks.

“Why are you flirting with me constantly?” Jungkook’s tone is stern and cold and it makes
Taehyung’s words get lost in his mind for a moment.

He wasn’t just flirting.

He was chasing a light.

“I have no intentions of getting involved with anyone in any relationship.” Jungkook continues
saying, “So you should stop before you go too far.”

It stings. It sets fire inside Taehyung’s chest and even though he knows it’s not ideal to get angry at
this, his pettiness takes over him. “You think too highly of you, don’t you?”

Jungkook blinks, “Excuse me?”

Taehyung snorts, “Just because I was being nice to you, you thought I wanted to be in a
relationship with you? That’s so much of a superior complex right there.”

“My bad then. Glad we are on the same page. Don’t bother me anymore.” Jungkook deadpans and
leaves.

That day, Taehyung saw a light slowly being faded.

Yoongi didn’t tell him further about Jungkook’s ex but seeing the reaction on his face and
Jungkook’s, Taehyung assumes there might have been some incident between them.

Though he doesn’t wanna interfere in their personal affairs, it doesn’t leave his mind. It bothers
him.
Taehyung shakes his head and takes a look at the time on his phone.

Jungkook is supposed to come today for their arrangement. But now he isn’t really sure if he will
show up.

Ding dong

Taehyung practically jumps from where he was sitting when the doorbell rings right at that
moment.

When Taehyung opens the door, his heart jumps up towards his throat, “Hey! You are early!”

Jungkook sighs and steps in as Taehyung moves away from the door. His backpack that was
hanging from his shoulder drops beside the door without a care, “Yeah classes ended earlier.”

Taehyung follows him behind, “Hmm? I thought your classes weren’t supposed to end till 4pm?”

Jungkook turns his head towards him with crooked eyebrows, “Are you indirectly asking me to go
away or what?”

Taehyung’s eyes go wide, “Now now, was I that rude? Please, you are welcome anytime.” he says
with a wide smile on his face as he bows his head.

Jungkook can’t help but roll his eyes at that, “So dramatic.”

Taehyung snorts. But it doesn’t last long.

Something about Jungkook seems off today. He tries to tell himself that maybe it’s just his
imagination because he was thinking about it earlier. So he tries to shake it off as follows Jungkook
towards his bedroom.

But then, he’s even more surprised when he sees Jungkook stripping off his clothes and lying
down on the bed on his own.

“You look impatient today.” Taehyung comments, not being able to hold himself back from
checking out his bare torso.

“Shut up and hurry.” Jungkook says with a pout and a frown.

The corners of Taehyung’s lips crook upwards as he takes off his own shirt above his head and
crawls over Jungkook, “Well, I’m not the one to refuse if you are asking for it so desperately.” he
says and buries his face on Jungkook’s neck.

Jungkook always smells so good. Taehyung has been close with him countless times now that he
recognizes his cologne from far away. He loves basking under the scent.

Taehyung opens his mouth and places his tongue flat over his pulse, earning a shudder from
Jungkook. His hand travels from Jungkook’s stomach towards his chest, grazing over his nipples
before he touches them properly.

But Taehyung can’t continue. Not when he feels how stiff Jungkook’s body is.

When Taehyung touches him, he melts. Taehyung knows that feeling of Jungkook’s body going
lax under his fingertips by heart.

But today it’s completely different.

Jungkook isn’t even making any sounds.

He isn’t touching Taehyung back.

So Taehyung pulls away and sits back on his knees, staring down at Jungkook with concerned
eyes.

“Huh? Why did you stop?” Jungkook asks, the tips of his ears red and he is confused.

“Are you alright?” Taehyung asks instead of answering.

Jungkook is completely taken aback by that question, “Uh- yeah I am. What’s gotten to you?” he
asks, his words rushed.

Taehyung knows even if there was something going on, Jungkook won’t tell him that. And he
doesn’t have the right to demand answers from him. But he won’t push him and cross boundaries.

So Taehyung completely gets off of him then and picks up his shirt that he threw earlier, “You
know, my presentation is in a couple of days. There will be an exhibition the week after that from
the photography department.”

The confused look on Jungkook’s face only increases, “What the hell are you talking about at this
moment?”

Taehyung wears his shirt and then picks up Jungkook’s clothes too, handing it to him, “We don’t
have to do it if you are not feeling well, Jungkook. It’s okay if we take a break.”

Jungkook takes his clothes but his face becomes a flustered mess, “W-what?” he says with a
broken voice.

“Why are you so shocked?” Taehyung asks him with a raised eyebrow.

“No it’s just- we are sex partners but you are saying-”

Taehyung walks around the bed to get closer to Jungkook and then takes his clothes from his hand
and proceeds to put it on for him, “I know. It sounds ridiculous but we aren’t just sex partners,
Jungkook. I don’t seek you out just to have sex.”

Jungkook doesn’t reply. He lets Taehyung dress him back again as he stares at him.

“We are frenemies.” Taehyung adds after he’s done dressing him.

Finally Jungkook smiles silly, “What? Frenemies?”

“Yeah. in between friends and enemies. So we can do other things than just having sex, no? Like
how you helped me with my final’s project.” Taehyung tells him gently as he holds out his hand
for Jungkook to take and then walks out of the bedroom to go to the living room instead.

“Just like you helped me with my studies?” Jungkook asks.

“That’s right.”

“You surprise me sometimes.” Jungkook says as he sits on the couch, Taehyung sits beside him.

“You see, I am full of surprises.”

“You are full of shit.”

Jungkook turns into a fit of laughter when Taehyung glares at him at that and honestly, Taehyung
feels so at ease.

The stiffness is no longer visible on his face and he looks brighter than when he showed up.
Taehyung is happy.

They start talking about anything and everything from that point on.

Taehyung invites him to come to the photo exhibition and Jungkook is too shy because his own
photo will be displayed in front of loads of people, how can he go there?

But Taehyung insists a lot so Jungkook tells him that he will think about it.

They order food and while they wait for it to arrive, Taehyung suggests they play some video
games.

“I am not playing.” Jungkook instantly refuses. Remembering the time when this motherfucker
fucked him up in arcade games.

“Oh come on, I promise I will go easy on you.” Taehyung whines.

“Keep your stupid act to yourself.”

“Jeon, please?”

And Jungkook doesn’t really have it in him to deny him twice and he gives in.

But surprisingly, he is better in video games than Taehyung.

And so for a moment, it’s Taehyung who thinks this was a bad idea.

It goes like that. Without any of them addressing it, they hang out like they have been friends for so
long. And not even for once it shows that they used to not stand the sight of each other even a
month ago.

At one point of their sweet time together, Jungkook dozes off.

They were sitting on the floor while playing video games, leaning against the couch. Jungkook
doesn’t know when tiredness takes over him as his head slowly falls on Taehyung’s shoulder and
his eyes shut in a slumber.

And Taehyung does not dare breathe.

He stays still like a statue as Jungkook sleeps leaning on him.

Taehyung’s heart is beating so fast and he wants to hyperventilate but he fears that even the
slightest movement might wake Jungkook up.

He turns his head slowly and looks down at him.

Like this, Jungkook looks so peaceful. So serene. Just how mentally exhausted he must be that he
fell asleep in the middle of them playing games?

There’s a strand of hair that fell over Jungkook’s eyes. Brushing against his eyelashes and making
his eyebrows frown, he gets angry even in his sleep huh.

A smile takes over Taehyung’s face as he raises his hand and tucks away the hair behind his ear
and his fingertips strokes down on his cheek.

Taehyung gulps.

‘Why am I doing this?’

‘No, that’s not it. Why do I want to do this?’

He asks himself in his mind over and over again. He sees the answer too. But it’s blurry. He can’t
read it properly. Maybe if he tried a little harder. A little harder to understand what is this he’s
feeli-

And just like that Taehyung falls asleep too.

“Mmm..” Jungkook suddenly mumbles as he wakes up.

He blinks, a yawn slipping past his mouth as he rubs his eyes and tries to raise his head but
something heavy is on it.

When he looks, he sees that it’s Taehyung. Leaning on his head and Jungkook is leaned on his
shoulder.

They were sleeping like this with no idea for how long.

“When did I fall asleep?” Jungkook mumbles.

Hearing his voice, Taehyung seems to wake up too. “Mhmm..what time is it?”

Lazily, Jungkook takes out his phone to check the time and gasps out loud, “It’s 9 already?! Why
didn’t you wake me up!”

Taehyung massages his shoulder, his eyes still closed as he groans. His muscles gone sore from
staying in the same position for too long with Jungkook’s head on it.

Jungkook notices it and a flush takes over his face.

“Why are you getting mad at me? I fell asleep too.” Taehyung says in a deep raspy voice which
sends shivers down Jungkook’s spine.

Jungkook clears his throat as stands up, “I should get going now.” he says.

“It’s late. You can stay over if you’d like, I can take the sofa.” Taehyung immediately says without
a beat.

And Jungkook can’t help but smile at him, “Even if I stayed, you wouldn’t need to sleep on the
couch, Kim. Besides, what do you mean late? We party till 12, remember?”

Taehyung scratches the back of his neck and smirks, “I was being generous.”
“Well, no need to be generous with me.” Jungkook says. He picks up his backpack that was still by
the door and hangs it over his shoulder.

Taehyung is still kinda unconvinced letting him leave like that, “But you can still-”

“You have been more than generous to me today, Taehyung.” Jungkook says turning around.

It makes Taehyung lose words.

Without thinking, Jungkook leans down and kisses Taehyung on the cheek. “Thank you, I’ll be
going now.”

As Jungkook leaves with a face redder than a tomato, Taehyung still remains unable to utter a
single word.

And Jungkook never ran this faster to go home.

His heart is beating out of his chest, his forehead and the back of his neck is soaked with how
much he is sweating. His whole body feels hot.

As soon as he enters his dorm, he slams the doors closed and slumps against it. Burying his face in
his hands and lets out a loud grunt.

“Ughhh! Why did I do that! Why the fuck did I do that!” He shouts, “You stupid, idiot, fool! Was
that necessary?”

He keeps groaning. He can feel his heart thumping so loudly inside his ribcage. “Don’t get swayed
like this,” he keeps telling himself, “It’s not what you want. It’s not-”

But he can’t finish that sentence how he thought he would.

Everything becomes a mess of jumbled letters.

“I don’t even know what I want anymore.”

***

It’s the first exam of this semester’s finals. Jungkook was quite nervous about it because he admits
he has been lacking in his studies for the past couple of weeks. Which led him to study till late at
night and thus the results are the hideous bags under his eyes.

It paid off though because he gave an excellent exam. He’s sure to secure a good grade on this
course and his self confidence for remaining exams also increased.

But his happiness is short-lived when he comes out of the exam hall and meets the person in the
corridor he was desperately trying to avoid.

“Quite a show you put on the other day.” Jaehyun says as he shoves his hands inside his pocket
and walks closer to Jungkook. There’s a shit eating grin on his face. But it’s not as pleasant as it is
when he sees it on a certain someone.

“Excuse me?” Jungkook says. He tries to keep his tone as cold as possible even though he feels
like it might break at any point. He is already having a hard time keeping his anger at bay. He
doesn’t wanna cause a scene here.

“Pretending you don’t know me at all.” Jaehyun says with a snort.

Jungkook doesn’t like this. He doesn’t like the short distance between them at all.

He remembers the other day when he saw Jaehyun here for the first time after a long while. He
remembers how he got speechless and how nothing came out of his mouth when Jaehyun greeted
him with his wicked smile.

Jungkook just walked away without saying anything to him. His whole body was shaking.

Taehyung pulled him out of that misery.

“That’s right, I don’t know who you are.” Jungkook manages to reply after a moment. He doesn’t
break eye contact. His fists clenched beside him which makes his knuckles turn white.

Jaehyun notices it. It brings a satisfied smile on his face. “Oh come on, no one can forget their first
love. Can they?” he says, tilting his head to the side. As if he is mocking him.

Jungkook promises he won’t let him get under his skin. “Oh my, you call that love now? What a
character development. But unfortunately, I have forgotten it for good.” he says with a sarcastic
laugh.

It earns him just a tiny reaction. A flinch which could have gone unnoticed but Jungkook is so
focused on him that he doesn’t miss it. Jaehyun’s a little dissatisfied with his answer and it pleases
Jungkook.

“You’ve got quite a mouth now, I see. What’s holding you up like this?” Jaehyun asks. His face no
longer stretched in a smile but a frown slowly finding its way to his face.

“It’s none of your business.” Jungkook spats and walks past him.

Jaehyun quickly turns behind, “Jungkook,” he shouts.

Jungkook only turns his head with a dead glare, “Pretend you don’t know me just like I am
pretending I don’t know you.” he deadpans and doesn’t look back at all.

Jaehyun watches Jungkook walk away with gritting teeth. Anger rises in his core and he decides
not to let this slide this easily.

So he starts following Jungkook behind.

But then he stops at a distance when he sees Jungkook with someone else.

’So that’s where you get that mouth of yours now.’

“Hey,” A bright smile takes over Taehyung’s face as soon as he sees Jungkook and his scrunched
eyebrows looking at him like he’s seeing a ghost.
“Hi,” Jungkook greets him back once he’s sure he’s seeing right. Though he’s surprised to see him
here today.

“How was the exam?” Taehyung asks him.

“It was good. Why are you here?” Jungkook asks him in confusion.

“In case you haven’t noticed, it’s my campus too.”

“No I mean- you don’t have any exams today so..”

When Jungkook says that, Taehyung’s ears perk up like a puppy and a wide grin takes over his
face. Making Jungkook even more confused.

“So you know my schedule, how cute of you Jeon.”

Instantly, Jungkook becomes flustered. He thinks he may have caught a disease or something
because he swears he never got flustered this often before. “I-it’s not a code of swiss bank, I can
know it from anywhere.” he manages to say through stuttering.

“Sure sure,” Taehyung snorts.

Jungkook’s nerves were a wreck even a moment ago. But now he feels so at ease.

“So were you waiting around for me?” he asks Taehyung. A playful smile on his face which comes
out naturally.

“What if I say yes?” Taehyung raises an eyebrow at him in a counter question.

Jungkook snorts, “Just say you want my ass.”

The playfulness in Taehyung’s expression slips for a moment and Jungkook thinks he said the
wrong thing. “Jungkook, I told you before, I’m telling you this now again, I am not that much of a
horny bastard.”

Yes, Jungkook said the wrong thing. Because when Taehyung replies, he sounds so serious. So
serious that Jungkook wants to pinch his cheeks. “Aww, did Kim Taehyung get angry?”

Taehyung shoves his hands in his pockets and looks away from him. The wind brushes through his
hair, making them swept along his forehead, “Yes,” he says sternly.

Jungkook takes a step closer to him. He doesn’t mind this short distance between them at all. He
welcomes it, “What can I do to make you unangry?”

Taehyung looks at him through sideyes, “That’s not even a word.”

“I made it up.”

“You’re horrible.”

“Mhmm, tell me.” Jungkook insists.

So Taehyung finally looks at him properly, “Everyone else has exams in the afternoon so they
won’t be here today. Wanna hang out with me?”

That wasn’t what Jungkook was expecting to hear. Taehyung has been surprising him a lot these
days in a lot of ways. “Why would I hang out with you? Am I your friend?”

“If you weren’t an asshole the first time we met, we could have been friends now.” Taehyung rolls
his eyes at him.

It makes Jungkook huff in annoyance, “Hey! You were the asshole! Not me!” he defends himself,
his lips pouting and all, “Although, if you think that way, we could have been friends with benefits
now.”

“The order is so fucked up.” Taehyung facepalms himself and Jungkook bursts into a fit of
laughter. It brings a smile to Taehyung's face too.

“Kim,” Jungkook calls when he catches his breath after laughing so hard, “Do you wanna be my
friend?”

Taehyung stares intently at him when he replies, “If you’d allow me to.”

Jungkook snorts again, “Jeez, I didn't ask you to marry me.”

The corners of Taehyung’s lips twitch upwards as he leans forward, his mouth comes near
Jungkook’s ear as he says, “Who knows, you might ask one day because you can’t live without this
cock.”

Jungkook’s ear turns on fire.

“Nope. you can’t be my friend. Get out, piss off.” he says and starts walking away.

Behind him, Taehyung can't hold back his laughter at all as he chases him after, “I’m joking!”

“Go away!”

Taehyung in fact, didn’t go away.

He kept annoying Jungkook the whole time they walked until they were at Jungkook’s dorm. He
annoyed Jungkook to his heart's content.

But it didn’t make Jungkook lose his temper or anything. Even though he tried to hide it, Taehyung
did see the smiles on his face when he thought Taehyung was being too silly. It makes Taehyung
feel happy.

To be honest, Taehyung was feeling antsy. He couldn’t shake off the feeling that Jungkook’s
behavior changed since his ex-boyfriend showed up.

And he felt this urge to be with him and felt that maybe- maybe he can keep Jungkook away from
the negative thoughts that might be clouding his mind.

It’s all just Taehyung’s assumptions but when he came to the university and saw Jungkook with
that man, he knew his suspicion wasn’t baseless.

Jungkook’s discomfort was so visible even from a distance as he was talking to his ex-boyfriend.
Taehyung’s fists were clenching and unclenching because he couldn’t do anything. He couldn’t
really go there and drag him away.
But he felt relieved when Jungkook walked away and he decided to make himself visible and
Jungkook walked towards him once he saw.

It wasn’t his plan to actually ask Jungkook to hang out with him. But before he knew it, he was
asking Jungkook to be with him.

It’s not like him. But Taehyung realized that for the past couple of weeks, a lot of things have
changed and he’s accepting them. It feels good to accept them.

He’s still trying to figure out what it is but he’s sure he’ll get there. He’ll get the answer. If he
keeps accepting whatever it is that his heart urges him to do.

So now here is, at Jungkook’s dorm, waddling his way behind Jungkook who’s giving no attention
to him but he doesn’t mind.

Jungkook washes his hands and face as soon as he gets inside while Taehyung sits down on the
couch, minding his own business like it’s his own house.

Jungkook comes there while wiping his face with a towel, “Tae, shouldn’t you be preparing for
your exams?”

Taehyung doesn’t turn his face to look at him when he answers, “I am done preparing.”

Jungkook places the towel over one of the chairs and pours himself a glass of water, “Still, you
shouldn’t waste your time like this.”

This time, Taehyung turns around and watches as Jungkook gulps down a glass of water, “Are you
asking me to leave you alone? I’ll go then.”

Jungkook almost chokes on his water. It sounds awfully similar to what Jungkook told him last
time and he feels like smacking him on the head for this. “That’s not what I mean. You’d blame me
if you don’t do good.”

Taehyung raises an eyebrow at him, “Mhmm why would I blame you?”

“I am having trouble with this sudden character development of yours.”

Taehyung can’t help but snort, “Do you like it?”

Jungkook shakes his head immediately, “Nope. you are always annoying.” he says and turns away
to go towards the kitchen.

“Hey, that’s not fair!”

“Whatever, I’m gonna pretend you are not even here.”

Taehyung smiles. He folds his arms over the headrest of the couch and watches Jungkook wander
around the kitchen.

Jungkook looks a lot relaxed now. The uncomfortableness that Taehyung saw earlier is completely
gone. It puts Taehyung at ease, that he can comfort him.

But he still wants to ask Jungkook about him. He wants Jungkook to tell him whatever is bothering
him so that Taehyung can be there for him.

While Taehyung in his deep thoughts, Jungkook is busy making food.

It happens naturally when Jungkook takes out two packets of ramen instead of one. When he takes
out two bowls and two pairs of chopsticks instead of one.

As if, it’s been like this since forever.

While the ramen simmers, Jungkook goes to set the table.

And it’s then that he steps on something and yells out in pain.

“What! What happened!” Taehyung almost fell from where he was sitting on the couch and
scrolling on his phone as soon as he heard Jungkook shouting. He gets up and rushes towards
where Jungkook is groaning in pain.

“Ouch! I stepped on my charger.” Jungkook grunts, his eyes squeezed shut.

“Damn it, Jungkook, why are you so messy.” Taehyung scolds him but it comes out soft. He holds
Jungkook by the shoulder and makes him sit on the chair and picks up the mobile phone charger
and places it away on a shelf.

Jungkook’s foot throbs where he got stabbed.

“You are so clumsy,” Taehyung adds and kneels in front of him.

Jungkook stares at him with wide eyes as Taehyung holds his foot and starts massaging the pad
where it hurts.

“What are you doing?” Jungkook asks, confused, surprised, flustered.

“It hurts here, doesn’t it? Massaging it would help. Or do you want me to bring you some cold
water to soak your foot in it?” Taehyung asks, he sounds so concerned.

The way he holds his foot with both of his hands and massages it makes Jungkook’s nerves go
haywire.

The pain is already subdued but Taehyung doesn’t let go of him. And slowly, Jungkook feels like
he’s falling into a deep sea.

“Taehyung,” Jungkook calls, his voice hushed down.

“Hmm?” Taehyung replies without looking at him. He presses his finger on the sole of his foot to
see if it still hurts but Jungkook gives no reaction.

“Tae, come here.” Jungkook says again.

This time Taehyung looks up at him, “Where?”

“Let’s go to the bedroom,” he says with flushed cheeks.

But Taehyung remains neutral, “Jungkook-ah, I told you we don’t always need to do that whenever
we mee-”

“I want it.”

Taehyung shuts his mouth right away.

“Won’t you give it to me?” Jungkook continues.

Taehyung stands up and places his hands under Jungkook’s thighs to pick him up, “I was trying to
hold myself back as much as possible but,” Jungkook gasps when Taehyung picks him up, “I am
not nice enough to refuse when you say something like that.” he says and places Jungkook on the
kitchen island.

“What? Here?”

“I don’t have the patience to go to the bedroom anymore. Don’t blame me if you can’t walk
afterwards.”

Jungkook smirks as he wraps his arms around his shoulder to pull him close, “Is that a promise?”

Taehyung lets out a shameless moan, “You drive me crazy.”

He says without wasting another second and leans down to press a kiss on Jungkook’s cheek. And
then on the other.

He starts attacking him with rounds of kisses all over his face.

“Hey! Ah that tickles!” Jungkook giggles, trying to block Taehyung’s kisses. “Your stubbles
prickle against my skin.”

Taehyung pulls away shortly and Jungkook raises his hand to stroke it against Taehyung’s chin
where the stubbles have grown. Some over his upper lips. His eyes look intently over them with a
hazy aura.

“I haven’t shaved in a while. I think I should.” Taehyung says.

“Don’t.” Jungkook immediately replies, “I like it like this.”

Wildfire.

It spreads like wildfire inside Taehyung’s chest.

It twists and spasms like someone’s trying to squeeze it out of his ribcage.

Why…

“And yours feel like baby skin to me.”

“What! Shut up you idiot!” Jungkook smacks him on the chest and flushes hard.

Taehyung wants to protect him.

He wants to embrace him. He wants to taste the sunlight that coats every inch of his body. He
wants to taste everything and yet he can’t.

“Ahh” Jungkook moans softly when Taehyung presses his lips on his neck and suckles gently. His
body leans back as Taehyung comes closer leaning forward.

Taehyung places both of his palms on the surface of the kitchen island to balance himself as
Jungkook completely clings to him. And his hand clatters with something cold.

“Mhmm, nice.” Taehyung mumbles.

“What’s nice?” Jungkook asks but he gets cut off in the middle as Taehyung takes off his shirt over
his head.

“You,” Taehyung starts saying, “Your body,” and his hand moves but not touching Jungkook just
yet, “everything is nice.”

“Ahhh what the-”

Jungkook’s whole body shivers when the coldness touches his skin and he gasps out loudly.

“It tastes better off of your skin,” Taehyung says while licking off the ice cream he smeared over
Jungkook’s neck and collarbone.

“I-it feels sticky a-and cold,” Jungkook says but his breath becomes harsh and uneven. His body
feels too sensitive all of a sudden.

“But it tastes good,” Taehyung scoops a little more from the ice cream box and drags it along the
crease of Jungkook’s chest, his nipples and down to his abdomen.

Jungkook’s eyebrows scrunches, his mouth falls open and he throws his head back. The sensation
is too much.

The coldness from the ice cream and the warmth of Taehyung’s tongue is melting him in a puddle.

His hands reach to grasp Taehyung’s hair, tugging at it as Taehyung keeps licking every inch of his
body.

Taehyung bites the muscle under Jungkook’s belly button, leaving a bright red mark which he licks
later on as Jungkook winces in pain and his grasp tightens around Taehyung’s hair.

Jungkook looks down gasping when he hears a thud and sees Taehyung on his knees.

“W-what are you doing?” he asks stupidly.

But as if Taehyung can’t hear anything right now, trapped in a haze, he starts unbuttoning
Jungkook’s pants and tugs it down along with his boxers.

In a blink of an eye, Jungkook sits there buck naked. Flushed and red.

“Taehyung ah-” Jungkook moans when Taehyung wraps his fingers around his length and gives a
kiss on the tip.

Taehyung looks up at him as he rubs the cock over his lips and watches how Jungkook squirms
and tries to close his thighs but Taehyung keeps a firm grip with his free hand and keeps them
spread, “Sit back, I wanna make you feel good.”

With that, Taehyung takes his cock in his mouth and sinks down on it.

“Oh fuck!” Jungkook curses, throwing his head back as the pleasure starts rising inside his
stomach. Taehyung’s warm cavity wraps around his throbbing cock and makes him wanna lose his
mind.

Taehyung grips both of Jungkook’s thighs harsh enough to dig his fingernails into them as he bobs
his head up and down, taking him as far as he can. His throat feels full and his jaw drools from how
sloppy but sensually he sucks him off.

“Taehyung, tae- let go,” Jungkook whines when he feels like he can’t take it anymore. “I’m gonna
cum please.”

Taehyung doesn’t let go. He takes all of him inside his mouth, down to the base and constricts his
throat, his eyes look up at Jungkook’s with hungry eyes and that’s when Jungkook loses it.

Taehyung gulps it all down. Not a single drop spills out of his mouth as he stays like that until
Jungkook is done.

Jungkook’s whole body is shaking like a leaf from the aftershock of the orgasm.

Taehyung stands up then, wiping his mouth as he looks down at Jungkook who’s panting.

Taehyung wants to devour him.

“Let’s go to the bedroom,” he says, proceeding to pick Jungkook up.

Jungkook nods slowly, wrapping his arms around Taehyung’s shoulder as he gets picked up bridal
style.

Taehyung is quiet when he walks them both towards the bedroom and lays Jungkook on the bed.
He’s quiet when he eyes Jungkook’s half naked form and lets out a long exhale.

Jungkook watches as Taehyung takes off his clothes above his head and knees on the bed to hover
over him.

“Turn around,” Taehyung says.

Jungkook obliges without any protest. He turns around, hugging a pillow as he keeps his ass up and
looks at Taehyung through side eyes.

Taehyung isn’t showing it, but Jungkook can tell that he’s impatient. Because he’s constantly
nibbling on his lower lip,

This habit of his is so intense that he doesn't even realize how red and swollen his lips become.

"Nghh" Jungkook groans when Taehyung rubs his lubed up fingers over his rim. "Don't tease."

Taehyung slowly lies down beside him and spreads Jungkook's legs from behind, he kisses the
exposed skin on his nape, "If I could, I would be inside you right now." He says, inserting one
finger in, "But I gotta make sure you don't get hurt."

Jungkook shivers. Taehyung slips his other hand under his chest to hold him close, pinching and
twisting his nipples while he stretches him open.

"Taehyung, it feels good." He mumbles.

Taehyung leans closer to him and kisses below his ear, "Yeah? That's what I want."

"I want more." Jungkook says through whining.

"Mhmm, I'll give you. I'll give you anything you want." Taehyung keeps telling him.

Once Taehyung deems he's stretched enough for him, he takes out his fingers and makes Jungkook
lie on his back.

Jungkook stares deeply into Taehyung’s, looking right back at him. He watches quietly as
Taehyung unbuttons his pants to take his cock out with one hand and rips the condom with his
teeth and other hand and wears it.

“Spread your legs for me,” Taehyung tells him but Jungkook is already doing it.

Taehyung holds both of his legs when he pushes it in and thrusts.

“Ahh oh shit,” Jungkook moans, he closes his eyes shut because it doesn't matter how much he’s
prepped, it hurts at first because of how big Taehyung is.

“Fuck.” Taehyung curses because Jungkook is so tight. It makes him feel so good around his cock
as he leans forward so their chests press together, “you feel so good around me, Jungkook.”

“Oh god, oh so deep.” Jungkook pants.

Taehyung presses his mouth on Jungkook’s neck and suckles as he keeps thrusting inside him. “I
wanna quit school and fuck you full time.” he says.

Amidst all the maddening pleasure, Jungkook laughs, holding Taehyung close to him as his cheeks
swollen with how wide he smiles, “Shut up, stupid.”

“I am serious,” Taehyung says with a dead serious face, suddenly stopping his movement as he
looks at Jungkook with a frown.

“Okay, then why did you stop?” Jungkook asks him with a raised eyebrow and Taehyung flushes.

It’s rare, seeing Taehyung being the flustered one. But Jungkook’s pride fuels at that.

“Ah Tae, faster,” Jungkook whines when Taehyung grinds on him slowly.

“Your wish, my command, baby.” Taehyung says with a smirk and rams inside him hard and fast
enough to knock the breath out of his lungs.

“Ahhh fuck! So good!” Jungkook cries out in pleasure, “You make me feel so good!”

Taehyung thrusts his hips in and out, deeper and harder as he says, “I’ll make sure, no one can
satisfy you like I do.”

They finish after several rounds.

Exhausted and worn out, both of them are now lying down under the sheets. Their feet tangled.

Taehyung cleaned Jungkook up before they laid down because Jungkook was being fussy about
how rough Taehyung was and now it hurts and he’s sore.

“You should come to the exhibition,” Taehyung says, breaking the comfortable silence between
them. His hand is leisurely stroking Jungkook’s hair.

“Me? Am I allowed to come?” Jungkook asks, looking up at him.

Taehyung nods, “You were my subject. Of course you can come. It’s open for all actually.”
A tint appears on Jungkook’s cheeks as he strokes his finger over Taehyung’s arm and starts
pulling the hair, making him shudder and Jungkook giggles, “I am suddenly feeling shy about it.
Having my pics displayed in front of everyone. It’s embarrassing.” he says in a low voice.

“I think everyone will love you.” Taehyung says without a beat.

Jungkook stares at Taehyung’s face.

“I told you, you look beautiful.”

“Don’t say things like that.” Jungkook mumbles in a low voice.

“Okay, I won’t if it bothers you that much.” Taehyung says with a sigh.

Jungkook snuggles closer to him, burying his face on his chest as he hugs him with his arm and
leg. There’s a moment of silence before Jungkook speaks again, “Don’t say things you will end up
regretting.”

Taehyung holds him back. Jungkook doesn’t see the reaction on his face but when Taehyung
speaks, he sounds sure, “I won’t.”

_____________________________

It’s exhausting.

This sudden overflow of different feelings; Confusion, anger, warmth, anxiety, acceptance, trust,
fear….. It’s all so exhausting.

Sometimes Jungkook feels like if he was able to talk to someone, he would feel better. But then
again, he doesn’t wanna burden others with his own problems. This is all his own and he should be
able to deal with them on his own.

He’s trying. He swears he’s trying but sometimes it gets too much and he feels like drowning in a
pool of emotions from where no one can pull him up.

He still tries to swim. Tries to swim until he’s able to breathe but he can’t pull his whole body out
of it. He remains floating in between breathing and suffering.

Amidst all this, Yoongi still tries to save him.

“I know how much you hate me right now but I need to ask you, are you okay?” Yoongi asks. His
eyebrows have been scrunched since the moment he saw Jungkook walking through the door.

At first, Jungkook was so adamant on not coming because he knew what this was gonna be. He
really really really wanted to avoid this but Yoongi has been the only person back then who was
there for him when he was on the verge of breaking down.

So this concern is relevant and Jungkook thinks he shouldn’t keep him in the dark, making him
worry even more. He can just make something up even but he should see him.

But this question annoys him. Maybe because he’s on edge a lot these days and he needs to take it
out on someone. He doesn’t think twice before he snaps at Yoongi, “If you know then you
shouldn’t have been asking me these questions. You know I don't like talking about this.”

Jungkook will feel sorry about this later.

Even if he lashes out, Yoongi remains calm. As always. “I know. And have I ever talked about this
before? No. But now the situation is different.” he says and sighs deeply, “You look so pale
Jungkook-ah, it worries me.”

Jungkook lowers his head as he picks on the thread of his ripped jeans. He knows he’s acting
childish right now but he can’t help it.

“I heard he’s in the same department as you. That means you run into him more often.” Yoongi
adds.

“I try to avoid it as much as I can.” Jungkook mumbles.

“Has he ever bothered you? That day the bastard came up to you as if he had the right to even look
at you! You have to tell me if he bothers you okay? I swear to got I will fuck up-”

“Hyung,” Jungkook stops Yoongi in the middle of the sentence as he looks at him. His eyes don’t
shine. Though they never shine when Jaehyun is involved. “You are worried for me, I get it, but
I'm also an adult now who can take care of himself. I know how to handle things in case something
happens.” he says as calmly as possible.

Yoongi sighs again and rubs his fingers over his temple. This kid sure gives him migrain, “You
won’t tell anyone if it bothers you, that’s what worries me.”

As if he can see right through Jungkook.

It makes Jungkook go speechless for a moment because that’s what he was initially planning.

He hates when he’s so transparent.

“Hyung, I will deal everyth-”

“Yoon, can I talk to him for a moment?”

Oh right. Jungkook almost forgot that Yoongi has a boyfriend too. Who apparently likes to be nosy
and not even ashamed of it.

Yoongi nods, as if he’s tired of trying to confront Jungkook and gets up from the couch. “Sure, I’ll
be back.” he says and presses a kiss on Jimin’s forehead before he gets out of the room with his
lighter.

Jungkook’s annoyance may have taken a step up, “Now what lecture do you wanna give me?”

“Tone it down, brat.” Jimin raises his eyebrow at him, he’s also not the one to take shit and
Jungkook is actually scared of him more than Yoongi. Even though they are best friends, he knows
better than to rile Jimin up.

Jungkook pouts and crosses his arms over his chest, “Fine. What do you wanna tell me?”
Jimin looks straight in his eyes for a moment, making Jungkook feel like he’s actually gonna get
scolded now for being a bad kid.

But then Jimin’s features soften and he reaches out to pat over Jungkook’s knee, “Relying on
someone, when something is bothering you, is not a bad thing you know? It’s not something to be
ashamed of.” he starts saying and before Jungkook can get the chance to roll his eyes, he continues,
“I am not talking about me or Yoongi.”

Jungkook stills. Staring back at him with confusion in his eyes, “What are you talking about?”

“Just listen to me,” Jimin retreats his hand and turns his body fully to sit face to face, startling
Jungkook even more, “We all need a shoulder to cry on when we are in our most vulnerable period.
It’s okay to seek out that one person who can give you comfort when you need it. It doesn’t have to
be us, it can be anyone. If you have someone like that, hold onto them.”

Hold onto them.

It might be Jungkook’s hallucination but he felt like Jimin emphasized that last part a little bit
more.

Why?

Wait-

Does he know some-

“Jimin hyung-” Jungkook gasps but Jimin only smiles at him softly.

“Just think- if you have someone like that and let them in. that would be enough.” Jimin tells him
and he doesn’t even try to make it sound like he’s just giving random advice to his friend.

Jungkook knows it. Jimin isn’t the one to just stay stuff out of the blue.

If it was about a month ago, Jungkook would be a panicked mess right now.

But somehow, he doesn’t feel that kind of nerve. It doesn’t make him anxious that Jimin might
know something which he’s keeping to himself. Something Jungkook wouldn’t want Jimin to
know.

Jungkook doesn’t even know what is making him think like this.

When Jimin doesn’t say anything further, Jungkook’s mind goes wandering around. Circling
around the ‘ someone to lean on ’.

Does he have anyone like that? Someone who wouldn’t make him feel he’s burdening them?
Someone who will listen to his worries and cries and just be there whenever he needs comfort?

Jungkook tries to think hard.

He tries and tries until a blurry image suddenly pops up in his mind.

It’s a person. With dark brown hair…

And the clearer the image starts to get, the more scrunched Jungkook’s eyebrows become in
annoyance.
‘Ridiculous.’

“Hmm? Ridiculous? Do you find them to be ridiculous?”

Jungkook startles when Jimin speaks, “What? Did I say that out loud?”

“Did you start looking for the person already? What an obedient little puppy.” Jimin teases him as
he ruffles his hair. Jungkook fumes with anger.

“Shut the fuck up asshole, I will be going now.” Jungkook snaps and gets up from the couch.

Jimin sits back comfortably, “Please don’t stress my boyfriend out so much. He’s already looking
older than he is because of you.”

“Tell him not to worry about me then.” Jungkook says in a heartbeat but he feels guilty for real.

“Remember what I told you, okay?”

Jungkook stops momentarily and then nods his head, “Okay…”

Jungkook met Yoongi when he was a freshman in middle school.

Back then, Jungkook used to be this nerdy, quiet kid who always emerged in his books. He used to
wear big bulky glasses too.

Yoongi was his senior.

Unlike Jungkook, Yoongi was outgoing. And maybe that’s why they clicked. They do say opposite
attracts.

Even though it wasn’t a very pleasant first counter for them, as Jungkook accidentally bumped into
this big bad and was shaking like a leaf in fear that he might get beaten up.

Yoongi only smacked lightly on his back and said, “Hey kid, why are you looking like you're
gonna piss yourself?”

“I- I am sorry sunbae.” Jungkook said with a shaking voice.

Yoongi looked at him from head to toe with a raised eyebrow as he was chewing gum. And then
smirked, “Hey, do you like ice cream?”

Jungkook looked up at him with confused eyes as he fixed his glasses over his nose, “Y-yes, I do.”

“Hmmm, what flavor?” Yoongi asked him.

Jungkook’s mind already went down the gutter. He started thinking if this sunbae was going to
make him buy it. He didn’t have much pocket money and so he started shaking even more.

“Chocolate.” Jungkook blurted out with his eyes squeezed closed.

And then he felt a heavy hand around his shoulder, “Come on kid, I’ll buy you a chocolate ice
cream. Don’t be afraid anymore, okay?”
And Jungkook realized how stupid he can get sometimes.

Maybe it was the innocence in Jungkook that caught Yoongi’s eyes.

Yoongi has been protecting Jungkook like his own little younger brother.

“Call me hyung from now on, okay?” Yoongi told him at some point and it’s been that way ever
since.

The only thing Yoongi regrets is that he couldn’t protect Jungkook from falling onto that man’s
hands.

Jungkook used to be this shy little kid, shorter than him. When did he grow up so much? Yoongi
wonders.

He isn’t that quiet kid anymore. He also became taller than Yoongi. And he understands he is an
adult now but Yoongi still worries about him.

So when Jungkook told him on his way out that, “Don’t worry hyung, I’ll take care of myself. I
promise,” Yoongi couldn’t help but feel a sting in his heart.

Maybe this time Jungkook will be able to take care of himself.

Jungkook feels like he shouldn’t have lashed out on Yoongi earlier. But at least he talked to him on
his way out and Yoongi didn’t seem like he was mad.

So Jungkook relaxes. He will try to not give him more worries.

As he starts walking down the road, heading to his dorm, Jungkook takes out his phone to scroll
through social media and forget about whatever happened today for the time being.

“There you are.”

Jungkook stops. The familiar voice stuns him for a moment as he looks up quickly and gets even
more stunned. “Huh?!”

Taehyung smiles when he looks at the confused face and walks towards him, “Hey.” he greets him
again.

Jungkook thought he was hallucinating but it really is Taehyung, “Uh- how- I mean, what are you
doing here? How did you know?”

Taehyung tilts his head to the sight and raises his eyebrow, “You told me you were coming to
yoongi’s house before you left so I thought maybe I can find you here.”

Oh. yeah right.

Jungkook has been telling Taehyung…everything these days.

Of course Jungkook wasn’t the one who started this.

Taehyung has been constantly nagging him that he feels bored, what’s wrong with chatting a bit.
And so Jungkook gave in, it’s better to just reply than having the crazy bastard blow up his phone.

“Didn’t you have an exam today?” Jungkook asks, shaking out of his absurd thoughts of how
easily he has been listening to Taehyung these days.

“I did, I came here after finishing my exam.” Taehyung tells him.

“Why?”

“What do you mean why? To pick you up of course.”

“Why would you pick me up?”

At this, Taehyung’s cheeky appearance falters and the tips of his ears turn red. Words get stuck in
his throat because what the hell? Jungkook's intense gaze boring into him isn’t helping at all either.
“Um-” he stutters, “We became friends right? I just thought- we should hang out more.”

Taehyung didn’t really realize why he came here before Jungkook came here. The reason he gave
is the most bullshit reason ever because he can’t remember when was the last time he did this for
another friend. He once ditched Hoseok in the rain because he couldn’t get up from his bed due to
laziness.

But today, when he finished his exam and checked his messages to see that Jungkook told him
where he was, his direction automatically went towards Yoongi’s and it felt like the most natural
thing to do.

Taehyung feels extremely flustered right now and he prays Jungkook doesn’t notice it but he does.

Jungkook sees the way Taehyung scratches the back of his neck, pulling his at the back and
fidgeting. He can’t pinpoint the reason behind it but it makes him feel tingling inside.

If you have someone like that and let them in.

“What do you wanna do today?” Jungkook asks, he averts his gaze when he says that and the
reason why he doesn’t see how Taehyung’s face lightens up.

“We both have exams the day after tomorrow, I won’t take much of your time.” Taehyung assures
him and Jungkook nods in understanding, “Would you like to go see a movie? Just for an escape
from the stress of exams.”

Jungkook’s heartbeat picks up pace. It’s no big deal. It’s just guys going to the movies. “Okay,” he
says.

“Great. I didn’t bring my car, let’s take the bus.” Taehyung offers and Jungkook accepts.

Both of them start walking towards the bus stop, side by side. Taehyung walks with his hands
shoved inside his pocket, while Jungkook’s hands keep clenching and unclenching by his side
because this is a nervewreck somehow.

“What did you talk about with Yoongi?” Taehyung suddenly speaks, trying to break the silence.

Jungkook shakes his head, “It’s nothing. He was just being his usual self.”

“You know he is really protective of you. I have seen it for a long time now. If I didn’t know
Yoongi, I would have thought you guys are actual siblings.” Taehyung says with a smile on his
face.

It brings a smile on Jungkook’s face too, “Yeah, he’s the hyung I never had.”

They both lock eyes at that moment and the warm smile on their faces widens.

They come to the bus stop after walking for 5 minutes or so and a bus comes almost immediately.
But it’s so crowded that they have to stand instead of getting a seat.

It’s really crowded. It's still midday and Jungkook doesn’t understand why there’s so many people
here. The ride makes him bump into others and it’s uncomfortable.

And then the bus is making so many hard breaks that it becomes impossible for Jungkook to keep
his balance and he’s so sure this time he’s gonna bump so hard against the man in front of him but
he doesn’t.

“Are you okay?”

Jungkook turns his head to find Taehyung so close, his hand clasped around Jungkook’s waist so
that he doesn’t fall.

Jungkook will explode instead. “Yeah.”

Taehyung doesn’t let him go after that. He keeps on holding him while his other hand holds the
handle to balance himself.

Jungkook’s entire body is flushed while Taehyung looks so carefree as if it’s no big deal.

It makes Jungkook so speechless that he can’t even say the word that he can let him go now.

They ride the whole bus standing like that. It makes Jungkook feel like they are two completely
different beings in the middle of an ocean of people. His heart thumps in his heart so hard, he prays
Taehyung doesn’t notice it.

He also tries to think what might be going inside Taehyung’s head. But he looks calm, unlike
Jungkook.

Jungkook doesn’t wanna read between the lines. It’s too emotionally exhausting. It’s scary because
if things don’t turn out like he was assuming, it would only end up hurting him in the end.

But when Taehyung extends his hand while they get off the bus, Jungkook rethinks everything.

When Taehyung gets flustered realizing what he’s doing and avoids his gaze immediately,
Jungkook can’t help but think what is this feeling?

“What genre should we pick?” Taehyung asks, bringing Jungkook back to reality. He didn’t even
notice when Taehyung bought the popcorn and cola.

“Hah- whichever is fine.” Jungkook says, taking the bucket of popcorn in his own hands.

“No, let's choose something we’ll enjoy. Horror, action-” Taehyung pauses for a moment,
“Romance..”

Jungkook chokes.

Taehyung chokes as well.

“Horror. I wanna see horror.” Jungkook blabbers out right away and Taehyung nods his head
furiously as he rushes to the ticket counter.

They get their tickets and go inside the hall 10 minutes before the movie starts to settle down.

“Don’t piss your pants if you get too scared.” Taehyung snickers.

Jungkook throws him a death glare, “Do you have a death wish?” he says through gritted teeth.
He’s holding himself back from beating him up in front of other people.

Taehyung's grin just widens, “I am just giving you a heads up, baby. It’s okay I will buy you a new
pair of pan- ouch! That motherfucking hurts!”

Jungkook looks extremely pleased with himself after pinching Taehyung’s thigh and sits
comfortably for the movie to start.

“Aaahhh!”

“Shut up, loser!”

Jungkook says that but he can’t hide his grin seeing how the tables have turned.

The movie isn’t scary at all. The same old jumpscares here and there and he was actually starting
to feel a little bored until Taehyung started jumpscaring too.

Along with screaming…

“You’re a scaredy cat.” Jungkook adds and Taehyung looks at him with almost teary eyes because
his heart is up his throat.

“How the fuck is that not scary to you?”

“I am not a loser like you.” Jungkook laughs, “Should I go buy a pair of pants for you?”

“Fuck you!” Taehyung huffs and turns his head while crossing his arms over his chest. It makes
him look cute with that pout on his face.

’No! What the fuck am I thinking?’ Jungkook shakes his head. ’Cute? Shut up, Jungkook.’

Jungkook doesn’t tease him anymore after that and Taehyung is really thankful because he felt
really embarrassed after spewing all that bullshit. He thought Jungkook would actually get scared
but he didn’t even bat an eye.

But they enjoyed it. After the movie, they go to grab dinner together and then Taehyung drops
Jungkook in front of his dorm.

But they don’t say goodbye just yet.

“Taehyung,” Jungkook calls and Taehyung looks at him, “I had a really good time today. Thank
you.”
Taehyung's heart fills with warmth, “Don’t mention it. I am glad we can get along now.”

Jungkook’s cheeks turn red. He is still not used to this change to interaction between them. It’s
much easier to cope with when they are just insulting each other or fighting.

But Taehyung’s words seem sincere. And it makes Jungkook think for a fraction of second if it’s
because Taehyung wants to have sex with him. Because they won’t be here in this situation if they
never agreed to become each other’s sex partners at the first time to begin with.

Maybe they would have been still fighting like cats and dogs. Maybe they would have never spared
a glance at each other while passing by. And if they did, it would be full of irritation.

So Jungkook just asks it without thinking, “Do you wanna come in?”

But that stupid Taehyung and his stupid smile erases all of that, “I would love to, but not today.
You should get some sleep so that you can study tomorrow.”

“I can just-” Jungkook tries but Taehyung shakes his head.

“Let’s meet after exams. Okay?”

Jungkook nods, “Okay…”

Taehyung spares him one last bright smile before going, “Goodnight, Jungkook.”

“You too.”

And when Jungkook closes the door after stepping inside, it’s the same scene on both sides of the
door without both of them knowing as both Jungkook and Taehyung’s legs give out and they
slumps on the floor.

’Fuck! What am I doing? ’ is what Taehyung mumbles under his breath.

’Why won't my heart stop pounding? Stop! Stop!’ is what Jungkook thinks while thumping his fist
over his heart.

***

The sweat feels uncomfortable. Making the shirt stick to his back and front. Taehyung thinks he
should have just taken off his shirt before he started working out.

His muscles feel a little sore because it’s been a while since he hit the gym. He only has 1 exam
left.

Between this, he gave his presentation.

When Jungkook said he was feeling shy about his picture being displayed in front of everyone,
Taehyung didn’t understand what he actually felt.

He did when he was giving the presentation.

When he was presenting in class, he noticed how everyone was staring in awe at the pictures.
It left a bitter taste in Taehyung’s mouth and he couldn’t find the reason why. And it makes him let
out a chuckle because was he really considering gatekeeping Jungkook after he saw that the whole
world wants him?

Can he even do that?

“Hey, you are the captain of the basketball team right?”

Taehyung pauses in between sets and turns his head to look at the person and the irritation builds
up so quickly inside his bones but he does a good job containing it, “And you are the new transfer
student.”

Jaehyun smirks. He steps closer to him with his hand extended, “I am flattered you already know
me,” he says, “Lee jaehyun.”

Taehyung takes his hand and shakes firmly, “Kim Taehyung. It isn’t some top secret government
information. I work at the student council. I know things.”

Taehyung doesn’t understand why he approached him. They don’t know each other. They have
only passed by each other a handful of times on campus.

“Oh yeah? You might be very helpful to me then. You know, as I am new and all.” Jaehyun says
with his shit eating grin.

Taehyung doesn’t reply to him but he shrugs instead. Trying to focus on his sets again but Jaehyun
doesn’t leave.

“I am going to join the basketball team also. That’s why I thought it’s better to get acquainted with
the leader.” Jaehyun says.

Taehyung doesn’t stop his workout but he lets out a smirk, “Did you qualify the tryouts?”

Jaehyun raises his eyebrows at that, “Tryouts?”

Taehyung snorts, “I guess you are not familiar with the system of our university yet.”

The purpose was to rile him up but Jaehyun doesn’t phase. He crosses his arms over his chest and
stands comfortably, “Fill me in.”

So Taehyung lets out an exaggerated sigh, “All the sports clubs hold tryouts, more like an audition
before recruiting new members.”

At this, Jaehyun lets out a sarcastic laugh, “Oh, so that means I’ll be joining.”

“Overconfidence is not good.”

Jaehyun nods right away, “Of course, but I can't let my spirit die now, can I?” he says.

Taehyung doesn’t see him coming even closer, “Sure,” he just shrugs.

But Jaehyun is now standing beside his head and Taehyung’s eyes follow when he sees him
picking up a 10kg weight bar and putting it on Taehyung’s barbell. Taehyung grunts at the sudden
increase of weight.

“Who knows, maybe I'll be at your position one day.” Jaehyun says then, watching how
Taehyung’s arms slightly tremble, “When you won’t be able to take the load anymore.”
Taehyung manages to still do his sets without stopping, “That day won’t come.” he spats.

Jaehyun’s lips widens, “Now now, who’s the over confident one here? I’m sure you’ll try your best
to keep it to yourself but some things end up coming to it’s real owner in the end. No matter how
hard you hold onto it.”

A nasty sensation creeps its way up Taehyung’s spine as he puts down the barbell and looks
straight at his eyes, “Are we still talking about basketball?”

“Why? Do you have something else of mine?”

Taehyung picks up the towel beside him and wipes his forehead and neck, “Nope. All I have is all
mine and mine only.” he says and walks past him with their shoulders knocking into each other.
“Good luck for the tryouts though.” he says and leaves the gym right away.

Taehyung doesn’t wanna think like this but he just can’t shake it off.

That wasn’t just a casual conversation. That conversation had an intention behind it.

And maybe that intention has been fulfilled.

Taehyung feels extremely anxious as soon as he comes out of the gym.

’I need to hear his voice’ a thought comes to Taehyung’s mind then and he takes his phone out of
his pocket right away, dialing the number. ’Just to make sure’

”Hello?”

“Hello? Jungkook? Where are you?”

”Me? I’m out buying groceries, why?”

Taehyung’s heart immediately fills with ease. Jungkook doesn’t sound bothered. Nothing must
have happened with him and Jaehyun in the meantime.

But the fact that Jaehyun doing something to Jungkook is bothering him, it’s what Taehyung needs
to put a meaning to. Put a reason why this overwhelming need to protect is erupting inside him.

Or is there really a need to have a reason for everything?

“From where?” Taehyung asks, his feet already started walking.

”The one near my dorm.”

“I’ll come. Stay where you are and don’t leave.”

Jungkook stands there dumbfounded with a bundle of spinach in one hand and his phone in the
other hand.

‘What the hell was that?’ he mumbles to himself.

The call was super random and his reaction was even more random.
He came grocery shopping as soon as he was done with his studies in the morning. He didn’t get a
chance to buy stuff this month properly and realized he is short on some so he decided to just give
himself a break from studies and buy the necessaries as well as some snacks to munch on while
studying.

This reminds him why he is short on groceries these days.

Taehyung has been spending a lot of time at his place these days. During the weekends and even
on weekdays. Having lunch and dinner at his place from time to time while they chat or just spend
time together playing games or studying together even though their subjects are completely
different.

It’s as if Taehyung and him have become roommates.

And Jungkook realizes that he doesn’t mind this change of things. He welcomes it.

“Jungkook.”

Jungkook flinches and turns on his heel at speed, “Huh? You’re already here- ah came here from
the gym.”

Taehyung’s face brightens the moment their eyes meet and he comes closer to him, “Mhmm do I
smell?”

Jungkook’s eyes roam all over his body, and it’s not because he is thinking something else, “You
are soaking wet.”

Taehyung smirks, “Is this turning you on, Mr Jeon?”

Jungkook facepalms himself, “Not here please.”

Taehyung snickers and takes a hold of the trolley that Jungkook was holding, “Are you done here?
I wanna take a shower.” he says.

Jungkook stares at him in confusion as Taehyung starts to walk towards the checkout counter,
“Huh? Then why are you here if you wanna take a shower?”

Taehyung turns his head over his shoulder while taking out his wallet which makes Jungkook’s
eyes blow out of his sockets even more, “I want to go to yours.” he says.

“What?” Jungkook mutters.

Taehyung’s face practically gleams as he smiles through his eyes, “Help me wash up.”

“WHAT?!”

’What the fuck am I doing?’ Jungkook grits his teeth, ’Fucking shit, asshole, why am I doing this?’
he keeps cursing inside his mind as he shampoos Taehyung’s hair.

They ended up at Jungkook’s dorm. Currently at his bathroom where Taehyung is sitting on a tool
as Jungkook torments his scalp.
“Why are you annoying me?” Jungkook spats, his facial expression is twisted in pure annoyance
but he is still doing what he was asked to do. ’Arghh why the fuck am I doing this!’

“It’s my hobby, didn’t you know?” Taehyung giggles and it turns into a pained grunt right away,
“Ouch! Stop pulling my hair! That hurts!”

“Why are you annoying me crazy bastard!”

“Ouch! Ouch- okay okay sorry! I just-” Taehyung’s words falters, “I just wanted to see you for a
bit.”

Jungkook stops pulling his hair and looks at him, “What?”

Taehyung sighs. It sounds exhausted and Jungkook’s hands suddenly become gentle.

“What happened?” Jungkook asks him again.

Taehyung shakes his head but his head is hung low, staring at the bathroom floor, “It’s nothing. I
just got a little agitated earlier because of stuff.”

“So that’s why you wanted to see me?” Jungkook utters.

Taehyung nods, “Yeah.”

“You want to relieve your stress by having sex with me, is that it?” Jungkook says and it sends a
shiver down Taehyung’s spine suddenly at the bluntness of his tone.

“What? Where did that come from now again?”

“You said you were agitated and you wanted to see me.”

Taehyung stands up and turns his body to face him, “Yeah and?”

Jungkook’s hand lathered in shampoo hangs beside his hips, “If it’s not because you wanted to fuck
out your frustration then why?”

Taehyung sighs in frustration this time, “I get where you are going with this,” he says, “We have
done this before too when we needed sex to distract ourselves from stuff. But that’s not why I am
here for today.”

“Tae..” Jungkook’s mouth runs faster than his brain, “Are you saying that seeing me puts you at
ease?”

No one speaks for a moment. The silence trapped inside the four walls of the small bathroom feels
suffocating. As if it’s echoing against the wall and penetrating his heart. Each breath they take is
audible.

“Would you be mad if I said that you give me comfort?” Taehyung finally speaks, breaking the
eerie silence.

Jungkook flinches, “I told you not to say things you will end up regre-” but he stops when
Taehyung suddenly grabs his hand.

“And I told you I won’t. Can’t you trust me?”

Jungkook stares at him, not being able to say anything.

“I want you to trust me,” Taehyung continues saying, “I want you to trust me enough so that-”

“So that?” Jungkook repeats when Taehyung stutters.

Taehyung’s grip on his wrist tightens then, “So that no one can snatch you away from me.”

“I don’t understand what you are talking about.” Jungkook says.

“Hah, I don’t understand either. I think my mind is all a mess.” Taehyung lets go of him and turns
around.

“I’ll prepare some food. Finish washing up and come out.” Jungkook says and leaves the bathroom
without spending a second more there.

When they are both on the other side of the door, an overflowing amount of emotions engulfs
them.

Jungkook pants, he feels like there’s no air going inside his lungs all of a sudden. Taehyung’s
words keep replaying in his head over and over again.

’What do I do..’

When Taehyung leaves the house, it’s still early in the afternoon.

They didn’t talk much after he came out of the shower. As if all of those vague sentences were
locked back inside the bathroom and forgotten.

Jungkook didn’t question him either because it was too much to handle for him.

Anyway, Jungkook was not feeling good staying at home after he left and decided to go take a
walk near campus.

Headphones in his ears and a pack of chips in his hand as he walks on the sidewalk
absentmindedly.

But thoughts do find their way to him.

What must have happened that made Taehyung act like that? He’s not someone to get riled up
easily. If it was the case, Jungkook would be the happiest person ever because he rarely succeeds
in that area.

But Taehyung wasn’t just riled up. He was upset. He was anxious.

And it bothers Jungkook so much.

Taehyung has been so good to him. That he can’t deny. Even though Jungkook felt a nerve but he
can’t deny that Taehyung has become a comfort person to him.

And the fact that Jungkook could be the same to him shouldn’t sound too absurd but he just doesn’t
wanna accept it. Thinking too far never did any good to him.

Jungkook wishes he wasn’t so much of a coward. He wishes he had the courage to accept things
the way they are and not overthink.

He just wishes that-

“I was thinking how I am gonna get you but looks like I am lucky.”

Jungkook gets frozen on the spot.

“Why are you quiet? You were running your mouth just fine the other day.”

Before Jungkook can say anything, Jaehyun grabs him by the wrist and drags him away to a nearby
alley.

“Fuck, let go. I said let go of me!” Jungkook tries to yank his hand but Jaehyun only grabs him
tighter, so tight that it starts to ache.

“Shut up. Stay quiet.” Jaehyun turns at him with bloodshot eyes. His face is twisted in a nasty
expression.

“Who the fuck are you to tell me that? I said let go of me, bastard!” Jungkook struggles but
Jaehyun is strong.

“You know right how much I hate it when people talk back at me? You should know it better than
anyone else.” Jaehyun says, his voice deep and makes Jungkook feel uneasy.

“Your superiority complex is striking again, huh?” Jungkook snickers, staring right back at him.

“See, you are doing it again. I was wondering who gave you so much courage to talk back at me
when you used to kneel under my foot.”

Jungkook knows he shouldn’t let any of this affect him but his stands still tremble and his heartbeat
quickens.

“Is he fucking you good enough for you to act like this?”

Jungkook’s eyes widen at that in fear.

“Huh,” Jaehyun smirks, “It was just a wild guess. But it turns out I am right. You are spreading
your legs elsewhere now that you ran away from me.”

“Shut up! Shut the fuck up!” Jungkook seethes. His fist clenches where it’s pinned against the wall
of the alley. His veins pop out on his forehead in anger and disgust. “You don’t know shit!”

“I am done playing nice. Did you think changing schools would give you the chance to get away
from me?” Jaehyun grabs his jaw and digs his fingers on his skin, Jungkook grunts, “You escape
from me and find yourself another man to fuck around. Like a slut you are.”

“You fucking bastard! You have the audacity to talk to me like that even after everything?” This
time, Jungkook uses all of his strength to push him away, “After all you did in the name of love?”

“Haah, what did I do? You were thirsty for my cock like a whore. I gave you just that.” Jaehyun
snickers as he speaks.

Jungkook’s entire body shakes. “You are disgusting. I feel like a fool for thinking what we had
was love.”

“It’s your fault.” Jaehyun says then, making Jungkook flinch. “You made me like this by running
away from me.”

“Are you fucking kidding me?” Jungkook says in disbelief.

“I will give you whatever you want. Come back to me.”

Jungkook snorts, “Don’t ever come in front of me again.”

“Why? Is Kim Taehyung that good of a fuck that you don’t wanna leave his side?”

Jungkook stops on his track from walking away.

“When he gets bored of you, come back to me okay? I'll snatch you in right away."

"I want you to trust me enough so that no one can snatch you away from me.”

Jungkook runs.

Even though he can’t see properly where he is going because his vision is turning blurry with each
second that passes, the light of the day has already disappeared but he still runs.

He knows if he just keeps running, he will reach where he needs to be.

And so he follows his heart where it takes him.

Jaehyun’s words stung him hard. He thought he got over everything and started anew. But the
mistake of choosing the wrong person is still haunting him till this date.

So much so that he completely shut the door of letting anyone in ever again. In fear of getting
crushed till nothing of him is left. He kept thinking that everyone will just be selfish with him and
not care about him at all. He will just get used if he lets anyone in.

But this time Jungkook knows this will not happen. His heart finally accepts the fact that he won’t
be left alone crushed like he doesn’t matter. It may have taken a long time for him to realize this
but he doesn’t care.

He wants to believe this time that he is not making a mistake.

He can’t breathe. He’s panting so hard by the time he’s where he needs to be.

With shaking hands, he rings the doorbell.

“Who is it?”

The voice comes from inside and Jungkook’s heart jumps up to his throat, stopping him from
replying anything.
And then he hears the sound of the door opening and everything turns yellow from blue.

“Jungkook? What are you doing- why are you crying? What happened?” Taehyung’s voice turns
from surprised to concerned in a blink of an eye as he takes a look at Jungkook’s appearance.
“Jungkook, who did this to y-”

But he doesn’t get the chance to finish his sentence as Jungkook leaps forward, leaning completely
against Taehyung with his face buried on his neck as he whimpers silently. His hands have no
strength in them to wrap around Taehyung’s body so they hang beside his hips.

Taehyung quickly wraps his arms around his shaking body, “Hey, tell me what happened. Don’t
cry, please?” He tries to comfort him but it’s no use. Jungkook’s cries just get louder and heavier.
It makes Taehyung’s chest ache.

“You were okay when we met earlier, what happened- god please tell me I don’t like this!” The
frustration in Taehyung’s voice is loud. But he holds onto Jungkook like if he lets go, Jungkook
might fall.

Taehyung won’t ever let him fall.

“Hey, would you please look at me once?” Taehyung tries again, he grabs Jungkook’s chin gently
and makes him look up. Gosh his face looks so messed up like this. “Tell me what happened,
yeah?”

Jungkook sniffles. The tears keep flowing down his cheek uncontrollably no matter how much
Taehyung wipes them away.

He takes deep breaths before he finally speaks, “I- I trust you.”

Taehyung’s fingers flinch where they touch Jungkook’s skin.

Jungkook cries as he stares deeply into Taehyung’s eyes and hiccups, “Please, please don’t let me
get snatched away. I don’t want that.”

The storm in Taehyung’s heart ten folds as he hears Jungkook speak those words.

His hands carefully reach up and hold Jungkook’s cheeks, his thumb wipes away the tears once
again. His throat runs dry the more he looks at that crying face and feels like his heart is shattering
into pieces.

He leans down until their foreheads touch and lets out a shaky breath as if he’s restraining himself
from breaking down as well.

“Jungkook,” he calls, his voice trembling too.

Jungkook blinks through teary eyes as he looks up at him, “Yeah?”

“Push me away right now if you think you will regret this.” Taehyung says, “Because I don’t think
I can keep our end of the deal anymore.”

It doesn’t take Jungkook any time to understand what he means as he slowly shuts his eyes.

With one last look at his face, Taehyung closes the distance between them.

Jungkook whimpers out loud when their lips touch for the first time ever and he grasps the end of
Taehyung’s shirt so tightly that it forms wrinkles there.
 Taehyung doesn’t let go of him.

He holds Jungkook’s cheeks as gently as ever as he pecks those pouty lips a couple of times, ever
so softly before parting them to slot their lips together in a proper kiss.

Taehyung moves his lips slowly. As if he’s tracing the shape of Jungkook’s lips in his mind so that
he never forgets it. He kisses Jungkook like he’s afraid he’ll break.

Even though the kiss turns out to taste salty because Jungkook keeps crying, they don’t break apart.

They forget about anything and everything around them and just melt in the moment. Melts in the
comfort of the moment created between them.

Taehyung tilts his head as well as makes Jungkook tilt on the opposite side to kiss him deeper.

The delicate touch of Taehyung’s lips soothes away any pain, any anxiousness that was clouding
Jungkook’s mind and was going to push him over the edge.

And so he kisses Taehyung back. Following his lead as he moves his lips. This feeling of content
keeps rising his chest as he kisses Taehyung until all the tears dry.

When they break apart, Jungkook’s lips are swollen as well as his eyes. Taehyung just can’t stop
looking at how pretty he looks.

“Taehyung,” Jungkook calls through his hoarse voice.

Taehyung swipes his thumb over his swollen lips gently, not meeting his eyes, “Mhmm?”

Jungkook knows he’s not gonna be left alone this time, “Kiss?”

And Taehyung… he’s not gonna let the light fade away anymore.

Chapter End Notes

DON'T FORGET TO LEAVE A KUDO AND A COMMENT WHICH ARE MY

OXYGEN
 5
Chapter Summary

"You can't even imagine what you mean to me..."

Chapter Notes

TW Violence, blood

TW Mentions of dub-con, verbal abuse, physical abuse, manipulation, forceful

behavior. It's not explicitly described and very brief and all in past form.

This is a transitioning chapter. I had tried my best to express everything the best I can.
I hope you enjoy this chapter just as much as you have till now.

I will look forward to your feedback!

See the end of the chapter for more notes

“Why is this guy trying to flirt with me so shamelessly?”

That was the first impression Jungkook had of Taehyung.

And since then, he kept getting assured how right he was because Taehyung is so persistent.

Taehyung picked up every little detail of Jungkook within a week of their first meeting.

From the time he comes to campus, to what flavor coffee he takes…Taehyung knows everything.

And he isn’t subtle about it at all that he is trying to get attention from Jungkook.

Which is actually sweet because Taehyung wasn’t really stalking him. He is just really good at
observing things that catch his eyes.

And Jungkook caught his eyes.

Only if Jungkook’s mind wasn’t already occupied with how he can’t let himself be swayed away by
these sweetness and fall into a pit of despair once again…maybe he would have let Taehyung in.

Maybe he wouldn’t be so conscious whenever Taehyung tried to show kindness to him. Maybe he
wouldn’t be on edge each time Taehyung tried to flirt with him.

And maybe he wouldn’t get so worked up when Taehyung finally made a move that night in the
club and told him things that would make Taehyung resent him.

But Jungkook was scared. He really was scared to get burned once again by a wrong choice.

And that’s why he decided to just start hating him. He tried to convince himself that this is all
because they didn’t click. It’s all because he didn’t like Taehyung at all when they first met and
that’s why he started hating him.

But deep down, he knows just how much of a lie that is. He just was trying to avoid making a
mistake of falling into a trap of a sugar coated misery.

After all, this is how he made a mistake in the past too.

‘I don’t wanna get burned by embracing the sun.’ Jungkook told himself and tried to convince that
he resents Kim Taehyung.

It’s embarrassing.

This position is so embarrassing but it doesn’t look like Taehyung will let go anytime soon.

Jungkook stopped crying a while ago but Taehyung is still holding him with his arms wrapped
around his waist while he sits on his lap. As if he is taking care of a baby.

It’s been about 20 minutes since they are in this position. It was meant to calm Jungkook down
because he was trembling so much for all the crying but now he’s getting shy.

“Are you calm now?” Taehyung asks, his hand mindlessly strokes over Jungkook’s fingers and
watches the way they flinch slightly.

Jungkook feels so stupid to break down like that in front of him. He is still half conscious about the
whole situation, “I am calm for a while now, you can let me go.” he says in a low voice.

But Taehyung's grip on his waist just grows tighter at that, “Don’t wanna.”

It’s extremely embarrassing.

And the fact that Jungkook likes it is making him want to dig a hole and lie down in it.

“Hey, look at me,” Taehyung says then, nuzzling against his cheek to ask for his attention, “Wanna
tell me what happened?”

It’s instant how Jungkook’s body stiffens and his expression twitches. Telling Taehyung silently
that he’s not ready to talk about it.

So Taehyung just holds him, “You don’t have to force yourself to tell me. But I would like to know
what made you feel like that so that I can assure you that it will never happen.”

“You know, I did say I trust you but aren’t you being overconfident?” Jungkook tries to joke which
works as Taehyung makes a dramatic ass face.

“Gasp! I’m hurt!” he says, making Jungkook laugh a little more. And then he turns Jungkook's face
towards him to look, “But Jungkook, I wanna make something sure right now so that you don’t
ever bring this up again.”

“Mhmm what is it?”

Taehyung lets out a long sigh, looking down at where his hands are tightly grasping at Jungkook,
“I don’t regret anything. Whatever I do, it’s my choice and I don’t regret it. You… you can’t even
imagine what you mean to me for me to even consider regretting anything.”

Jungkook doesn’t say anything. He keeps his head down for a moment, trying to absorb everything
because it’s all too much too sudden. Maybe, if Taehyung wasn’t holding onto him like this, he
would have drowned.

“I know,” he finally says, “I just- have trouble believing it all.”

“That’s okay,” Taehyung says, “I’ll keep trying until you don’t have any doubt in your mind. Until
then, let me be there for you.”

Jungkook’s chest expands as he inhales deep and leans against Taehyung’s chest, “Okay.” he
breathes out.

“Okay? Then…” Taehyung’s words fade out and Jungkook notices it.

“Hmm? What were you gonna say?” Jungkook asks.

“Then…Can I- kiss you again?”

Taehyung says that with a heavy sigh. Stroking his finger over Jungkook’s palm as if he’s asking
for silent permissions.

Jungkook just stares at him. His heart starts thumping so hard in his rib cage suddenly that he feels
like it will burst. No words come out of his mouth.

When he doesn’t reply, Taehyung speaks again, “Not just today or just for the heat of the moment,
I wanna kiss you.” he says, his voice trembling slightly. “This is the only thing I regret, that I
agreed we won’t be kissing.”

Seriously, Taehyung has no idea why the hell he agreed to this in the first place. Was he this much
blinded by arrogance? He wants to give himself shit for this stupidity.

“This doesn’t feel real, Taehyung.” Jungkook suddenly says, his chest expands as he takes a deep
breath, “I feel like I am in an act or something. What if the curtains close and things go back to
how it was before? I won’t be able to take it. It will crush me.”

Taehyung understands him. He understands what is scaring Jungkook at the moment and he
doesn’t want him to feel like that, “It’s not an act. It’s real. Want me to prove it?”

Jungkook turns his face to look at him, “How will you prove it?”

Taehyung raises his hand and grabs his chin with two of his fingers to pull him in. Jungkook’s eyes
flutter close the moment Taehyung kisses him again. His mouth opens like an automatic reflex to
slot their lips together as they kiss.

It’s a brief kiss, lasts only a couple of seconds but it leaves a long lasting effect. A haziness taking
over Jungkook’s mind.

They part away then, not looking at each other because it’s embarrassing. But they don’t let go of
each other either. Jungkook still sits on his lap. Taehyung still holds him by his waist.

“Jimin probably knows about us.” Jungkook says to break the awkward silence between them.

At that, Taehyung’s eyes widen in shock, “Huh? He does? How?”

“I don’t know. He probably guessed something but I'm sure he doesn’t know everything.”
Jungkook tells him.

“And you don’t sound panicked over this at all.” This is what surprises Taehyung the most.
Jungkook looks calm. He was the one who would go berserk if there were any moment that would
risk exposing their wild arrangement but now, he looks as if it doesn’t matter.

“I am not. And it surprises me so much because this wasn’t how things were supposed to go and
yet, it doesn’t affect me at all.” Jungkook tells him exactly what Taehyung thought. As if they are
two bodies one mind.

And it feels Taehyung’s chest with warmth that none of them are afraid of it.

“Sometimes things happen for the better.” Taehyung leans on his shoulder as he hugs him, closing
his eyes to bask in the moment.

Jungkook doesn’t reply after that.

This whole situation could have had no meaning at all but Jungkook knows it’s not like that. He
knows there’s so much unsaid truth lying between them. Truths that scares Jungkook so much but
this time he isn’t scared.

Taehyung and his feelings are like an open book in front of him right now and Jungkook doesn’t
feel like running away from it. Nor does he feel like he needs to tell him to stop.

They stay like that for god knows how long before Taehyung asks him if he’s hungry, “Are you
hungry? You must be after all that crying.”

This time, Jungkook shoves him away and gets up before Taehyung can hold him back, “Will you
stop making fun of me?”

Taehyung makes a face of pure offense but he knows he’s not serious, “Do I look like I am making
fun of you?” he says as he stands up as well.

Jungkook frowns and crunches his nose, “I don’t know. You are annoying.”

It makes the corners of Taehyung’s lips twitch upward in a sly smile. He’s glad Jungkook is back
to his old self, “Let me make dinner okay? I don’t have much at home so I can't give options. I'm
sorry.”

Jungkook shakes his head that it’s okay, he doesn’t have much appetite but Taehyung won’t let
him be like that. He makes Jungkook sit while he quickly makes some kimchi fried rice with sunny
side up eggs for both of them and they eat sitting together.

“I’ll clean the dishes, you can wash up.” Taehyung tells him and then nudges Jungkook towards
the bathroom.

Jungkook comes to the bathroom and turns on the faucet to wash his face. His eyes look red and
puffy and he feels stupid to cry like that.

He shakes his head and throws water at his face. “Ugh my hair looks like a mess.”

“Want me to tie it up for you?”

Jungkook startles when Taehyung suddenly appears from behind, “The hell! Knock before you
come!”

“Oh come on, there isn't anything kept secret between us anymore.” Taehyung jokes which makes
Jungkook glare at him. “Here, I have hair ties, let me-”

Jungkook watches as Taehyung takes a hair tie that was kept on the cabinet, “Ugh no it’s okay.”

“You look good with your hair tied, you know?” Taehyung tells him. Not really paying attention to
his denials as he combs his hair with his finger to gather it all to be tied, “You should tie it up more
often.”

Jungkook looks in the mirror as Taehyung ties up his hair in a ponytail.

“There, see you look cute.” Taehyung tells him.

Jungkook can’t help but feel the heat spread across his cheek as he raises his hand to scratch the
back of his neck, trying to avoid looking at Taehyung’s eyes.

Taehyung notices it and it makes him smirk. Jungkook is really cute.

“Stay here tonight.” Taehyung leans against the door and crosses his arms over his chest and says.

Jungkook’s eyes widen and he turns around, “No no, I should go back home.” he says, shaking his
head.

“Stay please,” Taehyung’s voice sounds pleading and there’s a glint in his eyes as he looks at
Jungkook with utmost sincerity. “For my sake. I don’t know but, I feel anxious to let you go
tonight.”

Jungkook hears the anxiousness pouring out behind those words. He can see how genuine
Taehyung is. “Tae…I’m okay now.” he says in a low voice.

The desperation just rises in Taehyung, “Please? I’ll sleep on the couch if it makes you
uncomfortable.”

“That’s not what I am worried about.” Jungkook says, earnest.

“Then what is it?”

Jungkook sighs, fidgeting with the hem of his shirt, “I don’t know…I am not used to getting
coddled like this.”

A tiny smile appears on Taehyung’s face at the honesty of it all. He takes a step and reaches for
Jungkook’s hand, “Then you should get used to it. Stay here, okay?”

Jungkook knows it’s a waste of time to keep arguing because Taehyung is adamant about not
letting him go tonight.

So he finally gives in and maybe it’s his imagination but Taehyung starts to gleam at that.

“Here, you can change into these. I guess they will fit you.” Taehyung hands Jungkook a pair of
sweatpants and a white half sleeve shirt. “I’ll go prepare the bed for you.”

Jungkook stares at Taehyung as he sees him picking up pillows and blankets from his bedroom and
taking them to the living room, placing it all on the couch.
“Don’t you think you are going overboard with the sleeping on the couch thing?” Jungkook asks,
hugging the clothes he’s given.

Taehyung frowns, “What? How is this going overboard?”

Jungkook rolls his eyes, “Did I ever say I'd be uncomfortable sleeping on the same bed?”

At this, a sheepish grin takes over Taehyung’s face and he smirks, “Jeon, just say you wanna sleep
beside me.”

It’s said to annoy him. But Jungkook doesn’t react. Instead, he looks down at his feet and mumbles
which is barely audible, “If I’m gonna be here, I might as well not be alone either.”

Taehyung’s heart aches.

He walks and grabs Jungkook’s hand to walk back to his bedroom. Jungkook follows him silently.

They get on the bed and lie down.

“Come here,” Taehyung says, extending his hand for Jungkook to lay on it.

Jungkook blushes. It’s too intimate. His heartbeat going crazy but he listens. Scooting closer as he
lies beside him, Taehyung buries his fingers in his hair, stroking it softly.

Jungkook feels comfort engulfing him and he wonders if he deserves this peace.

“This is not like us.” he says, breathing heavily.

“I know,” Taehyung whispers slowly, “I find it amusing though.”

Jungkook closes his eyes, “Go to sleep, Taehyung.”

The next morning they wake up cuddled with each other. But unlike the last time when they slept
together, they don’t shy away.

Last time, they couldn’t even look at each other’s eyes when they woke up.

But it’s different now.

They eat breakfast together and Jungkook gets changed into his own clothes after that. Getting
ready to finally go home.

“Um..thanks for letting me stay.” Jungkook says. Taehyung wanted to drop him off but Jungkook
insisted he isn’t a baby and can take himself home so Taehyung had to let it go.

But before he leaves, Taehyung reaches for him again. Sliding his finger between Jungkook’s
slowly, “Thank you for trusting me, Jungkook.” he says.

They stare at each other’s eyes for a moment and it happens naturally when they both lean in.

“I’ll see you soon.” Taehyung whispers against his lips when they part away, he notices the tint on
Jungkook’s cheeks.
Jungkook only nods as if he’s at a loss of words and then he bids goodbye.

When Taehyung closes the door and finally gets a chance to himself, he realizes that he was
nothing but fooling himself all this time.

Because the moment Jungkook leaves, he feels the void in his heart aching. A void that only
Jungkook can fill.

‘So this is what it is,’ Taehyung speaks to himself, scoffing as he runs his fingers through his hair
and shakes his head, ‘Fuck. I really am down bad.’

It’s when all the overflowing emotions subsided, Jungkook is flustered beyond no end.

He’s back at his dorm and he jumps on his bed to bury his face in his pillow because how the hell
did he let his guard down that much and become all soft and vulnerable in front of Taehyung.

But then again, he realizes that he doesn’t hate it. As Jimin said, he felt far more comforted than
regretting doing so.

Or maybe he felt like that because it was Taehyung. He can’t imagine crying and spilling his guts
out like that with anyone else. It’s something beyond his understanding how the person he used to
hate a lot became a source of his comfort. A person he ran to when he felt like nothing in his life
will ever be okay.

It’s overwhelming and it will take him time to get used to but he doesn’t hate this feeling at all.

He also realizes how Taehyung cared about nothing and voiced out his feelings. He may not be
direct but Jungkook knows what it is.

He wants to be able to do the same too. He wants to be able to give a name to this wild
thunderstorm inside his chest and be vocal about it. He wants to break free from this fear of
making a mistake and he’s getting there.

He knows he’ll get there.

But for now, he’s embarrassed and super annoyed that Taehyung got to see him all messed up and
treated him like a baby so what he does at the moment is taking out his phone and typing
something furiously and then throws his phone away to flop back on the bed.

’Asshole’

Meanwhile, Taehyung is having an existential crisis trying to figure out what it means when he
sees the notification pops up on his phone-

Angry Rabbit:
 ***

Ever since accepting his own feelings, Taehyung has strangely been in a good mood no matter
what.

It feels like a burden has been lifted off of his chest. A feeling of uneasiness or confusion that was
clouding his mind has been cleared.

He never knew things could be this easy only if he is being honest with himself.

He still has to figure out lots of things about his feelings which are just growing with each passing
day, but for now this will work. Just accepting the fact that he has feelings for that cranky boy who
would cry when feeling vulnerable is already making the surrounding feel more lively.

Has the campus always been this cheerful?

“Wow darling, you’re glowing. What’s the occasion?”

The familiar voice brings a grin on Taehyung’s face as he slightly turns his head to look at the
person, “What do you mean? I am always glowing. Haven’t you seen it before? Kyungsoo?”

Kyungsoo smirks as he makes his way to sit by the chair beside Taehyung, “The only time I’ve
seen you glow is after sex, though.”

Kyungsoo was Taehyung’s sex partner for a certain period of time during his 2nd year of college.
He was a really good partner and they are still on good terms even though they ended it long ago
when Kyungsoo found a lover.

“Darling, people change with time.” Taehyung says through shaking his head.

Kyungsoo snorts, “How have you been man? It’s been long, you have completely forgotten about
me.”

“I have been really well. Though I am not gonna lie I actually kind of forgot your face. When was
the last time I saw you? Last year?” Taehyung jokes, the shit eating grin on his face is plastered
permanently.

“Fuck you.” Kyungsoo holds up both of his friendly fingers in front of his face and they start
laughing.

While they are talking and catching up on the lost time, they don’t notice that they are being
watched from afar by someone who’s not liking the atmosphere at all.

Jungkook is practically gritting his teeth the moment his eyes fall on them.

Why does he need to smile like that? What are they talking about? Why do they look so happy?
What is going on?

Jungkook furrows his eyebrows. After all that talk a few days ago, seeing Taehyung looking that
cheerful with someone else- someone Jungkook particularly doesn’t like seeing him with, is
striking a nerve in him.

After that one hell of an embarrassing day, Jungkook felt like Taehyung and him became closer.
And their relationship also took a turn.

Every Time they meet now, Taehyung treats him differently.

Jungkook hasn’t told him what happened that day yet. He just can’t find the courage to tell him
everything from his past either because it’s something that kept him in fear for a long time.

But things have been good. Strangely good.

Just up until a moment ago because now Jungkook is pissed.

His feet walk on their own as he huffs. His fists are clenching and unclenching by his side.

And before he knows it, he’s by their table and he comes back to reality because what is he gonna
say now? He didn’t think about that!

“Um- hey Tae, you got a minute?” Jungkook tries to sound as calm as possible.

Taehyung’s head whips around the moment he hears Jungkook’s voice and his entire face lightens
up, “Hey Jungkook! I was waiting for y-”

But before he could finish, Jungkook grabs him by the wrist and surprises him, “Come with me,”
he says and tugs him along.

“Wait wait, what’s the rush all of a sudden?” Taehyung says, shocked by the behavior but he
follows him anyway.

They stop when they are at a quiet place, behind a faculty building, far from the cafeteria and
Jungkook lets go of his hand.

Taehyung quickly notices the annoyance on his face, “Hmm? What’s with that? Why do you look
so angry?”

Jungkook doesn’t speak. Instead he frowns and his lips form an angry pout, making him look so
adorable that Taehyung can’t even focus on the fact that what made him like this.

But he tries again, sliding his finger over Jungkook’s knuckle, “What happened?” he asks.

When Jungkook looks up at him, he’s throwing daggers through his eyes, “Why were you with
him?”

Instantly, confusion and surprise takes over Taehyung, “With who?”

Jungkook grunts, “Kyungsoo.” he says through gritted teeth. It’s obvious from his expression that
he’s annoyed.

Taehyung doesn’t understand why this is making Jungkook act like that. He’s really clueless,
“What about him?”

This makes Jungkook even more angry. His face is already turning red and his fists look this close
to punch Taehyung in the face.

“Are you asking me what about it?” Jungkook starts saying, voice barely able to keep it all
together to not shout, “You think I don't know it? That you guys were together?”

Oh.
“What did we talk about huh?”

Ohhh.

“That we won’t be with others while we are at it-”

“Ahahaha” Taehyung starts laughing. Making Jungkook completely dumbfounded, he starts

laughing so hard that his stomach hurts and tears start to gather at the corner of his eyes.

“Why are you laughing? I said, why are you laughing asshole!” Jungkook fumes with rage but
taehyung still keeps laughing until he’s out of breath.

“Oh my god, I can’t believe it.” Taehyung says once he’s able to catch his breath.

“What? You can’t believe what?” Jungkook deadpans.

“You are jealous, Jungkook.”

Jungkook’s whole demeanor changes right away. The annoyed look quickly changes to flustered
and Taehyung feels so smug to hit the bullseye.

“What? Jealous? Me? Shut the fuck up.” Jungkook denies obviously but Taehyung can’t help but
snort.

“You clearly are. How cute!” Taehyung smiles so big that it might stretch his lips permanently like
that.

Ugh, so annoying! “I will punch you across the jaw.” Jungkook seethes.

“Try me.”

“Fuck off.”

Taehyung’s eyes soften, his teasing lowers a bit as he shoves his hands inside his pockets and leans
against the wall, “You were wrong about one thing. We weren’t together.” He says, “We just used
to hook up.”

Jungkook rolls his eyes, “Same thing.” and then he gasps when Taehyung suddenly reaches out
and grabs his hand, tugging him forward an inch, “W-what are you doing?”

“I don’t know if you’ll believe me but I never held a person like I do with you when I have sex,”
Taehyung says nonchalantly, “I usually just climax and roll away. I couldn’t bring myself to do
that with you.”

Jungkook becomes flustered in a second, the tips of his ears become red, “I-is that supposed to
make me feel special?” he mutters, words getting stuck in his throat suddenly.

Taehyung rubs his thumb over Jungkook’s palm, gently, making Jungkook feel ticklish, “You are
special. If it’s not clear to you by this time, I don’t know how to make you believe that.”

Taehyung wants to praise himself for being this bold because that’s so close to actually saying the
L word to Jungkook. Just thinking about it makes a storm rise in his heart.

Jungkook lowers his gaze, staring down at their intertwined hands. He tries to think since when did
they become so comfortable in skinship. That too, in a semi public area. And since when it stopped
bothering him.
“Don’t talk to him anymore.” Jungkook mumbles, even though he knows how childish he sounds,
“I don’t like it.”

For a moment, Taehyung wonders if Jungkook feels the same way as him too. If it’s just a pinch
similar to his own feelings. “See, you are clearly jealous.” he teases him instead of thinking about
something that can wait.

“Fuck off,” Jungkook tries to yank his hand away but Taehyung just grabs tighter.

It makes Jungkook glare at him but Taehyung looks back with equal intensity in his eyes. As if
he’s pinning him down with his gaze and Jungkook feels his throat run dry for a moment.

“I only have eyes for you, Jungkook.” Taehyung declares.

It annoys the fuck out of Jungkook because how the fuck a couple of words can make everything
inside his chest and stomach feel like a mess. His pulse goes haywire and he feels goosebumps rise
in his whole body.

It’s not just what he said, it’s the way he said it as if he meant every word.

Jungkook knows he meant it but it’s still nerve wracking.

They keep bickering like that. Jungkook’s ears stay red as long as Taehyung keeps his hold on his
hand and the grin on Taehyung’s face stays permanent.

They only have to let go when a certain pain in the ass suddenly appears behind them.

“Woah, it’s more serious than I thought.”

Taehyung and Jungkook practically jump away from each other, one foot away and the acting is so
horrible that everyone could tell they were holding hands a moment ago.

“Come on, why are you being shy? I am not gonna judge you or anything.” Jimin snickers, putting
his arms on both of their shoulders, “I was just passing by and two of my most favorite faces so I
came to see what you were doing. Guess I shouldn’t have been so curious about everything.”

“I don’t know what you are talking about.” Jungkook shrugs away from his grip and denies his
absurd accusations. But his face is red.

It makes Jimin want to tease him a little more, “Do I look that stupid? You guys couldn’t even bear
staying in the same place with a five foot long stick between you but now you’re all holding hands
and stuff, spending time at each other’s house.”

At that, both Taehyung and Jungkook turn their heads towards Jimin with their eyes blown out of
their heads.

“What the fuck?! How do you know that?!” Jungkook yells, his words come out in such a rush that
Jimin almost missed what he said.

But it entertains him a lot. Besides him, Taehyung just facepalms himself.

Jimin side-eyes him, nudging his elbows at Taehyung, “Am I wrong, Taehyung-ah?”

“I don’t know what you are talking about.” Taehyung says, firm.

“Woah, you guys are already repeating each other’s words.” Jimin tsks, “I can’t believe my best
friends hid the fact that they are together. What do I do with this life?” he whines dramatically.

“We are not together.” Jungkook says, making Jimin look at him with confusion in his eyes.

“Huh? Then why are you-”

“W-we are just sleeping together.” Jungkook blurts out before he can even stop himself and
frantically looks at Taehyung to see his reaction.

Taehyung is shocked, but it doesn’t show on his face. Jungkook doesn’t see the stinging inside his
chest.

Taehyung wants to be childish. He wants to be upset and sulk but he realizes that he doesn’t have
the right to that yet. Jungkook doesn’t know his feelings.

Hell, he didn’t even properly admit it to himself yet, why would he be upset with Jungkook who
might not even have a clue. Sure, Jungkook trusts him, Jungkook relies on him, but that can just be
that. Nothing more until it’s said properly.

So he just lets out a soft smile, not looking at Jungkook but down at his feet. Hoping Jungkook
doesn’t see it.

But he does, and he can’t really do anything about it now.

Jimin, though, notices every single thing. And he almost forces himself to not roll his eyes at them
because these idiots are a little too dense and stubborn.

He sighs, “Anyway, I actually needed to talk to you Jungkook-ah. Yoongi wants to see you again.
Why don’t you contact him huh? You said you would.”

Jungkook’s heart stops. He’s the one who told Yoongi not to worry about it but he got into trouble
right after telling him that. He feels so stupid.

Just thinking about telling Yoongi what happened is making him shiver in fear. But he can’t really
hide it from everyone. He didn’t even tell Taehyung but he knows he can’t hide it from Yoongi.

“I was gonna call-”

Jimin doesn’t let him finish as he suddenly takes a hold of Taehyung’s arm and yanks him close,
“How about I keep Tae company while you go see him? He’s probably at home now because he
had half a day at work.”

“What?” Taehyung says in a surprised tone.

“My my, don’t wanna let him go out of your sight? I get it you’re whipped but you will survive a
couple of hours without him.” Jimin says and starts dragging him away.

Jungkook is fuming from the ear at Jimin’s bullshit but he can’t really say anything back so he just
leaves, stomping his way out as he curses him under his breath.

“You, motherfucker, come with me.” Jimin says once Jungkook is out of sight and pinches
Taehyung’s arm hard.

“What the fuck bitch! That hurts!” Taehyung groans in pain, rubbing the area. He really did pinch
so hard that it brought tears to his eyes.
“Why are you looking at me like that?” Taehyung says when he sees Jimin glaring at him.

“Looking at what? A fox?” Jimin says, expressionless.

“What the!”

Jimin grabs him by the shoulder and almost pins him down, “Bitch! At least you could have told
me about this! I knew you two would get along someday but you ended up being more than that!”

Taehyung struggles to get out of his grip but he manages somehow, “You heard him. It’s nothing
serious.”

“I heard him. I also observed him and you.” Jimin then giggles a little, “I'm gonna be completely
honest here Tae, I always thought you guys were gonna be together when I first saw you. I kinda
shipped it.”

Taehyung sends him the nastiest look of disgust, “What the fuck is wrong with you?”

Jimin gasps and charges at him, “You are together now! Aren’t you? Where the fuck is the lie!?”
he yells.

“It surprises me more that you are not surprised by it at all. Instead you are excited.” Taehyung
says.

At this, Jimin laughs, not a mocking one but a genuine one which confuses Taehyung.

“It’s because I know you can be the one for him, Tae.” he says then, making Taehyung’s confusion
tenfold along with amusement.

“I may not have known Jungkook as long as Yoongi but I know what he had gone through and why
he’s afraid of letting anyone in his life. But I also know you and I know that you can be the one to
break him out of his shell,” Jimin continues.

“I have never acted in any way for you to think like that.” Taehyung tries to argue but this time
Jimin scoffs.

“You may not realize it but you did in so many ways. Keeping aside the usual argument, you never
tried to harm each other, did you? Instead, you were always careful around him. Do you remember
the time Jungkook got so drunk that it made him sick? You held his hair for him so that he can
puke and clean him after. Tell me, if you hated him so much, would you have done it? I don’t
believe anyone with a bitter hatred cleans up after their enemy throws up.”

Ah.

Taehyung remembers that day.

It was Hoseok’s birthday and they were celebrating at his house.

Jungkook had too many drinks because of a stupid bet on a game and because he ate a lot before
that, he got sick.

Taehyung’s feet moved faster than his brain when he sprinted and held Jungkook who was about
to collapse.

The rest is history.

“I-I would have done the same thing to any of you.” he tries to change the subject.

“Yeah but you don’t have anything against us. You guys acted as if you are each other’s sore
enemies and then you go take care of each other like this. Are you trying to tell me it was a part of
your rivalry?” Jimin raises a pointed look at him. Making Taehyung cower underneath his
questioning gaze.

Jimin doesn’t really need to explain everything to him now. He has already accepted the fact that
the feelings he has towards Jungkook is something special.

But the fact that, these feelings didn’t really grow recently, and he has been too oblivious to notice
it- how foolish of him. Even if he was trying to be an asshole because Jungkook showed him
arrogance, his true feelings just came out anyway.

“I never understood why you couldn’t stand the sight of each other when all this time you only had
eyes for him. Maybe this is why it doesn’t phase me that you are sleeping together because
somehow I feel like it’s not just that.” Jimin says after a moment.

It’s funny how Jimin, a third person, understood this quicker than the people who are at the center
of this massive clusterfuck of an arrangement called Sex Partners .

They never really behaved like sex partners.

It was never just sex to begin with.

Taehyung starts laughing at himself, “I am so stupid.” he says as he buries his face in his palm.

Jimin can’t help but snort, “That you are. But it’s okay, you’re cute.”

Taehyung groans, “Something is seriously wrong with you today.”

And Jimin, as always, becomes dramatic, “No! My Taehyung doesn’t love me anymore!”

Jungkook came to Yoongi’s house about half an hour ago and the whole time, he was feeling cold
sweat.

It’s not actually what Jaehyun did that made him feel like that, it’s the fact that what Yoongi might
do after hearing all this. Because in the past, things got pretty messy.

This time, it looks very close to that again.

“I will fucking kill him.” Yoongi says. His voice is scaringly calm.

Jungkook shivers, “Hyung, please don’t do something reckless.”

“He tried to force you again. He tried to disrespect you again and you’re telling me to stop?”

Jungkook takes a deep breath, “I just don’t want you to get hurt because of me.”

“What about you? You will keep getting hurt then?”

Jungkook lets out a small chuckle, “He can’t hurt me. Not anymore. His words have no effect on
me. I’m not gonna let him get under my skin anymore, hyung. I’ve grown up now.”

Yoongi sighs, “Shit, Kook-ah, I don’t know what you’re doing.”

Jungkook smiles as he looks at his hyung, “Hyung, do you think I deserve to be happy?”

Yoongi doesn’t speak for a moment as he stares at Jungkook’s curious face. His big eyes, sparkling
eyes that shine brighter than the stars. “I don’t know how to make you believe this but, you deserve
the world, Kook-ah.”

Maybe it’s Jungkook’s imagination but Yoongi sounds soft. His naturally deep voice sounds softer
than usual.

“Just because you made a wrong choice in the past doesn’t mean you have to suffer forever.”

Jungkook nods as his smile stretches, “I don't wanna suffer either. And I feel like i’ll finally break
out of it.”

It darkens outside by the time Jungkook is finished talking with Yoongi so he returns home instead
of going back to campus. Like a habit, he doesn’t forget to send a text to Taehyung, telling him that
he’s back at his dorm.

He washes himself up first by taking a quick shower and then changes into something comfy. His
usual gray sweatshirt and sweatpants.

Just when he is about to go to the kitchen, the doorbell rings.

Jungkook’s eyes widen when he opens the door. And it’s not just a surprise that takes over him. It’s
happiness.

“What are you doing here at this hour?” Jungkook says that, but at the same time he steps aside so
that Taehyung can come inside.

“We didn’t get much time to spend together today. I missed you.” Taehyung says with a smile as
he gets in.

Heat rushes to Jungkook’s cheeks, “Talking as if we haven’t seen each other in ages.”

Taehyung raises his eyebrow, “It felt like that.”

“I had cringes all over my body.” Jungkook crunches his nose as he says and turns around, missing
the way Taehyung snickers.

“Yeah? I’m glad.” Taehyung says, following Jungkook behind towards the kitchen. “Are you
gonna prepare food now?”

“Yeah I’m hungry.” Jungkook says as he takes out some ingredients from the cabinet and the
fridge.

Taehyung comfortably settles himself on a chair and leans on the kitchen island, “Make me
something delicious.” he says with the most innocent face ever.

“Who the fuck said I’m gonna make food for you?”

Taehyung can clearly see him taking out two plates, two glasses, two servings of food, and yet says
that.

Just how adorable can he get?

“I don’t know, maybe you.” Taehyung says.

Jungkook only throws him a glare as he serves the food on the table and then they eat together
silently. A comfortable silence.

After that, Taehyung helps him wash the dishes as they talk about the upcoming exhibition.

Even after some time passes, Jungkook doesn’t tell him to leave.

Taehyung sits beside Jungkook on the couch as he turns on the TV.

“I have seen this drama appear on my suggestion page for quite a time. Do you like this?”
Taehyung asks.

Jungkook nods without looking at him, “Mhmm.”

“Why do you like it? It’s just a cheesy romance drama.”

Jungkook folds his knees up on the couch and rests his head on them, “Maybe cause it’s so easy for
them. To fall in love and be with the person they love. Being loved back. So easy, right?”

Taehyung goes speechless for a moment. He just stares at Jungkook’s face from the side. A
thousand thoughts cloud his mind but he’s unable to form a sentence with them.

It’s not needed.

Taehyung’s hand reaches him like he’s being pulled by a magnet. Long fingers gently sliding
between Jungkook’s beautiful, long hairs, caressing it and turning his head to face him.

Jungkook looks at him blankly. But his eyes shine.

When Taehyung leans in, Jungkook’s eyes fall close automatically.

He hums when Taehyung kisses him softly. It feels good how Taehyung caresses his head along
the soft movement of his lips.

It feels really good.

But why is he pulling away so soon?

Jungkook doesn’t want him to pull away.

Ugh, so annoying.

Taehyung gasps when Jungkook suddenly wraps his arms around his neck and pulls him close, not
letting him break the kiss.

Their lips stay slotted together as Jungkook moves his hand all over Taehyung’s shoulders before
sliding them down on his chest where he attempts to unbutton his shirt.

That’s when Taehyung stops him, using a bit of force to break apart from him.

“What are you doing?” Taehyung asks, he’s at a loss of breath as he pants heavily.

Jungkook stares deeply into his eyes, faltering sometimes when his eyes fall on his tempting lips
before he looks back at him, “I wanna do it,” he says.

Taehyung’s fingers are still caressing him, massaging the back of his head, combing his hair and
rubbing the lobe of his ear. It feels so, so good.

“Are you sure?” Taehyung whispers slowly, voice barely audible, “I won’t proceed if you feel like
this is what you need to do.”

Jungkook shakes his head, “It’s not because of that. I want you right now.”

Taehyung’s heart swells inside his chest as he nods and gets up from the couch. Jungkook gets
perplexed for a moment and then he gasps out loud when Taehyung picks him up bridal style.

“P-put me down! I’m gonna fall!” He yelps.

“Just hold tight.” Taehyung tells him as he walks them both towards the bedroom where he lays
him down gently.

Jungkook’s heart is thumping so loud that it’s ringing in his ears. He doesn’t know what to do. He
feels like he’s having sex for the first time as he lies there doing nothing while Taehyung swiftly
strips off his shirt and hovers over him.

The waiting is building up the anticipation and it’s unbearable. Taehyung isn’t doing anything. Just
stroking his fingertips over the slope of Jungkook’s nose, down to his lips and tracing it.

Jungkook’s mouth falls open when he puts a little bit of pressure on it.

“I don’t think I’ll be able to hold back once we start. Do you still wanna do it?” Taehyung asks
him again. His voice sounds a little desperate at this point.

“I told you, didn’t I? Do you want me to give you a written consent or what?” Jungkook says
through his furrowed eyebrows.

He sees Taehyung smirking for a split second before their lips meet again.

It’s just like the first time they kissed. Soft and tender.

Taehyung’s hands holding his cheeks and his thumb drawing circles over them, their bodies flush
together. Jungkook wished his shirt was gone too, that way there would be more skin to skin
contact.

“Ah-nghh” Jungkook gasps. His eyes squeeze shut and his eyebrows squint together when for the
first time he feels Taehyung’s tongue brush against the seam of his lower lip.

They have kissed a couple of times after their first and it was always innocent pecks with no
intentions of lust behind. It always comforted Jungkook rather than making him think of something
else.

But now that Taehyung kisses him, it ignites fire in the pit of his stomach.
Maybe it’s the situation that calls for it. Even so, Jungkook feels like he’s floating.

“Open your mouth, Jungkook.” Taehyung says hoarsely. His harsh breath fanning over his lips,
sending an electrifying sensation down his spine.

His mouth falls open wider.

Jungkook’s stomach twists and he squirms underneath when Taehyung shoves his tongue inside
his mouth and it touches his own.

Really, this is nothing he hasn’t experienced before.

But it’s different.

So different.

Taehyung rolls his tongue inside mouth, swiping it on the roof of his mouth and then tangling it
with his tongue. Their saliva mixes together, making it a sloppy mess. Spit dribbles down
Jungkook’s chin when Taehyung sucks on his tongue by taking it into his mouth.

They are just kissing but Jungkook feels his cock throbbing between his legs. The arousal is ten
times more intense than before and it’s embarrassing.

His lungs are running out of air but Taehyung doesn’t let him go until he’s memorized how he
tastes.

One of Taehyung’s hands slides down his chest and slips inside his sweatshirt. Jungkook’s body is
warm. He slides it upwards to take a hold of his nipples.

They are hard.

Now that Jungkook thinks, his nipples have gotten more sensitive than before since he started
sleeping with Taehyung.

Sometimes, just the mere brush of his shirt against them will make them go hard.

But nothing compares to Taehyung's rough touch. The way he twists and tugs on it, it draws out
lewd moans from the core of Jungkook’s voice.

Taehyung trails kisses down his neck. Jungkook tilts his head to the side to give him more access.

The wet kisses melt Jungkook in a puddle. It leaves him hungry for more.

Taehyung lets go of his nipple and brings his hand up. His index taps over Jungkook’s mouth,
silently telling him to open it.

When Jungkook does, Taehyung inserts two fingers inside, making his mouth feel full.

Taehyung’s lips stretch wide when he sees Jungkook’s lidded eyes and how his lips are wrapped
around his fingers. It’s dirty, it’s so lewd. It drives him crazy.

“Suck it properly, Jungkook.” Taehyung says, peppering kisses over his exposed neck.

Jungkook’s moans are muffled. He sucks on his fingers as he’s told. The urge to touch Taehyung
increases with each passing moment.
So he makes a move.

His hands, which were grasping the sheets so hard, reach forward and place over Taehyung’s bare
chest.

Taehyung’s smirk grows because of Jungkook’s boldness.

He has been bold before, but things have changed and it puts Taehyung at ease that Jungkook isn’t
feeling like holding himself back.

Jungkook’s hand slides down, feeling muscles underneath his palm and stopping it right above the
waistband of his pants.

Taehyung is half hard by now. Jungkook doesn’t know how much he’s holding back he doesn't
want him to.

Taehyung lets out a sigh when Jungkook palms him over his pants.

The feeling is maddening. The feeling of Jungkook sucking his fingers while palming his cock over
his pants. It’s as if his cock is actually the thing that’s being sucked.

His eyebrows scrunch together, making it obvious how hard it is for him to hold himself back.
Jungkook observes each of his expressions and feels super proud of it.

Jungkook doesn’t wait any longer before slipping his hand inside his pants and taking a hold of his
cock. It’s sticky with precum.

Jungkook lets go of his fingers for a moment, “Let me suck it for you.” he says.

The thread of reason snaps in Taehyung’s head. He wanted to make him wait a little longer before
he gives him what he wants but at this point, it’s useless. Because Taehyung is going crazy and he
doesn’t have the bone inside him that can make him say no.

Taehyung grabs Jungkook by the arm and pulls him up. Jungkook doesn’t understand what is
happening before Taehyung flips again so that his ass is facing Taehyung and he feels his pants
getting tugged down.

“Go on, do as you please.” Taehyung says, fondling Jungkook’s ass.

Jungkook flushes hard. What the fuck is this position?!

This is so embarrassing.

“Don’t keep me waiting, darling. I’m a bit impatient here.” Taehyung continues, fondling his ass a
little harder. His wet fingers teasing him.

Jungkook gulps.

With slightly trembling hands, he fumbles with Taehyung’s pants and takes his cock out.

It’s pulsing. Fully erected and Jungkook gulps seeing how big and redder it got. Suddenly, his
throat runs dry.

He strokes it first. It takes both of his hands to take a hold of it.

Jungkook hears Taehyung’s groans, making his ears go hot. He isn’t really doing anything other
than squishing his cheeks so Jungkook opens his mouth finally and takes the head of his cock in
his mouth.

“Mhmm” Jungkook hums, suckling the head softly. His eyes flutter close as the arousal pour out of
him. He sinks down deeper, his mouth getting filled.

“Fuck,” Taehyung groans, throwing his head back as the warmth of Jungkook’s mouth engulfs
him.

It’s been quite a long time since they had sex, but Taehyung feels like cumming already. Jungkook
is so good at what he does that it drives him crazy.

Jungkook licks his cock from the base to the top before taking it again inside his mouth. It’s so big
that even if he tries to take the whole thing, he can’t. He runs out of breath even before it touches
the back of his throat.

“Ahh!” Jungkook gasps out, the cock slips out of his mouth.

“What? Why did you stop?” Taehyung asks him.

“Y-you- what are you doing?” Jungkook turns his head to look at him, his face flushed red.

“Me?” Taehyung smirks, “I’m just eating my dessert.”

With that, Taehyung spreads his asscheeks apart and darts out his tongue to lick his hole.

Jungkook squirms. His toes curling and his eyebrows squeezing together. He’s unable to hold back
the noise as he keeps moaning with each stripe of his tongue against his rim.

“Ah Taehyung- please oh god!” Jungkook gasps and moans, the wet sensation killing him with
extreme pleasure. The way Taehyung’s tongue swirls around his rim and then he sucks, makes
Jungkook feel like cumming untouched.

“What are stopping for? Keep going what you were doing.” Taehyung says pulling his mouth
away and rubs his finger there instead.

Jungkook can’t focus. But he listens to him. He starts sucking him off again, bobbing his head up
and down along with his hand stroking him.

Jungkook almost gags on his cock when Taehyung inserts a finger inside his rim and licks him
again.

It goes like that, in the most lewd position of all, both Taehyung and Jungkook get submerged into
pleasuring each other while receiving it at the same time.

Jungkook succeeds in taking Taehyung’s whole cock inside his mouth, though it makes his jaw
hurt. While Taehyung stretches him open with his tongue and fingers.

At one point, it becomes unbearable and Taehyung feels like he won’t last long.

“Fuck,” he curses out loud and grabs Jungkook by the arm to yank him up. It surprises Jungkook a
lot.

It’s quick the way Taehyung pulls Jungkook’s pants away completely and throws them away
before spreading his legs open, “I can’t wait any longer. I’ll explode.” he pants.
Jungkook looks at his eyes through his own haziness, nodding his head in reply because he
understands the urgency.

Taehyung doesn’t even bother taking off Jungkook’s shirt or get his own pants off before he lines
his cock to his hole and thrusts inside.

“Ahhh!” Jungkook screams. Taehyung puts it all inside in one thrust, knocking the breath out of
him.

Jungkook thinks he’ll black out.

“Fuck, you’re still so tight!” Taehyung pants, grabbing Jungkook’s thighs harder that his nails dig
in his skin.

“Tae, s-slower please. A little gentler.” Jungkook says through his moans.

“Yeah, I know you like it slow,” Taehyung says, slowly dragging his cock out until only the head
remains inside, “But I told you, I won’t be able to hold back once we start,” he says and thrusts
back inside even harder than before.

And as if Taehyung is so familiar with every inch of his body, it hits the spot right away, making
Jungkook scream in pleasure.

“Ah, you like that? Guess I can go a little harder.” Taehyung licks his lips, thrusting inside him
with more fervor.

“Nghh no- go slow ahh! I’ll cum!” Jungkook’s hand flies to get a hold of Taehyung’s arm.
Taehyung spreads his legs even further as he keeps ramming inside him continuously.

“I’m surprised you held back till now. You can cum.” Taehyung mutters, letting go of one of
thighs to take his cock in his hand and strokes it.

They are doing this after quite a long time. So Jungkook doesn’t really wanna cum this far. But
Taehyung just always makes him feel so good that it’s hard to hold back. Stil, he wanted to cum
together.

But Taehyung always likes teasing him. He really does become an asshole while they are at it
because he continuously rams against his prostate while stroking his cock, rubbing his thumb over
the slit.

“N-no! Don’t do that! Shit!” Jungkook shudders and cums when Taehyung rubs his thumb over the
slit and at the same time stimulates his prostate with his dick.

Jungkook’s chest rises and falls heavily, the jittery feeling taking over him as he cums hard.

“You can’t get tired already, Jungkook. We’re only getting started. I haven’t even cum yet.”

In this position, Jungkook feels Taehyung’s cock deeper inside him.

Taehyung is sitting with Jungkook on top of him. His hands holding Jungkook’s small, petite
waist, helping him ride as he thrusts inside him to match his rhythm.
This position gives Taehyung access to Jungkook’s chest. He took off his shirt after he came for
the first time because it got dirty.

Now as Jungkook rides him, Taehyung focuses on sucking on his nipple. His delicious brown buds
that make him drool and feel like he can just cum by sucking them. Just looking at them might
make him go hard.

“Ah so good,” Jungkook moans. His ass slaps against Taehyung’s thighs every time he sits down
on his cock, “Taehyung, you feel so good.”

“You feel good too, Jungkook. So good.” Taehyung says, nibbling on his hard nipple.

“Taehyung, kiss me.” Jungkook mutters and all of a sudden, Taehyung’s heart starts thumping
harder than before.

He reaches for Jungkook’s neck, wrapping his fingers around them to pull him down so that their
lips meet.

Jungkook takes the lead this time, opening his mouth and shoving his tongue inside Taehyung’s
mouth immediately when their lips slot together.

Both of them hum and muffle their moans into the kiss. Jungkook rolls his hips slower, grinding on
his cock as his focus shifts from riding him to kissing him instead.

And Taehyung doesn’t mind at all. He kisses Jungkook with all of him. Moving his lips as he lays
Jungkook on the bed again, still buried deep inside him. He kisses Jungkook to his heart's content.

Jungkook wraps both of his arms around Taehyung’s neck as they kiss while Taehyung thrusts
inside him gently.

They don’t part away even when they are out of breath. Their faces turn red but it feels like they’ll
lose each other once the connection is gone.

But that won’t happen. They know it when they pull away and stare into each other’s eyes.

Their moans mingling together with the hot breath that they let out. Their bodies joined and
Jungkook feels each drag of Taehyung’s cock inside his walls and heat starts to rise again.

“I want to cum,” Jungkook breathes.

Taehyung nods as he leans down to kiss his eyes, his nose and then his lips again, “Just a little
more, yeah? Let’s cum together.”

Jungkook nods too, licking Taehyung’s lips to pull him in for a kiss as Taehyung’s thrusts become
faster and harder.

“Yeah- ahh right there, aahh.” Jungkook’s moans become messier and breathless.

Taehyung himself can’t hold back the noises as he grunts and groans, muffles his moans by kissing
him instead. It’s embarrassing to make such lewd sounds. He never does it. But Jungkook brings
out the most unexpected side of him.

Jungkook holds so much power over him. And Taehyung is always ready to submit to it.

After a minute or so, Taehyung cums, filling him up to the brim.

He doesn’t pull right away, he stays like that with the mess between their chests made by
Jungkook’s cum and they kiss lazily.

They keep kissing when Taehyung pulls out, his cum dribbles out of Jungkook’s hole, making it
look so obscene but they keep kissing.

They kiss until both of their jittery feelings from the aftershock of the orgasm wears out.

They keep kissing even after that.

“I’m thirsty.” Jungkook mutters when they pull away for a brief moment.

“I’ll go fetch some water.” Taehyung says as he gets up from the bed.

Jungkook can’t help but giggle seeing the sight of Kim Taehyung, walking around his house butt
naked to fetch him water.

It’s so stupid but it makes his chest feel warm.

Taehyung comes back with a bottle of water and Jungkook reaches forward to take it. But
Taehyung doesn’t give it to him.

Instead, he opens the bottle and starts drinking it himself.

“What the? Hey, I’m the thirsty o- mph” Jungkook doesn’t get the chance to complain as
Taehyung grabs his cheeks and feeds him the water with his mouth.

Half the water dribbles down his chin, half of it runs down his throat, but Jungkook never felt more
content than this.

Taehyung pulls away and does the same thing again.

Jungkook is hazy by the time he’s done drinking the water and Taehyung falls down on his
shoulder with a big sigh.

“I think I’m gonna be addicted to kissing you.” he says, his breath fanning over Jungkook’s skin.
“All I can ever think of is your lips on mine.”

Embarrassment takes over Jungkook so quickly as if both of their cum isn’t just dried over his
stomach, “Shut up.” he states.

Taehyung snorts, pulling away to look at Jungkook, “Let me kiss.”

Jungkook wants to punch him in the face, “No.”

“Please,” Taehyung has the audacity to pout.

“You are so annoying.”

“Shut me up then.”

And Jungkook doesn’t know anything better than to shut him up by grabbing his cheeks and
smacking their lips together.
 _____________________________

The hectic exams finally got over.

Everyone finally got a chance to gather together after so long that they didn’t wanna let this
opportunity go.

So currently, they are all trashing Yoongi’s place because they just like to get on his nerves.

“Why are you bastards here out of all places? I just wanted to sleep in peace after the exhausting
month!” Yoongi grumbles. But no one pays him any attention so he just snuggles on Jimin a bit
more with a pout on his face.

“Hey guys, what should we do over break?” Hoseok asks, he already finished a pack of chips and
is going for another one. He has had a stupid streak of healthy diet for too long that now he needs
to eat unhealthy to balance it out.

“Winter is here, I heard it’ll snow a lot this year.” Jin says as he reaches for a bite from Hoseok’s
packet of chips. “How about we go skiing?” he says, munching on the chips.

“That would be so nice!” Jimin cheers right away, “It’s been so long since we all went on a trip!”

“Why are you so excited about semester break when you are about to fail your class?” Namjoon
teases Jimin. A shit eating grin on his face that says that he knows he'll get under his skin and be
satisfied with it.

“Eehh! I’m not gonna!” Jimin snaps back at him, with his short fingers pointing at Namjoon’s face.

So Namjoon decides to push him a little more, “All you did this semester was partying all night
and fucking around with Yoongi. When the fuck did you study?”

Truth to be told, they all like to party. That’s how most of them became acquainted with each other
in the first place and now they are one big group of friends forever.

“How the fuck do you know what we did?” Yoongi protests, ready to throw hands at him but is
held back by Jimin.

“It’s not rocket science, we can see everything.” Hoseok joins Namjoon in teasing the couple.

Jimin snickers, “Nah, we did study in our own way. Didn’t we babe?”

Yoongi presses a kiss on Jimin’s cheek as he nods, “Of course we did.”

Both Namjoon and Hoseok start gagging seeing them and Jin just enjoying the free entertainment
in front of him.

Amongst all this chaos, Jungkook is sitting at a corner, smiling softly at the silly jokes.

And sitting across from him, Taehyung hasn’t even blinked since he saw Jungkook smiling like
that.

He tries to remember when was the last time he saw Jungkook smiling like that. So serene and
beautiful.
And it makes a tint appear on Taehyung’s cheeks because he feels like such a simp.

There has been a 180 degree turn of events in his life since he realized his feelings for Jungkook
and now everything Jungkook does seems precious to him. It’s super corny but it feels good.

“Jungkookie, what do you say? Should we go on a week-long vacation?” Hoseok asks, it brings
Taehyung back to reality as well as he clears his throat and looks away from Jungkook.

“Yeah it would be fun. But I was thinking of something else to do for myself this break.” Jungkook
says, grabbing Taehyung’s attention back on him again.

“Hmm? What are you gonna do?” Hoseok asks in curiosity.

“I’m gonna get a part time job.”

Taehyung’s ears perk up at that and his eyes go wide.

“Woah really?” Jimin says, “Are you in a tight spot financially or something? Is your scholarship
gonna slip after this semester?” He sounds worried.

Jungkook quickly shakes his head, “Uh not that’s not the case and I really hope my scholarship
stays.” he says with a scoff, “I feel like I've been wasting too much time around. You all got part
time jobs except me so I wanna have some experience too.”

“You didn’t get a part time job because your major is too demanding. Don’t pressure yourself.”
Yoongi tells him.

“Yeah you are right but since it’s break, I thought it might be a good idea.” Jungkook pauses after
he says that and looks at Taehyung who looks at him with confused eyes when he doesn’t say
anything for a moment.

Then he opens his mouth, “uh what do you think kim?”

Everyone in the room goes silent and their eyes blow out of their sockets. Except Jimin who holds
a normal expression as usual.

“D-did Jungkook just ask for Taehyung’s opinion?” Hoseok whispers into Namjoon’s ear.

“I have no idea.” Namjoon replies, his mouth hanging open. Jimin can’t hold back his snickers
seeing their reactions.

Jungkook is fuming from the ears.

Taehyung smirks, “I think you’ll do great, Jeon. If you want I’ll help you out finding a job.”

Jungkook smirks back at him, “Ugh no thanks. I can do it myself.”

After that they don't say anything much and the rest think maybe they were trying to pick a fight or
something. Thankfully, they don’t question it.

“I’ll be right back.” Jungkook suddenly says as he gets up and walks towards the bathroom
upstairs.

Taehyung’s eyes follow him until he disappears out of sight and after some time passes, he also
excuses himself to go to the bathroom.
There he finds Jungkook washing his hands and walks closer to him without making any noise.

“Are you serious about getting a job?” Taehyung says and Jungkook almost jumps from where he
was standing.

“Jesus Christ, Taehyung! You scared me!” Jungkook snaps, taking long deep breaths to calm
himself down as Taehyung snorts. “And yeah, I’m sure about it. Otherwise I’d be lazing around.”

Taehyung leans against the door, shoving his hands in his pockets as he fidgets for a moment,
“Um- when you said you were wasting time around, you-” he pauses, “You didn’t mean with me
right? Am I causing you trouble?”

Jungkook wipes his hands and turns around with a shocked face, seeing Taehyung’s head bowed
down, “What? No no! That’s not it!” he hurriedly says.

Taehyung slowly looks up at him and when he sees that troubled expression on Jungkook’s face
because of what he said, it kind of brings satisfaction to him. Call him the worst but it is what it is.

“In fact,” Jungkook continues, turning redder, “I feel antsy if I don’t get to spend time with you.”

It took Jungkook a lot to say those words. And the feeling can’t be described in words. It’s always
Taehyung who has been bold and telling his feelings but he knows Jungkook struggles to express
his emotions.

So these words hit Taehyung like a truck.

“You mean it?” he asks, wanting some reassurance for the first time.

Jungkook looks him in the eye, “I do.”

Warmth.

This feeling can be described as nothing but warmth. And it’s alarming how fast this feeling is
growing in both of them. It should be scary. It should make them afraid.

But it doesn’t. It feels right.

For the first time in forever, Jungkook feels that nothing will go wrong if he lets himself feel like
this. If he lets the door open. If he lets his wings fly.

He feels like he won’t get burned by embracing the sun. He will bask in the warmth instead.

For the first time in forever, Taehyung feels the fading light has started to glow again. Nothing will
be dark anymore.

They don’t realize when they got this closer until their breaths start to fan against each other.

Their gazes fall on each other's lips.

“Yeah yeah stop it now love birds, not in my boyfriend’s house if you don’t wanna get caught by
the others before you announce it yourself.”

And this time they do actually jump.

Jimin bursts out laughing seeing the flustered duo and Taehyung doesn’t even spare him a glance
before he hurries away.
“So sneaky, can’t even stay away for a couple of minutes.” Jimin teases Jungkook.

“Shut up.” Jungkook turns around, internally screaming and cursing at himself.

“Let’s go babe, they are looking for you.” Jimin says through his laughing and throws his hand
around his shoulder to drag him out of the bathroom and go downstairs.

“Hey, why did you take so much time? We’ve been waiting for you to start drinking.” Hoseok
chimes as soon as Jungkook and Jimin come back to the living room.

This time, Jimin pushes Jungkook to change his seat so that he ends up sitting beside Taehyung
who takes a note in his mind to treat Jimin later on.

***

The photo exhibition was postponed because of some management issues but the day has finally
come.

At first, Jungkook was so reluctant to join because he was super shy, he still is but Taehyung
managed to persuade him to come.

Still, Jungkook is feeling like going back home.

There’s a lot of people present here at the auditorium where the exhibition is being held. The
premises is decorated with bright lighting to display the pictures taken by the students of the
photography department and a lot of people are here to watch it.

At first, Jungkook didn’t wanna come because the rest of their friend group might show up and he
has no idea how he will explain it to them.

But Taehyung took care of that as well and he told them straight away that his subject was
Jungkook.

Of course Jungkook got so mad at him for this, but later on when they didn’t really dig deep into it,
he relaxed.

Jungkook finds his pictures displayed in a corner. It’s a large, framed photo of him taken by the
Han river.

Taehyung never showed him the pictures before, telling him to wait for the day and Jungkook
can’t believe the picture is actually of him. He can’t recognize himself. He starts to think just how
much editing Taehyung might have done to make it look like that.

There’s also a photobook on the stand which contains the b-cuts. There’s so many people in front
of this section and they are flipping through the pages of the photobook, admiring every single one
and expressing their thoughts on it.

”Wow this one is so nice.”

”Isn’t this Jungkook from the microbio dep? He’s really pretty”
”Taehyung’s photography skills are no joke”

Jungkook hears the comments of all the people and he flushes. He has no idea how the hell he
agreed to do this and now he’s flustered like this. Thank god he wore a mask today so people can’t
recognize him.

But the one who is to recognize him, will recognize him no matter how he’s dressed.

Jungkook yelps when he suddenly gets yanked and dragged out of the auditorium to the outside of
the building and caged against the wall with a pair of strong arms.

“Hello there celebrity, can I get some attention too?”

He only calms down when he hears that familiar voice.

“What celebrity? Shut up, you’re embarrassing me.” Jungkook says, not trying to push Taehyung
away who slips his finger under his mask and drags it down so that he can see his face properly.

“Am I wrong? Everyone is swooning over you today. You are the center of attention. I’m kinda
jealous.” Taehyung says with pursed lips.

Jungkook lets out a chuckle, “that’s because you edited the pictures so much.”

At this, Taehyung raises an eyebrow at him, “What? I didn’t need to do touch ups at all. Just some
exposure and contrast.”

Jungkook stares at him, “Are you telling me that I look like that ?”

“Didn’t I tell you before that you are so beautiful?”

This. This is the one thing Jungkook will never get used to no matter how many times Taehyung
does it.

So he flushes, “Shut up.”

“Everyone liked you though.” Taehyung tells him. The distance between them is so small but it’s
okay because no one is around here.

“It feels uncomfortable.” Jungkook says earnestly.

“Really?”

“But I guess- it feels kinda nice too.” he admits, his ears and neck blushing so red.

The corners of Taehyung’s lips lift upwards, “As you should, you’re so pretty it can’t be helped but
get swooned over.”

It makes Jungkook chuckle, “You are so corny.”

“I am just telling the truth!” Taehyung says with a gasp.

“Yeah yeah, you-”

“Showing off your boy toy to everyone, huh Kim Taehyung?”

Jungkook stops in the middle of the sentence as he hears the voice and shivers run down his spine.
He looks over Taehyung’s shoulders as Taehyung turns around to see Jaehyun standing there with a
nasty expression on his face.

“What did you say?” Taehyung says, his voice suddenly stone cold and his teeth gritting together.

Jaehyung scoffs, not paying attention to Taehyung as he looks over him to look at Jungkook,
“Jungkook, I thought you’d have a little bit of shame left after our last conversation.”

’They talked? When?’ Taehyung thinks in his mind and then it appears to him. The day Jungkook
came running to him crying.

“But I guess you just love whoring yourself around, don’t you?” Jaehyung keeps saying.

“What the fuck is your problem? Didn’t I tell you I have nothing more to do with you?” Jungkook
snaps back at him.

“My problem? I don’t have any problem. I just want you back. You are letting yourself get used
like this anyway so why don’t you come back to me?”

“You’re such a-”

Jaehyun falls on the ground as Jungkook gasps out loud.

Taehyung just punched him across his jaw.

“You fucking bastard! I will kill you!” Taehyung shouts, his fist in the air to hit him again.

“Taehyung! Stop!” Jungkook tries to stop him, he can see his face getting red with anger.

The punch was so strong that it takes Jaehyung a moment to gain his balance again as he stands up
and spits out blood, “Hah, you don’t know him like I do Taehyung. He was mine before you got
your hands on him.” he says, wiping the blood off his mouth with his thumb. “He’s a slut for cocks
and will never be satisfied with regular sex. Who knows how many men he’s fucking behind your
ba-”

He can’t finish his sentence as Taehyung grabs him by the collar and punches him again.

This time he doesn’t stop. He repeatedly punches him until his own knuckles get bruised.

“You fucking insecure bastard! Do you know how pathetic you sound right now?” Taehyung says,
pushing him on the ground with his hand on his neck. “You sound like an attention whore.
Someone who got a taste of it and now that it’s lost you’re begging to get it back. He broke up with
you because of your patheticness and now you’re begging to get him back by spewing shit about
him?”

Jaehyung seethes as he looks at him with bloodshot eyes.

“It’s not his fault if you couldn’t keep him satisfied with your tiny ass cock, doesn’t mean no one
else can. You see, one man is enough for him and I am that man. I can assure you.”

Jungkook doesn’t know what he should do, Taehyung yanks his hands away every time he tries to
stop him, he’s shocked and he feels clueless, “Stop, Taehyung please. People are looking. Your
hand-”

People start to gather around them so Jungkook makes Taehyung finally get off of him forcefully
but Taehyung is trembling in anger.
“Keep his name out of your filthy mouth or else you won’t have that ability to take his name
again.” Taehyung points his finger at him.

Jaehyun doesn’t dare to say anything back. People around come to him to get him up but he just
shrugs them away.

All this time, Jungkook did not even once look at him.

“Where are you going?” Taehyung tries to get his hand away from Jungkook but he only holds him
tighter. Not saying a word as they keep walking.

They only stop when they are at Jungkook’s dorm.

“Will you just let me-”

Jungkook doesn’t let him say a word as he pushes him against the door and kisses him hard.

Taehyung gasps at first. He doesn’t kiss back.

But as Jungkook’s kiss becomes deeper, it’s bound to make him melt.

Taehyung’s hands reach up and hold the side of Jungkook’s neck to kiss him back with equal
urgency.

Jungkook presses into him, their bodies flush together and they kiss each other passionately. His
hands wrap around Taehyung’s neck as Taehyung’s ones fall down to grab him by the waist as their
kiss deepens.

Eyebrows furrowed, chests rising and falling, the air around them turns thick.

“I’ll tell you everything.” Jungkook pants, pulling away from Taehyung. “I won’t hide it anymore.”

Jungkook met Jaehyun when he just got into highschool.

Back then, he was a shy, reserved kid and the only time he used to break out of his shell was when
he was with Yoongi.

Yoongi would take him to hang out, eat at restaurants or go to arcades. He would follow him like a
little kid, he admired Yoongi so much.

It was when he just became of legal age, Yoongi took him to a club for the first time.

That’s where he met Jaehyun, who initiated a conversation with him with intentions in mind.

A charming guy with good looks, Jungkook, was swayed by him like any other teenager would.
This was the first time Jungkook felt butterflies erupt in his stomach. The first time he felt the heat
rushing to his cheeks for reasons he never felt before.

And this was the time when he got blinded by the glitters that he didn’t realize that Jaehyun was
not the charming princess he thought him to be.
It wasn’t always like this. Jaehyun was actually a good guy when he persuaded Jungkook and even
after that, he was a good boyfriend.

He proceeded with everything keeping Jungkook’s comfort in mind.

And so Jungkook was even more head over heels for him. He would do anything Jaehyun asked.

That’s how he started taking control over Jungkook.

And it most affected their physical relationship.

It was clear from the start that Jungkook was the inexperienced one. So he trusted Jaehyun on this.

“You love this, don’t you? Look at you twitching in pleasure.”

“Ah d-don’t say stuff like that!”

“Why? You gotta tell me how you feel. Come on, I’d like to hear.”

“I- I feel good. So good.”

The more Jungkook became vocal about it, the more he got wrapped around Jaehyun’s fingers
because their relationship started to change.

“I don’t like this.”

“You trust me, don’t you? I didn’t even tie it too hard.”

“Jaehyung, please let’s just do it normally.”

“We should spice it up a bit don’t you think?”

Jungkook didn’t like the change. Sure, it felt good but sometimes it was too extreme for him to
handle and even if he said that he wanted to stop, Jaehyun wouldn’t listen. Telling him that if he
wants to make Jaehyun happy, he should agree.

And so Jungkook tried to get used to this. Thinking that he was saving their relationship. He
couldn’t say no whenever Jaehyun wanted to have sex. However he wanted it. Because Jaehyung
played with his mind in such a way that made him believe that if he doesn’t listen to him, he’ll get
abandoned.

And young Jungkook didn’t want to lose his first love. He was naive.

But things outside the bedroom also started to change.

“What were you doing with him so late at night?”

“What do you mean? I had to work on a group assignment.”

“You couldn’t do it in school?”

“We needed stuff to do in peace. You know how chaotic it is at school and the library closes after
4.”

“Don’t bullshit me Jungkook. If I ever find out you are screwing around with other people-”

“Are you fucking kidding me? You are accusing me of cheating?”

“If you didn’t then stop seeing him. Then I’ll believe you.”

It was stupid of Jungkook to think that will actually happen.

Yoongi would always see Jungkook being lifeless at school, bags under his eyes and sometimes
traces of him crying. Because Jungkook is bad at expressing himself, Yoongi was unable to help
him.

It went okay for a couple of days after that argument they had. Jungkook thought things started to
get back to normal.

He met his friends in private though because he didn’t wanna start another fight over stupid
reasons.

But things really never went how he wanted it.

Jaehyun got to know that he went to one of his friend’s house.

That was the worst day of Jungkook’s life.

“You fucking whore! This is what you are doing behind my back huh? Just how much of a cockslut
have you become?”

“Jaehyun! Watch your fucking mouth!”

“Ah- now you’re talking back to me after spending time with another man? Was he good? Did he
fuck you better than me?”

“I can’t believe you’re talking to me like this. What has happened to you Jae? Why are you
behaving like this?”

“You tell me that. Didn’t I give you enough? If you’re not satisfied with it tell me, I’ll bring my
friends ove-”

Jungkook hit him.

He slapped him across the face when he couldn’t take it anymore.

And it was also the first time Jaehyun hit him too.

“I’ll give you what you want.”

“Fuck- let go off me!”

“I’ll make sure you’ll realize who you belong to.”

“Are you gonna force me right now?”

“Aren’t we in a relationship? How is this forcing then?”

“Fuck you! Don’t touch me! You really have lost your mind! I said let go of me!!”

“Fuck. Shit- I’m sorry.”

“Don’t you dare! Don’t follow me!”

Jungkook walked out of the room and didn’t come home that night. His tears were uncontrollable
and couldn’t breathe.

This wasn’t the Jaehyun he fell in love with.

And he started to realize what he and Jaehyun had all this time wasn’t love.

Jaehyun was simply controlling him like a doll.

But Jungkook had had enough. He had been hurt enough and even though it tore him apart, he
broke up with Jaehyun.

Jaehyun obviously didn’t take it well. He tried to contact and blackmail him anyway possible, to
make him get back to him. But Jungkook didn’t let himself be swayed anymore.

It made him miserable.

Because it might sound childish, being so hung up on a break up, but it left a deep wound in
Jungkook. It made him fear relationships and giving his heart to anyone else.

Yoongi blamed himself a lot for this. Still does. Because he thinks if he didn’t take Jungkook to the
club that, if Jungkook never met Jaehyun in the first place, maybe he wouldn’t be so miserable for
so many years.

After breaking up with Jaehyun, Jungkook changed a lot.

He slept around a lot but whenever people tried to get something more, he would shut them up
right away. He never let his feelings take the best of him since then.

And the fear of getting treated like that prevented him from truly finding the happiness he deserves.

Jungkook carefully puts the ointment on Taehyung’s knuckles where the bruises are. And then he
puts on the bandage around his hand.

The whole time, as he explained his past and talked about his trauma, Taehyung said nothing.

The whole time Jungkook didn’t make eye contact with him. Too afraid to see what kind of
 expression he might be holding. Too afraid to get pitied over something like this which is trivial to
most of the people.

He can feel Taehyung’s eyes on him. His intense gaze boring holes into him but he refuses to look
up.

Just for the moment.

So that he can catch up his breath.

The wrapped up hand appears before his eyes as Taehyung reaches to slowly hold Jungkook’s. It
doesn’t startle him.

“Jungkook,” Taehyung calls. First time uttering a word since they came to Jungkook’s dorm.

Jungkook still doesn’t look up at him but he makes a sound to acknowledge him.

“Let’s not be sex partners anymore. Let’s put an end to this arrangement.”

The shiver that runs down Jungkook’s spine is scarier than anything he ever felt as he looks up at
Taehyung with frightened eyes, “W-what are you saying? Why would you say that?” his voice
breaks, his fingers start to tremble. “D-did I do something wrong? I shouldn’t have told you all
tha-”

Taehyung sighs heavily, grasping his hand tighter, “Listen to me, Jungkook.” he says, his voice
rather calm and deep.

“Please, what are you saying Taehyung? Why?”

Taehyung uses his other hand to hold Jungkook’s cheek, rubbing his thumb over it to calm him
down, “I don’t think this is good for any of us at this point. Just being sex partners.”

Jungkook hiccups, trying to understand him, “T-then what? What do you want?”

Taehyung takes a deep breath. His own hands are trembling.

He’s waited enough. He doesn’t need to wait for anything anymore.

And so he says it.

“Go on a date with me, Jungkook.”

Chapter End Notes

WELL! THAT HAPPENED!

SEE YOU IN NEXT CHAPTER!

PLEASE DON'T FORGET TO LEAVE KUDOS AND COMMENT TO KEEP ME

MOTIVATED!
 6
Chapter Summary

“You are taking me to experience everything brand new, what is your ulterior
motive?”

“To make you happy.”

Chapter Notes

I'm back with a new chapter!! I know it's been so long but I was busy T___T and will
get busy again after this chapter! But anyways! COLOSSAL COCK IS BACK!

First of all, THANK YOU SO MUCH FOR 32K HITS! It's so overwhelming to see
that my baby reached so far in such a short amount of time. I'm really thankful to all of
you supporting me all along.

I hope you enjoy this chapter just as much as I enjoyed writing it.

Happy reading!!

See the end of the chapter for more notes

“Why the fuck I don’t have anything to wear!”

Jungkook screams and throws away the 15th shirt he tried on and took off and sits down on the
edge of his bed with his head in hand.

That’s right, he is currently going crazy over the fact that he has nothing decent to wear to this
particular occasion.

A date.

Jeon Jungkook is going on a date, for the first time in years.

And he has nothing to wear.

“Go on a date with me, Jungkook.”

The words ring in Jungkook’s ear as he stares at Taehyung’s face. His heart is beating so fast
inside his ribcage that it might burst any time and he’s sure it will happen.

“What?” He blurts out.

“Yes, you heard me.” Taehyung says, his head hangs low as he averts gaze from Jungkook but
squeezes his hands tight, “It’s impossible for me to keep pretending that all I want from you is your
body. I know you know this as well.”

Jungkook stiffens. The words start creating a storm inside his head and stop making sense at one
point but at the same time it does. “This is so sudden.” he says, but somehow it doesn’t make him
feel overwhelmed to the point he thought he would just get up and run away. It’s overwhelming but
grounding at the same time too.

“I am sorry that I am so impatient,” Taehyung says, he still doesn’t make any eye contact. His
knuckles throbs where they are all bandaged up as well as his heart which can’t be bandaged. “I
could have done this in a better place, at a better time in a more romantic wa-”

Jungkook chokes.

He starts coughing and choking on his own spit at Taehyung’s words which make the latter stop in
the middle of his sentence and look at Jungkook with an unimpressed gaze. “R-romantic what?”

“I will not ask someone out I don’t have romantic feelings for, Jungkook.” Taehyung says with a
straight face.

“Shut up, you’re full of shit.” Jungkook spats immediately. His ears growing hot with each passing
moment.

Taehyung lets out a deep sigh and tugs at Jungkook’s hands, making him lock eyes, “I know it’s
too sudden and I know it’s tough for you to take this but- you said you’ll trust me, didn’t you? This
is me trying to keep your trust. Won’t you give me a chance?”

Jungkook looks full of doubts. Uncertainty radiating off of his face he avoids Taehyung’s gaze and
Taehyung understands his hesitancy.

“It’s okay to have your doubts”, Taehyung continues saying, “ I know it’s scary to let yourself
open up after whatever happened. But let me show you that I’m nothing like him.”

Jungkook shakes his head, “I never said you’re anything like him. If you were, we wouldn’t be in
this position right now.”

Taehyung smiles softly, a sigh of relief lets out of his mouth as he looks at Jungkook through his
droopy eyes and thick lashes, “Then go out with me.” he says, tone full of hope and pleading.

And then he averts his gaze once again, “I’m not asking you to make it official and call me your
boyfriend right away.”

Jungkook chokes again. Harder this time and smacks Taehyung right on the stomach but it doesn’t
have any force in it, “W-would you stop with that boyfriend bullshit? This sounds like you’re
confessing to me.”

Taehyung shrugs, holding his hands back again even though Jungkook tries to yank it away but
fails, “Would it be too much of a shock if I do it? I’m sure you’ve noticed it coming. So I might as
well just say-”

He doesn’t get to say it. Jungkook covers his mouth before he can finish his sentence and looks
down, “Don’t. I don’t- I don’t know if I’m ready to hear something like that right now.”

Gently, Taehyung pries his hands away and kisses his palms, making a gasp let out of his mouth, “I
don’t wanna say it right now either. To be honest, I am still going there and haven’t reached that
point yet. But I want to. And I wanna do that with you.”

Taehyung then grabs Jungkook’s cheeks and makes him look his way, “And I wanna do it the
proper way this time. I wanna show you how much I cherish you and how much I want you. So
please, all I ask for is a chance.”

Jungkook’s heart keeps beating like crazy inside his ribcage. The hesitancy slowly fading out and
little by little the courage keeps growing.

So Jungkook looks at Taehyung with his warm, big doe eyes, which glistens under the low light of
his small dorm as he says, “Okay. I will go on a date with you.”

Instantly, Taehyung’s entire existence lightens up as he practically beams with happiness,

“Really?” he says, voice unnecessarily excited.

“Stop annoying me before I change my mind.” Jungkook says with a stern voice.

Taehyung can’t help but giggle at that, “No no, you can’t take that back. We gotta seal the deal
now.”

Jungkook raises an eyebrow at him, “Huh? You want me to give you a written agreement or wha-”

Taehyung only smiles softly as he grabs Jungkook’s cheeks and pulls him in for a chaste kiss on his
lips. Jungkook only gets to gasp at the sudden movement for a second before he melts in his touch.
Like he always does. He will always be weak under Taehyung’s careful touch and soft caresses.

Deep down, Jungkook knows that this time he isn’t making a wrong decision.

So he wraps his arms around Taehyung’s neck and kisses him to his heart's content.

It makes Taehyung smile in between the kiss, his heart full as well.

“Now we’ve sealed it.” Taehyung whispers against his lips.

“Idiot.” Jungkook mutters, flushed like a tomato.

It’s been 3 days since that happened.

And it’s the 13th time Jungkook got lost in his thoughts thinking about the whole situation because
now that it’s over, it doesn’t feel real to him.

“What the fuck did I do!” Jungkook screams, burying his face in his pillow because it’s flushing so
hard and embarrassment is creeping up his veins.

The biggest problem, however, is not that.

The biggest problem is he has nothing to wear!

Jungkook has had his fair share of one night stands and getting asked out by them. But he always
shut them up and never saw their faces again, let alone going out with them.
He knew he was already breaking his own rules when he agreed to the whole sex partners
agreement. He didn’t know back then that he would fall in this deep.

So he didn’t need to care about what the fuck he should be wearing to a date.

And now it’s making each and every vein in his body pop up because Taehyung said he will come
to pick him up at 4 which is in 2 hours and he isn’t ready yet.

Almost all of his clothes from his closet are scattered around on the floor.

How he wishes he could just call up Jimin at the moment because he is the best when it comes to
dressing up but he knows he will get teased to the bones about this and he doesn’t have time right
now for this.

“Okay, take a deep breath Jungkook.” Jungkook tells himself as he gets up and sits on the edge of
the bed.

Then he looks around and picks up the clothes that catch his eyes at the first glance and just puts
them on in God's name.

Going on a date with Taehyung feels like something from a fantasy but also real. Because
Taehyung has made everything so real to him.

So he stops worrying about things like this and tries to calm himself down before Taehyung
arrives.

Tae: Come down, I’m here

A heart emoji? A fucking heart emoji???

Jungkook almost dropped the phone from his hand when the vibration went off as the message
came.

This is bad. This is too bad for Jungkook because he is already super nervous about this date and
Taehyung’s little ministrations aren’t helping at all.

Can’t he just go back to being an asshole? That’s much easier to handle.

For a moment, Jungkook ponders if he should change his contact name back to ‘asshole’ or not.

Jungkook doesn’t stall anymore and just takes a deep breath before he grabs his bag and heads out.

The moment Jungkook’s eyes fall on Taehyung, his breath gets knocked out of his lungs.

Taehyung looks….straight out of a dream.

He’s wearing a simple cream beige colored button down shirt. The top two buttons are kept undone
and the sleeves are folded up to his elbows, showing off his arms. The shirt is tucked neatly in his
brown matching pants that hug his waist so perfectly.

Taehyung has particularly put effort on styling himself because the waviness in his hair is gone and
it looks sleek, perfectly styled and sprawled over his forehead. He has not much accessories on but
the watch and a minimal gold chain around his neck completes his looks, making him look so
elegant.

And Jungkook forgets to blink for the time being.

He also considers running back to his dorm and changing his outfit because now that he has seen
Taehyung, he feels like he barely put any effort himself.

But that’s just his insecurity messing with him because Taehyung is already a goner for him.

Jungkook is wearing a black t-shirt paired with a pair of baggy jeans. He’s wearing his favorite
black combat boots, the end of the jeans are tucked inside them.

He also has a full-sleeve flannel shirt thrown over his shoulder, the color matches with his light
blue jeans.

What makes Taehyung want to melt on the spot is that Jungkook has his hair in a ponytail.

Taehyung has seen him in a ponytail a handful of times. Jungkook mostly keeps his hair open. And
then he remembers that one time when he told him that he looks good with his hair tied.

A giddy feeling takes over Taehyung at the thought that maybe Jungkook did this for him.

He will let himself be delusional for this once even if it’s not true by the way.

“Hey,” Taehyung greets him, extending his hand like a gentleman.

Jungkook confusedly looks at his hand before he reaches forward and lets him take a hold of his
hand, “Hey.” he says.

Taehyung smiles at him softly, bringing his hand up to kiss his knuckle.

“I am not a princess.” Jungkook off handedly says, but his ears turn red anyway.

“Mhmm would you hate a princess treatment?” Taehyung raises an eyebrow at him.

“I don’t know, it’s so corny.” Jungkook mumbles.

Taehyung is so sure Jungkook will tell him to eat shit if he tells him that he looks beautiful right
now so he skips that for the time being.

But proceeds to do something that’s even more corny.

“I don’t know if you’d hate this but- I didn’t wanna go for roses and peonies seemed too much. But
when I looked at these, they reminded me of you so-”

Taehyung is flushing so hard as he says those words and Jungkook stares at him without blinking
when he gets handed over a beautiful bouquet of daisies.

“Taehyung…” Jungkook breaths out, his fingertips trembling slightly as he takes the bouquet in
hand, “You’re so…”

“You don’t like it?” Taehyung asks, anxious.

“That’s not it.” Jungkook says, a tiny smile appearing at the corner of his lips, “I feel like a
teenager, getting flowers on dates.”

Taehyung scoffs, “It’s called being classy, okay?”

Jungkook can’t help but let out a snort, “Okay Mr classy, where are we going?”

Taehyung opens the door for him to get inside the car as he himself takes the driver’s seat, “I know
this is a little out of place for a date but I wanted to take you to somewhere I've been wanting to
visit too for a while now.” he says, buckling his seat belts.

Jungkook fastens his seat belts too, “Are you afraid I won’t be impressed?” he smirks.

Taehyung nods his head right away as he starts the engine, “Of course. I want this day to be perfect
but I also fear I’ll mess it up on the first spot.”

It’s cute to be honest. Seeing Taehyung trying his best, doing everything bookwise as if he has to
maintain a rule to make it perfect- Jungkook finds it really cute.

And this tells him that whatever they do today, it’s going to be perfect.

“Just how many things have you planned?” Jungkook asks him.

“Not much. But whatever it is, I want you to enjoy it.”

Jungkook sits back comfortably on his seat, looking out of the window as Taehyung starts driving,
“I am looking forward to it.”

Taehyung smiles looking at the road.

Yeah, it’s gonna be good.

With some courage, Taehyung reaches towards him and holds Jungkook’s hand, intertwining their
fingers as he drives with one hand.

Jungkook gasps the moment their hands touch and he looks at him with wide eyes.

“This should be allowed, right? We are on a date after all.” Taehyung asks him, gently stroking his
knuckles with his thumb.

Jungkook tries to figure out a way to keep his heart at bay for the day as he mutters, “Whatever, do
what you want,” and looks outside the window once again.

Their hands stay intertwined.

They drive for about 30 minutes before they reach their destination. Taehyung gets out of the car
first and hurriedly walks to the other side to open the door for Jungkook.

“Are you seriously going to be like this the whole day?” Jungkook asks him, resisting himself from
rolling his eyes when Taehyung extends his hand too.

There’s a stupid smile on Taehyung’s face as he holds Jungkook’s hand and after he’s out of the
car, he shuts the door close, “I told you, you’re gonna get princess treatment for the day.”
No, Jungkook doesn’t hate it. But it makes him feel shy and embarrassed. Although, anything
Taehyung does will make him feel shy so he can’t really complain about it.

“Ahem, so- where are we right now?” Jungkook asks, trying to change the subject. He looks
around the place and doesn’t really understand what they are doing here.

There’s a shop named ’Artistica’ in front of him which looks so nice from the outside.

“It’s my friend’s pottery studio.” Taehyung says and Jungkook’s eyes widen right away, “Oh there
he is. Hey, Seojoon hyung!”

A tall, handsome looking man walks towards them with a big smile on his face, “Taehyung-ah,
long time no see. How are you?”

Taehyung returns his friendly smile, “I am good, hyung. It’s nice to see you again.” He says and
then turns toward Jungkook, “This is Jungkook.”

It’s just that- Jungkook has a weak spot for tall, handsome men. And Taehyung is only learning
that now as he watches him staring at Seojoon with his mouth hanging open.

Taehyung practically forces himself to not roll his eyes as he nudges Jungkook’s elbow to bring
him back to earth.

“O-oh, hello.” Jungkook says with a bow. He feels flustered all of a sudden.

Seojoon bows too, “Oh, is this your boyfriend you told me you’ll bring?”

Jungkook feels a thunder strike him right over his head as he glares at Taehyung with daggers in
his eyes. Just what the fuck is this son of a bitch has been telling people?

Taehyung though, seems completely unbothered as he subtly scratches the back of his neck,
“Ahaha, hyung, not yet.” he says, biting his tongue.

Jungkook doesn’t even try to be subtle when he pinches Taehyung from behind, all while keeping
a big smile on his face even though his vein is popping out of his forehead.

Seojoon of course catches it all on and hides his smile behind his hand, “No need to be shy in front
of me. Taehyung told me that you’ll be coming here today and trying to do pottery. Come inside.”
he says and walks back inside as Taehyung and Jungkook follow him behind.

“We are doing pottery?” Jungkook asks Taehyung, amused.

“Yeah, I never tried it before but I think it will be fun. It’s fascinating, isn’t it?” Taehyung tells
him.

His hand itches to reach for Jungkook’s but he knows Jungkook will be embarrassed in front of
Seojoon so he refrains himself.

But he notices the sudden gloom on Jungkook’s face and for a moment his heart cracks because he
thinks he messed up.

“Taehyung, you should have told me before! What if we mess our clothes?” Jungkook whines,
sounding absolutely serious about ruining their date outfits.

Taehyung wants to kiss him. “Don’t worry about that. We are gonna change before we do that.” he
tells him.
Jungkook is beyond surprised seeing how much thought Taehyung actually put into this because
he actually brought clothes for them to change into for this.

And he went corny with this too.

“You did this on purpose, didn’t you?” Jungkook asks as he looks at his top and then Taehyung’s.

“What? It’s the only thing I had.” A shameless lie.

They both are wearing black sleeveless tank tops, as if they are matching clothes. Even though
Taehyung denies it, it’s clear the way he sheepishly smiles that he wanted them to wear matching
clothes for this.

Jungkook rolls his eyes and takes the apron that Taehyung hands him to wear over the top. “You
can just admit that you wanted to see my muscles, you know? I wouldn’t have judged.”

It’s immediate the way Taehyung’s ears turn red because he thought Jungkook didn’t notice it but
he did- the way he was staring at Jungkook’s biceps. It’s so obvious.

“I- I don’t know what you’re talking about.” he denies.

This is what Jungkook has proper confidence to handle. With a smirk, he walks near him and
bumps their bare arm, “Do you wanna touch it?”

It’s so funny and cute seeing how Taehyung gets all flustered when Jungkook messes with him
exactly the way he messes with Jungkook. It’s like getting a taste of your own medicine.

Taehyung doesn’t reply to him, instead he walks back inside the studio where Seojoon set up the
materials for them.

Jungkook thinks this is not bad. This is not bad at all as he too follows behind him.

By the time Jungkook gets it, Seojoon is gone.

Taehyung has definitely told him some shit because just after he’s finished giving them the basic
lessons on how to use the spinning wheel and how to mold the clay and all, he leaves them be and
exits the place.

And maybe it’s just his imagination but Taehyung seems to let out a sigh of relief the moment
Seojoon left.

Whatever the case is, Jungkook tries not to give that much attention and actually focus on the thing
he is doing; Trying to make a pot but this stupid fucking clay just won’t listen to him at all.

Beside him, Taehyung is already making so much progress.

“Ugh, why are you so good at everything you do? I hate you!” Jungkook whines, glaring at
Taehyung’s piece of art.

Taehyung can’t help but chuckle, “You are doing good too.”

Jungkook snorts, a sarcastic laugh leaves his mouth, “Yeah yeah you don’t need to coax me for
this. I am too bad at this.” he says.

“But you listened to Seojoon hyung good, didn’t you? You seemed really attentive to him though.”

Wait- why does it sound so-

“The way you were staring at him unblinking while he showed how it’s done-” Taehyung
continues saying and it confirms Jungkook’s suspicion.

“Were you jealous I was looking at someone else?” Jungkook asks him, raising an eyebrow. Even
though he knows Taehyung will deny it.

“What? Jealous? Me? Pfft as if.” Taehyung says, shaking his head.

“Okay then, I just wanted to confirm.” Jungkook tells him, a sheepish smile on his face as he goes
back to work. But unfortunately his pot isn’t taking shape. His grunts of frustration only increase
with each passing minute.

For a moment, Taehyung doesn’t say anything.

He only focuses on his own work. But he can’t really be stubborn as his eyes naturally fall on
Jungkook and see how he’s struggling.

With a sigh, he turns towards him, “Come on, I’ll show you how it’s done.” he tells him.

Jungkook stares at him with a glint in his eyes as he steps back.

They don’t say anything as Taehyung places a lower seat in front of him and makes Jungkook sit
on it as he sits behind him.

Jungkook’s heart jumps up to his throat.

“Put your foot on the pedal and press on it on my signal.” Taehyung tells him, his mouth close to
Jungkook’s ear. So when he talks, the breath hits him, sending a shiver down his spine.

And it seems so purposeful when he slides his palm along Jungkook’s arm before they rest on the
hands to guide him, “Are you ready?” he says.

“Yeah,” Jungkook says but he surprises himself when his voice comes out as a whisper.

He doesn’t see the way the corners of Taehyung’s lips quirk up, “Press on the pedal.” Taehyung
tells him, pressing his thumb over his knuckle as well as a signal.

The wheel starts to spin and Taehyung guides Jungkook’s hand around the clay to take control of
him.

And it’s stupid how Jungkook is the one feeling like losing control instead.

Jungkook really doesn’t wanna assume things but when Taehyung’s arms tighten around him, he
has a difficult time to focus. The way their fingers glide with each other’s, all muddy and slippery-
and it’s ridiculous that between all this, the clay started to take a shape that actually looks like a
pot.

Taehyung’s face is so close to his own, that if he turns his face he might touch his mouth.

And it suddenly makes his throat run dry.

“Stop the pedal.” Taehyung suddenly says, squeezing his fingers around Jungkook’s who gasps at
the sudden movement. “Dip your hand in the water and try to bend this here, to make a neck,” he
says.

Jungkook isn’t sure how much he got from that instruction because Taehyung is already holding
his hand and doing it for him.

Jungkook’s just following his lead.

And it goes like that, Taehyung leading him and Jungkook following it. The more it goes on, the
closer their bodies get.

At this point, Taehyung is practically hugging him from behind.

“How is it?” Taehyung asks him suddenly.

“Um- good.” Jungkook mumbles.

It makes Taehyung chuckle as he snuggles close to him, “I am talking about the pot, does it look
good now?”

Fucking sneaky bastard.

“I-I am also talking about the pot! What did you think huh?” Jungkook stutters, wanting to throw
the pot on his head. Even though it’s soft now.

Taehyung smirks, “Is this something near to your ideal date activities?” he asks, genuine this time.

Jungkook looks at their muddy, subconsciously intertwined fingers, “It was never in my
imagination as a date activity.”

Jungkook swears if Taehyung was a dog, his ears would droop listening to him.

“But I like this more than most other things.” he clarifies soon, suppressing his smile when he sees
Taehyung’s dog-ears perk up again. “And I wasn’t really looking at him that way, for your
information.”

“Mhmm why are you telling me this?” Taehyung asks, not really meeting his eyes.

“Just because. I don’t have any intention to look at other guys. That’s besides you.” Jungkook says,
his cheeks burning as he admits the last part.

Taehyung though, won’t admit it but he can’t really hide the satisfaction hearing him as it makes
his face glow.

Idiot.

“Ahem, so, we still aren’t done with this by the way.” Taehyung says, pointing at the pot they
made.

“What is left there to do? It looks good enough.” Jungkook says with a frown.

“No, we still have to leave our sign on it.” Taehyung tells him as he picks up a carving tool.

Jungkook stares as his heart beat starts to race again watching how Taehyung carefully curves a
little ’TJ’ on the surface of the pot with a proud smile on his face.
“Now that is perfect and done.” Taehyung says.

Jungkook turns red as a tomato. It’s just two letters- their initials, but something about those letters
together is making him feel things.

“Now it looks like our work, doesn’t it?” Taehyung asks him.

And Jungkook has to admit it, it does look like theirs now.

Jungkook can’t look Seojoon in the eye by the same they are done working in the workshop and
come out of the room to see him at the main shop.

“I’ll finish it up and when it’s ready to be used, I’ll send it to you, Taehyung-ah.” Seojoon tells
Taehyung as they get ready to leave, dressed back in their date outfit , “Thank you for coming by. I
hope you had fun.”

“I did, thank you hyung.” Taehyung says with a smile at him.

“I enjoyed it too. Thank you for teaching me.” Jungkook also politely tells him.

It’s already evening and dark outside when they come out of the shop.

“Should we go get dinner now?” Taehyung asks Jungkook as they take their seats in the car.

“Yeah, I feel hungry after all that hard work.” Jungkook huffs out. Taehyung can’t keep a smile to
himself at that and nods.

They only drive for about 10 minutes before they reach the restaurant.

Jungkook comes out of the car and looks at the restaurant, “This is a new restaurant, isn’t it? I
don’t think I ever saw it before.”

It’s a small restaurant but it looks so pretty and super cozy. The minimalist interior is already
making Jungkook like the place. He prefers cozy places to eat rather than a fancy one where you
even need to calculate it before you breathe.

“Yeah, it opened a couple of weeks ago. The food is so good here.” Taehyung tells him as they
enter the place and find an empty spot to sit down.

Jungkook sits opposite of Taehyung and takes the menu that was placed on the table and pretends
to look at it so that he won’t meet his eyes while he talks, “You are taking me to experience
everything brand new, what is your ulterior motive?”

“To make you happy.”

Taehyung says it without a beat. Without an ounce of hesitation. With a straight face so that
Jungkook has no reason to not take him seriously.

Because Taehyung really does wanna see him happy. He wants to make him happy and wants to be
a part of his happiness.

And it makes the insides of Jungkook’s stomach twist.

Jungkook fidgets with his fingers, “When you say things like that, I feel something I can’t even
express in words.”

Taehyung only considers it for a moment before he says fuck it and places his hand over
Jungkook’s-”I know have been such an asshole to you but when I say this, I am not lying. I never
wanted to see you unhappy.” he says, rubbing his thumb over his knuckles like an automatic reflex
whenever he holds his hand, “ Yeah i have teased you a bit but my intentions were never to hurt
you.”

“A bit? You call that a bit?” Jungkook snaps.

And Taehyung can’t believe he just got that from all the things he said.

“Okay fine! A lot, okay?? But you didn’t hold back either.” Taehyung’s pettiness breaks its way
out in the midst of all this anyway but none of them are actually pissed. It’s playful.

“Why the fuck would I hold back? I’ll strike back ten times harder.” Jungkook deadpans.

At this, Taehyung smirks. His hold on Jungkook’s hand tightens, “Does that apply for this too?” he
says, indicating their date.

“I feel like if I tried to do this by myself, I'd mess it up. So I’m scared.” Jungkook says, honest.

“It’s okay to be scared. I’ll be here to remind you that you have nothing to be scared of. I am not
going to let go of you once I hold your hand, I mean it.”

Jungkook glares at him, with his eyebrows furrowed and all, nose scrunched and totally in
disbelief, “How can you be so sap? This is not the Taehyung I know.”

Taehyung chuckles at his reaction, “You see, I have been hiding it all along.”

“You’re a liar. I should not believe you then.” Jungkook states.

“I may have been under a disguise,” Taehyung says, tugging his hand so that he looks at his eyes,
“But my words were never a lie. Everything I said is the truth.”

They stay silent for some time. Just staring at each other's eyes as if they are letting themselves a
moment to breathe, a moment to sink into the situation.

“Why? Why do you want to date me?” Jungkook asks him then.

“Do I need to have a reason?” Taehyung asks him back.

“I need to know it.”

It’s the one thing Jungkook never received when he was with Jaehyun. Reassurances. Words of
affirmation. The sole thing that has the power to make him feel grounded and erase his worries.

Even though Taehyung has been doing the exact thing for some time now, he still needs a proper
answer regarding this.

And Taehyung would happily tell him over and over again, “Okay, I’ll say it but you can’t laugh.”

Confused, Jungkook squints his eyes, “Why would I laugh?”

“I don’t know. I feel like you’ll laugh.” Taehyung tells him, “Though, I love seeing you laugh.”

“You’re being corny again.”

Now Taehyung seriously gets petty and retreats his hands, crossing them over his chest as he pouts,
“Nah, I’m not gonna say it. Forget it.”

Jungkook suppresses a smile behind his palm, “No no- do tell, please.”

“You’d think I’m joking whatever I say.” Taehyung pouts even harder.

“That's because I still have a hard time believing that we’re on a date, taehyung. Everything feels
unreal to me. The fact that you like m-”

Jungkook stops.

No, he can’t say it. He’s not ready to say it- or hear it.

He can’t say it when Taehyung hasn’t even said it out lou-

“I do.” Taehyung finishes his sentence off. His voice is soft and his eyes even softer as he looks at
Jungkook, “I know it’s a lot for you to handle all of a sudden and I also want to say it at the right
time but that’s the truth, I already do. I have felt like this for a while now. But I won’t say it unless
you’re ready to hear it.”

Jungkook sighs deep, “But why? Why do you-”

“You know when the sun rises and the first light removes all the darkness around, I found you just
like that. A light that felt like removing all the darkness around me.”

Oh my god.

Shit.

Jungkook thinks his heart might explode right now with how fast it’s beating.

So fucking annoying. Why does he gotta be like this?

So annoying.

And yet-

Jungkook finds himself drawn to him even more.

“I know you wanna laugh- I don’t care. That’s the best way I can explain it-” Taehyung quickly
says, he looks embarrassed and flushed.

Jungkook shakes his head, “I am not gonna laugh. I don’t have the right to disrespect your feelings,
Taehyung. So I am not gonna do it.”

Taehyung’s lips quirk up a little in a tiny smile, “Thank you.”

Jungkook can’t help but chuckle along, “You are still annoying.”

“I know, and I can’t help it because you get riled up so easily, it’s so fun.” Taehyung shamelessly
accepts, making Jungkook look furious.
“I am gonna get out of here right now.” Jungkook says, pretending that he is actually gonna get up.

Taehyung smirks as he leans back on the chair comfortably, a teasing grin on his face, “The food is
going to be served in a moment. Are you sure you don’t wanna eat chicken?”

Jungkook gasps, dramatically so, “I can’t believe you are blackmailing me with chicken.” There’s
a look of disbelief and betrayal on his face.

He looks so cute.

“I have learnt the hard way that sometimes you need to use the right weapons at the right time.”
Taehyung tells him, super serious.

Jungkook pouts, “I’ll get revenge for this, you just wait and watch Kim.” he says, leaning back
against the chair and crosses his arms over his chest.

Taehyung leans forward then, a glint in his eyes as he looks at Jungkook excitedly, “By going on
another date with me?”

“This date isn’t even over yet.” Jungkook says, shaking his head lightly.

Taehyung chuckles, “Jungkook, are you enjoying this?”

A genuine question.

“I am.” So Jungkook answers genuinely too.

The food they ordered is served after a couple more minutes and they start eating.

Taehyung’s gentlemanly aura comes out once again and Jungkook kind of wants to hide because he
feels so shy with the things he’s doing. Like, cutting up the steak in bite size pieces for him,
feeding him, taking the napkin to wipe off the grease from the corner of his mouth.

These are the things couples do all the time and yet Jungkook is feeling like burying himself in a
hole and never coming out. There’s people around them who can see but Taehyung seems to not
give two fucks as he coddles Jungkook to his heart’s content. Though, those people are not actually
giving them any attention and it’s all just in Jungkook’s head.

They finish dinner and leave the dessert for later as they get out of the restaurant after paying.

Just when Jungkook thought maybe the day is over, Taehyung turns the steering wheel to a road
that does not lead them back to their home.

It’s a wide road over a river, with lampposts surrounding both sides of it and the cityscape glittering
just right outside the window. The night air is cool and feels good with the windows rolled down.

“Are you cold?” Taehyung asks still to make sure.

“No, I'm fine. The breeze feels good. But where are we going?”

“Just- nowhere.”

Jungkook raises an eyebrow at him as he turns his head, “Are you kidnapping me, Kim?”

Taehyung breaks out a chuckle, “I should, shouldn’t I? I should keep you hostage and demand
money from Yoongi.”
Jungkook scoffs, “If you have a death wish, go for it.”

“Yoongi would really kill me, won’t he?” Taehyung says, a shiver runs down his spine at the
thought because Yoongi is really scary when it comes to Jungkook’s safety.

“Of course he’ll kill you.” Jungkook agrees, nodding his head furiously.

Taehyung giggles again, “I wonder what his reaction would be if he gets to know that I took you
out on a date.”

At this, Jungkook goes silent. Fidgeting with the hem of his shirt, he looks out of the window.

Taehyung sighs, “It’s okay, I’m not telling you to tell everyone about us. Nor that I am gonna tell
them.”

"Why? Why don’t you want it?” Jungkook suddenly says. Taking Taehyung completely aback.

“Huh? When did I say that I don’t want it?”

“You just did.”

“That’s not- do you want me to tell everyone about it?”

“This conversation feels oddly familiar.”

Ah.

Right.

It’s exactly like that time.

“No kiss on the mouth.”

“I wouldn’t have done it even if you didn’t say it.”

“You won’t kiss me?”

“The conversation ends here.”

It’s abrupt the way Taehyung steps on the break and the car stops, making Jungkook gasp out loud.
“What the hell-”

“I don’t wanna remember that conversation anymore, though.” Taehyung tells him. Jungkook
notices when Taehyung unbuckles his seatbelt and curls an eyebrow in confusion.

“Okay but why are you undo- mmph!”

Jungkook gasps once again as Taehyung grabs him by the chin and smashes their lips together in a
rough kiss.

It only takes Jungkook a moment to balance himself before he melts into the kiss and is able to kiss
him back, raising his hand to slide it behind Taehyung’s head to pull him in to kiss him deeper.

But to his disappointment, Taehyung pulls away shortly after. He smirks smugly when Jungkook
chases after his lips with hazy eyes, “Tell me honestly, you love being kissed. Don’t you?”

Jungkook snaps back to consciousness right away, cheeks flushing red as he clears his throat, “I
don’t know what you are talking about.”

“I can literally see it. You can’t hide it from me.” Taehyung states, grinning from ear to ear.

Jungkook doesn’t say anything out loud but Taehyung is so sure he’s cussing out his whole
bloodline.

“Let’s get out here and take a walk.” Taehyung says then, already getting out of the car.

Jungkook follows him after.

It’s natural when Taehyung slides his fingers between Jungkook when he comes beside him and
they walk side by side, holding hands.

“I like this a lot.” he says, not looking at him.

But Jungkook turns his head to look at him, “Like what?”

“This,” Taehyung squeezes his hand, “Being able to be with you like this.”

Jungkook turns his head away, looking ahead at the empty road surrounded by lights and trees. He
takes a deep breath, inhaling the night air before he speaks, “Me too. I like this too.”

They don’t talk much after that. The quietness of the night engulfs them in a comfortable
atmosphere as they walk hand in hand for some time before they come back to the car to drive
back.

But Jungkook is again confused, “Wait- this is not the way back home.” he says, staring out the
window.

“We aren’t going home today.”

Jungkook suddenly feels his ears getting hot. “Huh? Then where are we going?” he asks.

He sees the corners of Taehyung’s lips in a smirk, “You’ll see.”

And this is not what Jungkook was expecting to see.

“Are you kidding me?” Jungkook almost shouts but quickly lowers his voice when he feels eyes of
people around them are on them and leans closer to Taehyung’s ear, “A five star hotel?” he
whispers.

“So what?” Taehyung turns to look at him as he says.

“Are you showing off your money to me right now?” Jungkook jokingly says.

“You can pay if you want, darling.” Taehyung replies jokingly too while already paying but then
he turns serious again, “I just don’t want this day to be over yet.” he tells him.

Jungkook knew something was different since he started to feel hot inside. And the feeling just
keeps growing with each passing second.

When Taehyung gets the keys for their room, they head towards the elevator.

None of them say anything when the doors close and it just makes the air around them thicker than
it already is.
Jungkook feels like he can’t breathe.

So that’s why, when the elevator opens, he hurriedly comes out of it and inhales as much air as
possible while Taehyung opens the door to their room.

Why the fuck isn’t he saying anything? Jungkook thinks. It’s not like this is the first time they are
alone in a room or whatever.

But the situation is different- the atmosphere is definitely different than all other times they have
been together. So it’s getting even more awkward when none of them talk.

And he tries to avoid the awkwardness between them all of a sudden and pretends to look around
the room, “Wow- the view from up here is so grea-”

Jungkook’s words never get a chance to come out as Taehyung grabs him by the wrist and turns
him around before pinning both of his wrists up his head against the glass window and presses
flush against him.

Taehyung keeps both of his hands pinned with one hand while his other grabs Jungkook by the
waist and he dives in for a kiss, knocking the breath out of Jungkook’s lungs.

Jungkook knew this is how the day would end, they have done this countless times, then why- why
is he more aroused and excited than all the times before? Why is he feeling a lot more wobbly on
his knees and why is his heart beating out of control?

The more Taehyung pants in his mouth, the more furrowed Taehyung’s eyebrows get, the more
Jungkook gets aroused.

“Hah- ah Jungkook,” Taehyung pants heavily. It burns Jungkook’s ear because he can see and feel
how aroused Taehyung himself is feeling and all they are doing is just kissing. “Will you be mad if
I said I was looking forward to this part of the day all day?”

It breaks Jungkook in a chuckle as he smiles through the kiss, “What would you do if I was mad?”

Taehyung is the one who chases after his lips this time, “Mmm, I’ll have to do my best so that you
won’t be mad.”

Jungkook chuckles again, “I am not mad. I like doing this with you.” he admits, strangely enough,
it doesn’t make him shy to say it out loud.

And they start kissing again. Taehyung kisses him deeply, taking his tongue inside his mouth as he
sucks on it, drawing out a moan from him.

He kisses Jungkook while he undoes the buttons of his shirt with one hand and slips it off his
shoulder. It makes him let go of Jungkook's hand so Jungkook takes the chance to wrap them
around his bare shoulders.

“Come here,” Taehyung says while pulling away. It makes Jungkook let out a whine cause he
wants to keep kissing but Taehyung drags him away from the window and makes him sit on the
bed instead.

Jungkook sits and waits for Taehyung to join him but he doesn’t.

Instead, he stands there, staring at Jungkook with a dark gaze, his mouth slightly open.
And Jungkook can clearly see his erection bulging out of his pants.

It makes him hot.

Taehyung runs his fingers through his hair, brushing it off of his forehead and he takes deep
breaths in and out while staring at Jungkook intently.

And then, he kneels down on the ground, not breaking eye contact with him.

Jungkook gets surprised.

“Jungkook,” Taehyung calls, his voice deep and raspy.

Jungkook thought he was calling for his name to say something but he doesn’t. And only then he
realizes that he’s moaning his name out.

He gasps.

He gasps and grasps the sheet so hard when he sees that Taehyung is palming himself over his
pants, while continuously taking his name.

“Jungkook, watch me. Eyes only at me.” Taehyung says then, when he sees that Jungkook is
zoning out.

But Jungkook can’t hear, can’t breathe. He can’t feel his bones cause this is so hot and it’s melting
him on the spot.

Taehyung is touching himself while looking at him and moaning his name.

Jungkook’s throat constricts and all the hair on his body stands up when he hears the unzipping
sound of Taehyung’s pants and he has a really hard time to not look down and hold his gaze
instead.

“Haah, hah shit, Jungkook.” Taehyung takes his cock out and starts stroking it. His eyes flutter
close, the precum makes a mess out of his hand.

But the thing that is actually turning him on is Jungkook’s eyes on him.

“Do you know how much I want you?” Taehyung asks him, suddenly leaning forward as his other
hand extends to wrap it around Jungkook’s ankle.

Jungkook squeals and feels his stomach twist the moment Taehyung tugs at his foot and makes
him step on his cock.

He’s so hard, and thick. Jungkook’s body trembles as Taehyung makes his foot rub over his cock a
couple of times before he lets his hand fall beside him- indicating that Jungkook should keep doing
it.

Fuck.

This is- this is so sexy.

Taehyung kneeled in front of him, leaning back while is cock is out in the open. Jungkook’s
stroking it with it foot which brings out the most lewd moans from him.

Jungkook feels his own cock throbbing under the confinement of his pants and boxers.
“Ah faster, Jungkook- press harder.” Taehyung tells him, his hands clenched in fists beside him as
he squeezes his eyes close- his mouth open as he breaths harshly and keeps moaning as if it’s his
mission to keep Jungkook on fire.

So Jungkook presses on him harder and rubs his foot faster.

And Taehyung cums. Soaking Jungkook’s foot.

“Ahh shit, that felt good,” Taehyung says, voice hoarse as he breathes heavily. “You did so goo-
ah!”

Taehyung sometimes forgets how strong Jungkook is. Because he gasps out loud in surprise when
Jungkook grabs him by the arm to pull him up and then throws him on the bed.

“Jungkook, wait!” Taehyung struggles but Jungkook doesn’t give him a chance as he mounts him
and sits.

“I can’t wait. You go and pull that shit out of nowhere and expect me to wait without doing
anything?” Jungkook snaps, taking off his shirt and throwing it away, “You are mean.”

Taehyung chuckles. His hand extends to reach for the bedside table and opens the drawer to take
out the bottle of lube. “I didn’t mean it that way. I just wanted to take it slow.” he says, unzipping
Jungkook’s pants and sliding his hands behind to grope his asscheeks.

“Why? You think it won’t be romantic enough if you go rough with me?” Jungkook grinds on him
raw, going stiff when Taehyung squeezes his ass, making him grind down lower.

Taehyung smirks, retreating his hand to open the bottle of the lube and squeeze some on his fingers
before he slides them inside Jungkook’s behind again. Rubbing the lubed up fingers on the cheek
before he spreads them and touches the rim, drawing out a soft moan from Jungkook. “That’s what
came to my mind, not gonna lie. But I don’t think I can hold myself back anymore. You drive me
crazy.”

Jungkook slumps forward over his chest the moment Taehyung shoves a finger inside him.

“Let me see your face,” Taehyung says, “Get up, baby.”

Jungkook squirms over his chest as Taehyung fingers him open. He feels like he has no strength
left in him even though they just started. But still, he manages to sit back up, arching his back to
feel Taehyung’s long, slender fingers inside him.

“I don’t want your fingers.” he states, face flushing red as his chest heaves up and down. “Get them
away from me.”

Taehyung’s smirk turns wider as he inserts a third and a fourth finger in, making Jungkook throw
his head back at the sudden stretch, “What did I tell you? You have to tell me what you want. Say
it, and I’ll give it to you.”

Jungkook glares down at him. He leans forward and bites his collarbone harsh enough to sting, “I
want this,” he says as he grinds on Taehyung’s cock. “You turned me on so now take responsibility
for it.”

Taehyung shoves his finger in even further, massaging the prostate and completely making a mush
of Jungkook’s whole body but his mouth is fierce as ever. Never failing to not surprise Taehyung.
Especially in moments like this.
“What is this? I don’t know what you’re talking about.” Taehyung tries to push him over the edge
a little more, enjoying the way Jungkook keeps losing composure.

“Fuck,” Jungkook curses, pleasure rising rapidly inside him as he thrusts back against Taehyung’s
fingers. “Fuck me with your cock, Taehyung.”

The string of Taehyung’s patience snaps as he takes his fingers out and throws a pack of condoms
towards Jungkook with a sheepish smirk on his face as he says, “Ride me.”

Fire courses through the veins of Jungkook’s body as he gets off Taehyung to take off his pants
and boxers completely before getting on top of him again.

Taehyung chuckles when Jungkook throws away the pack of condoms and spits on his palm
instead and strokes it over Taehyung’s cock- making it a sloppy mess.

“Huh, you really do wanna go rough.” Taehyung says, licking his lips.

Slowly, Jungkook lines his cock up with his hole and sits on it.

“Oh- oh god, so good.” Jungkook moans, throwing his head back as Taehyung’s thick and long
cock fills him up slowly, going deeper and deeper.

Taehyung bites his lips hard, even after all that prepping, Jungkook is still tight. “Shit,” he curses.

Jungkook stays seated after he bottoms out, adjusting to his size and letting his lungs fill with air.
Letting Taehyung a chance to devour his unmatched beauty of how sexy he looks having a cock up
his ass as his chest heaves up and down in long deep breaths.

“A-ah! Why? Why are you getting bigger!” Jungkook suddenly gasps, leaning forward as he grabs
Taehyung’s shoulders in a tight grip. Taehyung is just getting fully erected once again after
cumming the first time.

“Not my fault, you are just too sexy.” Taehyung says, squeezing his ass cheeks. “I wanna move.”

“No,” Jungkook says, pressing his palm over Taehyung’s chest to emphasize his words, “Stay still.
I’ll move.”

So Jungkook does, raising his hips just enough so that the tip of the cock remains inside before
sitting back down.

Loud moans erupt from his throat as the cock penetrates him deep inside, stimulating every part
that sends a sensational feeling throughout his whole body.

“I- was looking forward to this too.” Jungkook suddenly says, fucking himself in a fast and hard
rhythm on Taehyung’s cock. “I enjoyed today so much- that I didn’t want it to end so quickly.” he
says while panting harshly.

Taehyung grabs his waist to guide him through the riding. He is having a hard time holding
himself back from thrusting but Jungkook would get mad so he keeps his calm. But when
Jungkook says things like this- it pushes him off the edge.

So Taehyung gets up while holding his waist, pushes him back to make him land on his back.
Taehyung then sits on his knees and thrusts his hip hard, making Jungkook’s belly bulge from the
movement as he gets fucked hard.
“Ahhhh Tae! Tae, slowly!” Jungkook screams, tears dripping from the corners of his eyes as he
starts to see stars around him.

“You provoked me. You can take this much, can’t you?” Taehyung whispers, sliding out of him
slowly before thrusting back deeper and harder, hitting his prostate right on.

Jungkook screams and sobs louder in pleasure. His fists are grabbing the sheets so hard, they leave
wrinkles, his face is a mess of tears and drool dripping from his mouth.

A heavenly sight for Taehyung’s eyes.

“Taehyung, I’m gonna cum.” Jungkook tells him, his chest and his face is flushed red and he is
trembling slightly.

“You can cum untouched. You can cum just from my cock.” Taehyung says, continuously
thrusting inside him as he keeps grunting and moaning.

“Ah right there! Yes!” Jungkook’s words lose their meaning and the unbearable pleasure hits him
hard as he cums.

His whole body shuddering as he spills over his stomach, his pupil rolling back from the sensation
as he heaves for air.

Taehyung pulls out shortly after. “Haah, Jungkook, look at me.” he says as he wraps his fingers
around his cock and strokes.

Jungkook opens his eyes to see him, Taehyung is biting his lips hard as he keeps stroking his cock
and cums hard. Spilling it all over Jungkook’s chest and neck and falls beside him.

The warm, sticky fluid makes him feel hotter and aroused even though he came just now.

“What a mess,” Taehyung says as he stares at their sweat and cum soaked body.

A low chuckle leaves Jungkook’s mouth as his hand reaches for the back of Taehyung’s neck,
“Lick it clean.” he whispers in his ear.

At this, Taehyung chuckles as well, getting on top of him again.

He holds Jungkook’s gaze for a moment, making the air between them thicker than it already is.

And then he leans down and licks a stripe on Jungkook’s neck.

He groans when the taste of cum hits his tongue and he craves to taste Jungkook’s skin instead. So
he leans down even further, pressing his tongue flat over his skin before he licks and sucks the skin
inside his mouth.

Jungkook twitches. The warmth and softness of Taehyung’s tongue melts him on the spot. His
neck bares automatically to give Taehyung as much access as he wants.

Taehyung can’t stay still. His hand roams all over Jungkook’s body, messing with the stickiness
but he doesn’t care. He keeps kissing and sucking on Jungkook’s neck while rubbing his palm all
over his body before it comes and stops over his nipple.

It’s hard and perked up. Taehyung can’t stop himself from taking it between his thumb and index
and pinch.
Jungkook twitches even more and a low moan falls out of his mouth.

“You like when I play with your nipples?” Taehyung asks him, pulling his head away to observe
his reactions as he twists and rubs the nipple between his fingers.

“Nghh shut up.” Jungkook turns his head away.

“Denying it huh? Let’s see how long you can deny it.” Taehyung says and crawls down right away
to take one of the nipples in his mouth while he twists the other with his hand.

“Ahh! Fuck!” Jungkook curses and moans. His back arches on the bed beautifully as he feels the
warmth of Taehyung’s mouth and the stinging pain of his teeth as he bites on the nipple.

Taehyung hums in contentment. The taste of Jungkook’s skin lingers on his tongue the more he
bites and sucks on his nipple.

Jungkook writhes under him. Taehyung purposely ignoring all other parts of him and only focusing
on his nipples. It’s making him impatient. The overstimulation on nipples is unbearable.

He wants to be touched more.

“Mhmm Taehyung, stop it.” Jungkook tries to yank his head away but Taehyung doesn’t listen.
He’s busy having his dessert. “Not there ahh- touch me now, please.”

Taehyung slowly pulls away, a string of saliva connects his lips to his nipple. “Can’t take it
anymore? I thought you don’t like it.”

“I- I never said that.” Jungkook says, offended.

Taehyung smirks, getting up to sit on his knees, “Turn around.”

Jungkook looks at his eyes, anticipation building inside him as he does as he’s told.

He turns around, ass up and back arched, he waits patiently.

A chuckle leaves Taehyung’s lips and Jungkook whips his gaze at him. “You listened so well,
baby. Why do you keep denying me then?” Taehyung asks him.

Jungkook’s ears turn red and he averts his gaze, nuzzling against the pillow because he doesn’t
know how to reply to that. Anything he says will be used against him.

Taehyung is so fucking endeared.

Jungkook’s body shudders when Taehyung rubs his cock to full erection between the crack of his
asscheeks. The back muscles of Jungkook flex and his whole body starts to flush, making him look
so pink.

Taehyung wants his mouth on him everywhere.

He also wants to fuck him senseless.

Jungkook’s moan is soft and low when Taehyung inserts the head of his cock inside his hole,
grasping his waist with his hand to keep balance.

Jungkook bites his lips.

The rest of the cock is thrusted inside him all at once in a hard snap.

Taehyung’s body leans forward at that, bumping his chest with the back of Jungkook’s head. He
grabs Jungkook’s chin to turn his head to the side and kisses him.

“The more you deny how much you like my touch, anywhere in your body, the more I wanna keep
teasing you.” Taehyung says, his tongue licks the seam of Jungkook’s lips, not letting him breathe
properly. “I love seeing you all red and flushed for me.”

Jungkook chases after his lips, locking them up with his own as he kisses him deeply while
grinding his ass back, feeling his walls drag against Taehyung’s cock and make him feel good.

“Such an impatient puppy.” Taehyung smirks, pulling his lips away to sit back on his knees again.
He grabs Jungkook’s waist with both of his hands in a tight grip, “Who said you can use my cock
however you want?”

Jungkook looks at him from the corners of his eyes, “Then give it to me. Aren’t you supposed to
make me feel good today?”

Taehyung snorts. Jungkook sure knows his deal. “I can’t believe you are using our date as an
excuse to get me to fuck you.” he says, running his fingers through his sweat soaked hair, “I would
fuck you even if we weren’t on a date.”

Jungkook flushes- he knows they are just dirty talking to rile each other up but it creates a storm
inside his stomach which is hot and leaves him breathless.

“But Jungkook,” Taehyung continues, sliding his cock halfway out, “I hope you know that, from
today, none of this is casual anymore.” he says and rams his cock inside in a hard thrust.

Jungkook screams. The cock hits directly at his prostate, his legs start to wobble and he feels like
he’ll fall down but Taehyung holds him steady.

“Say it Jungkook, tell me it’s not just casual sex between us anymore.”

Jungkook gives himself a moment to breathe, the pleasure is so much that tears keep falling from
his eyes. “Have we ever- just- just had casual sex? Was it even casual sex for us whenever we did
it?”

A warm feeling spreads across Taehyung’s chest after hearing that.

Yeah, it never was just casual sex for them.

They just didn’t know it back then.

Taehyung pulls out of him slowly and turns him around to face him. His hand reaches for his face
to wipe the tears away as he leans down and kisses him. Their tongue tangling together and it
suppresses all the moans they wish to let out.

Jungkook wraps his legs around Taehyung’s middle when Taehyung slides inside him once again.

They keeps kissing as Taehyung fucks him slow and deep.

“You drive me crazy,” Taehyung mumbles against his lips, his breath losing their rhythm as his
thrusts become so too. “I never wanna lose you, Jungkook.”

Jungkook cups Taehyung’s cheeks with both of his hands, pulling him down to peck his lips a
couple of times before slotting them together in a deeper, chaste kiss, “You won’t lose me. I’m
gonna stay. I’m gonna stay as long as you be my home.”

Taehyung smiles softly at him and turns his head around to kiss his palm, “Home. Home is where
you are.”

The tear that falls from Jungkook’s eyes has a lot of emotions behind it.

Really, he never knew before that a date could be this euphoric.

“Stop crying.”

Jungkook is annoyed.

“I said stop crying.”

He is super annoyed. His eyes brows furrowing and his lips are closes in a straight line as he
repeats his words for the second time but the person in front of him is not fucking listening.

“Motherfucker! I told you to stop crying! I hate you! I should not have told you!” Jungkook loses it
and starts hitting Jimin with a pillow because that little pawn of satan is crying his eyes out
because Jungkook told him about his date with Taehyung.

To be honest, Jungkook was feeling so anxious and he needed to get this out of his system.

That night was one of the best nights of his life. Taehyung dropped him off at his dorm this
morning after they slept together at the hotel.

Taehyung promised him that he will show all his romantic sides to him from now on and he did
exactly that- from calling room service for breakfast to washing him up. And then dropping him
off at his house and not leaving before he gets a kiss.

It’s all fragments from Jungkook’s dream which he never really dreamt before. And Taehyung is
providing him with all of them so Jungkook is feeling that these might not be true and he would
need a reality check.

So he called Jimin, the only person who actually knows about their peculiar relationship and
spilled his guts to him.

Now he realizes that he shouldn’t have because the moment he said that Taehyung took him out on
a date, Jimin burst into tears.

“My Taehyungie! My Taehyungie grew up so much! He is now brave enough to ask you out and
even took you out on a date! I feel like a proud momma!” He wails and Jungkook is this close to
murdering him.

“Can you stop already?” Jungkook huffs annoyedly. The tips of his ears have been red for a while
now and he fears his cheeks might turn red too.

“So, did he confess to you?” Jimin asks him. Wiping away the dramatic tears with the back of his
hands.

“No.” Jungkook replies without a beat.

Jimin stares at him blankly, “What? You did all those and he didn’t confess? The math is not
mathing I’m afraid.”

“It’s not like that. He didn’t say it because he knows I’m not ready to hear it yet. But-” Jungkook
takes a deep breath, “I already know that- that he does .”

Jimin smiles softly at him, “And you? How about you? Do you? ”

Does he?

Jungkook questions himself.

Back a couple months ago, the answer of this question would be a straight no without even taking a
single moment to think about it.

But now, it makes Jungkook get lost in his own thoughts. It makes him see Taehyung’s bright
smile and his annoying face in the back of his head. It makes him want to say the exact opposite of
what he would have said back then.

So he only smiles at Jimin's question without answering him. He doesn’t need to say it and Jimin
knows it as well.

“I’m happy for you, Jungkook-ah. I’m really happy.” Jimin tells him.

“But, I am actually scared of telling Yoongi about all this.” Jungkook suddenly says, his throat
runs dry thinking about it.

It’s not like Yoongi is gonna scold him or anything. The thing is, Yoongi has been like his older
brother for so long, it feels awkward to tell him about this like he would feel if he were to tell it to
his mother or father.

“He would be happy too. Seeing how much you are practically glowing- he would be on cloud
nine actually.”

Jungkook’s eyes widened. He’s glowing? The thought itself makes his cheeks burn and he curses
under his breath because that’s the one thing he wanted to avoid happening in front of Jimin.

“Ahh, is my baby shy? It’s okay I won’t tell Taehyung about this.”

This. This is the reason why he wanted to avoid this.

“It’s my grave mistake calling you over. Fuck off.” Jungkook flips him and gets up from the couch
to go to the kitchen and make some coffee.

But the burning sensation remains on his cheeks.

“By the way- where is Yoongi?”

“It’s been so long since it’s just the three of us hanging out, right?” Hoseok says, sliding two
bottles of beer towards Yoongi and Taehyung.

“I did not call you guys to come here during my work hour.” Yoongi annoyedly says, while taking
the bottle and gulping half of it down in one go.

“We sometimes need to take it as an advantage that you work at a club, right? It means free
drinks.” Taehyung scoffs.

“Who the fuck said free drinks? You are paying with your own money!” Yoongi says in an uproar.
It makes Hoseok and Taehyung share a glance and a shit eating grin together.

“I mean, we’d usually meet up at campus but since it’s on break now, we thought we’d just hit the
club and watch our baby Yoonie work his ass off.” Taehyung says through a chuckle.

“Call me that one more time, and I’ll kick your ass outside.” Yoongi points a finger at him with his
eyebrows squinted and all. Looking like an angry kitten.

“Oh, by the way,” Hoseok suddenly says, “Tae- I heard you fought someone on campus a couple
days ago? From a different department at that? What happened?”

It’s instant the way Taehyung goes stiff.

And what is worse, Yoongi notices that.

“Oh I think he was from Jungkook’s department.” Hoseok adds. It looks like Hoseok still doesn’t
know the full story but Yoongi doesn’t need any other information. He already knows who this is
about.

“It’s nothing, Seokie. It was just a misunderstanding.” Taehyung tries to avoid the topic. But he
feels Yoongi’s eyes boring into the back of his head.

Jungkook specifically asked him not to let Yoongi know anything about the incident that happened
on the day of the exhibition.

Taehyung knew things like this don’t stay quiet, the people who watched it happening will
obviously talk even if they don’t necessarily take Jungkook’s name.

Still, he was a little relieved because they are on a break and won’t bump into random people on
the street who’ll talk about it.

He just forgot the fact that Hoseok hangs out with everyone.

“Eh, at least you’re not hurt.” Hoseok tells him.

Taehyung thought Yoongi would say something but he didn't. So he thought maybe Yoongi didn’t
actually understand who he was talking about.

His misconception gets cleared when it was time for them to leave and Yoongi tells Hoseok that he
has some work with Taehyung so he can go ahead.

The thing Taehyung is feeling right now is cold sweat.

Before, Taehyung and the others begged him countless times to let them inside the staff only room
but Yoongi always declines.
Today, Taehyung is here because Yoongi said so.

He is sure this is the last day of his life.

“You have something to tell me, hyung?” Taehyung says in a scared voice. Trying to come off as
cool and collected.

“Don’t pretend you don’t know what I am gonna talk about. You fought with Jaehyun, didn’t
you?” Yoongi looks like he might come for his collar but he doesn’t. He’s so close and it only
makes Taehyung’s knees go weak in fear.

“I don’t know what you’re-”

“Taehyung. Jungkook won’t tell me about it anyway if things have gotten as far as fighting with
that scumbag. So if you’re also going to deny it then I don’t know what to tell you. I worry for that
boy more than anything else and suddenly hearing that you, out of all people who never even raise
their voice at anyone, fought someone that went so far that people are gossiping about it- it’s
obviously not nothing.”

Taehyung can’t meet him in the eyes. He starts fidgeting with his toes as he keeps looking down.

And then he sighs deeply, “Jaehyung said something to Jungkook and I happened to be there when
it happened. I lost my temper and it led to something unpleasant.” Taehyung ends up telling him,
leaving out the details which are not necessary.

Yoongi is already furious.

“Fuck. This happened last week? And you’re telling me this now?” Yoongi grunts, running his
fingers through his hair before he starts massaging his temple.

“Jungkook asked me not to tell you anything just because of this. You worry too much.” Taehyung
says.

“Fuck! Is this something not to worry about?”

“I know it's not! I know, okay? But nothing happened to Jungkook, he’s okay. So that’s why he
didn’t want you to worry about him.”

Yoongi wanted to say something back but then he stops talking and he stares at Taehyung.

“I am just gonna pretend that it was a coincidence that you happened to be there but- I don’t get
why you’d be so bothered that you picked up a fight? For Jungkook’s sake?” he says, quirking an
eyebrow at him.

“What are you getting at?” Taehyung asks him back instead of replying.

“What I am saying is- you have been so- different with Jungkook lately.” Yoongi says, “It’s as if, I
always find you two involved in one way or another. So what is going on exactly?”

Nothing goes past his eyes- does it?

“So what? Aren’t we friends?” Taehyung says, looking everywhere but at his eyes.

Yoongi scoffs and crosses his arms over his chest, “Yeah sure. That’s what I’m asking. Since when
did you two become friends ?”
“Since- a while.” Taehyung says in a low voice.

“Keep talking.” Yoongi’s scary look seems to subside a little or is it just Taehyung’s imagination?

“What? What do you want me to say?” Taehyung blurts out being flustered.

“Just- what has been going on with you two.”

“Nothing is going on, really.” Taehyung shakes his head.

“Did you two sleep together?!”

“How the fuck do you know? Did Jimin tell you?!”

“What? That means you really did? I was just shooting a blind shot!”

For a moment, none of them talk as they stare at each other without even blinking.

And then Taehyung flares up, “You! You tricked me!” he roars, pointing a finger at him.

“You are screwing around with Jungkook!” Yoongi snaps right back at him. “What? What is your
ulterior motive? I swear to god if you’re messing with him-”

“I am not! Why would I mess with the person I like!”

The moment Taehyung says this, he slaps his mouth shut and Yoongi stands there like he has been
hit with a thunder.

“You what?!” Yoongi asks, pure confusion and disbelief all over his face.

“I said nothing. You heard nothing. This conversation did not happen. Do you understand?”
Taehyung says, as calmly as possible.

“Oh my god. You seriously like Jungkook? It’s not just the weird sexual tension between you
two?” Yoongi keeps asking. He’s shocked to the point he doesn’t even make fun of the fact that
Taehyung is currently blushing.

“This is so ridiculous.” Taehyung sighs, rubbing his forehead with his fingers.

“Did you confess to him?”

Fuck it.

“No.” Taehyung sighs. There’s no point denying it because they had to know it at one point.

“You better not messing with him, Kim Taehyung I’m telling you if this is one of your silly little
prank-”

“I took him out on a date a couple days ago and we will be going to another one soon.”

Yoongi shakes his head, trying to process everything but it’s all too confusing all too sudden. “I
don’t understand what the hell is going on. If you told me you were just sleeping around- I would
have no problem believing you right away. But the Jungkook I know- went on a date? And that’s
not a one time thing? I’m having a hard time here.”

So Taehyung tells him everything from the start. Leaving out the parts where they both were
nothing but dense as fuck about their feelings and telling him the rest- how their feelings changes
and how Jungkook started to rely on him.

“So, why haven’t you confessed to him yet?” Yoongi asks once he hears him out.

“Because he might run away.” Taehyung simply answers. “You had a hard time believing he went
on a date, right? Because you know just as much as I do that it’s hard for him to go into a
committed relationship. And that’s why-” he pauses, taking a deep breath before he looks back at
Yoongi with a faint smile on his face.

“That’s why, I am waiting till he’s ready.”

The truth is that, Taehyung wants to tell him that right now.

He wants to tell Jungkook how much he likes him and how much he wants him. He wants to tell
him how foolish he has been all this time to not realize his true feelings and maybe get a bunch of
swears at him or some soft little punches thrown at him for being so dense.

He really wants to make Jungkook all his and make himself all Jungkook’s.

But just as he told Yoongi a few hours ago, he fears that Jungkook might close the door once again
if he’s pushed too far.

Jungkook has just started to open up to him and accept everything, just because of a selfish need,
Taehyung doesn’t want to ruin that.

So he is ready to wait a little more, until Jungkook is completely ready himself to welcome him
with open arms.

Till then he should restrain himself.

But there’s really no restriction on wanting to talk to him.

Like right now.

Before he knows, he’s dialing the number and a big smile takes over his face when Jungkook picks
it up just after two rings.

”What’s up?”

For a moment, Taehyung feels like he’s a highschool kid who snuck out to call his lover because
his parents might catch him- and when he heard his voice, a silly little tingling started inside his
chest as if it’s been so long.

And he starts laughing thinking about all that without replying.

”Why are you laughing? Did something funny happen?”

Taehyung shakes his head, even though Jungkook can’t see it. “No, nothing happened. I just
wanted to hear your voice.” and see your face— Taehyung keeps it to himself.

”Sheesh, I just got goosebumps.”

“Why? Too corny?”

”Way too corny. But guess I don’t hate it.”

Taehyung smirks, leaning back until against the wall as he sits on the floor of his bedroom
comfortably, “Good. Because I’m gonna be corny for the rest of my life.”

”You have such a long way planned, Mr Kim.”

“And you don’t seem to dislike it anymore. You’re not cursing me out.”

”I don’t know what you’re talking about.”

“What are you doing?” Taehyung asks. He wonders if Jungkook is red right now.

”Watching k-drama.”

Taehyung giggles, “What? You hate me being corny but then watch those cheesier dramas?”

”What makes you think I am watching romantic ones?”

“Are you going to straight up lie to my face and tell me you’re not watching romantic ones?”

For a moment, there’s no reply.

And then there’s a sound of cursing under the breath and Taehyung can’t hold back his laughter.

”I don’t like you.” Jungkook mutters from the other side, clearly flustered.

Taehyung smirks, “Yeah yeah. Did you have dinner yet?” he asks.

”Mhmm, I did. But I’m craving fried chicken and that’s why I started watching this drama to
distract myself from the thoughts of chickens.”

Taehyung’s ears perk up at that, “Ah really? That’s too bad.”

”It is, isn’t it? So let’s not talk about it. What did you do today?” Jungkook asks.

Taehyung feels so giddy because how naturally Jungkook asks about his day now, no arguing and
fighting between them. Just exchanging words as an excuse to keep listening to the other.

“I met with Yoongi and Hoseok today.”

”Mhmm.”

“And something happened with Yoongi.”

Jungkook goes silent again for a moment.

”What did you do?” he asks, voice wary.

Taehyung sighs deeply and tells him about his conversation with Yoongi earlier. Of course, he
doesn’t talk about the part where he angrily declared his feelings for Jungkook.

”Fuck, how am I gonna face him now?” Jungkook says suddenly, sounding super concerned.

“What? Are you ashamed that you’re seeing me?” Taehyung replies, there’s a pout on his face that
Jungkook can’t see but he can hear it.

”When the fuck did I say that?” Jungkook goes defensive.

“That’s what it sounded like.”

”I did not mean that, asshole.”

“Uh Huh? So what did you mean? Are you proud of seeing me?”

”I kinda wanna punch you through the phone right now.”

“I am hurt.”

It’s faint, as if trying to muffle into the pillow, but Taehyung hears the sound of Jungkook giggling
through the phone.

They keep talking like that. Occasional banter and just talking about anything and everything.

The drama is long forgotten as Jungkook becomes so immersed into his phone that he can hear
nothing but Taehyung’s voice.

Time flows in a blink of an eye and when it has been an hour since they started talking, Jungkook
has no idea.

So when it comes the time to hang up, Jungkook suddenly feels a little sad.

”You’re gonna sleep now, right? I’ll hang up.” Jungkook says..

“Are you going to sleep now?” Taehyung asks him.

”Maybe after I finish the drama.”

“Okay, good night, Jungkook.”

Jungkook sighs in silence, “Good night.” he says and then hangs up.

Suddenly, the sound of the TV is too loud in the room.

Jungkook bends his knees up on the couch and rests his head on it as he stares at the blacked out
phone in his hand.

What is this loneliness?

This never happened before.

Taehyung is affecting him in a lot more ways than he imagined. And this is one of those moments
that is hard to believe because- Jungkook, missing Taehyung? When they just talked?

It sounds just as ridiculous as Jungkook thinks but what’s more ridiculous is that- it’s true.

Fuck, he misses Taehyung already.

“What did you do to me, Kim Taehyung?” Jungkook mumbles to himself. His lips curl into a small
smile as he drops the phone on the couch and he’s about to get up when his doorbell rings.

“What the- who is here at this hour? Hoseok?” He mumbles.

He hurriedly walks towards the door and opens it. And his heart momentarily stops beating.

“Hey, I am hoping your cravings for fried chicken are still intact? Cause I brought two packets.”

On the opposite side of the door, is standing Kim Taehyung, with two packets of fried chicken in
one hand and a bottle of soda in the other, staring at Jungkook with a big bright smile.

And it’s stupid how Jungkook’s heart then starts thumping so loudly and his eyes start to get blurry
but he won’t let Taehyung see it.

So what he does, is throw himself at Taehyung as he cups his cheeks and crashes their lips
together.

A sob that was about to be spilled out of Jungkook’s throat is muffled as he kisses Taehyung with
his eyes squeezed closed and his body pressed against Taehyung’s.

“Mmph- Jung-Jungkook wait-” Taehyung is surprised by the sudden action. He does kiss him back
immediately but his hands are full so he can’t hold him. “L-let me put these on the table first-
mmph.”

Jungkook doesn’t listen to him. He keeps kissing him as they enter the room. Taehyung kicks the
door close with his feet and follows Jungkook’s lead to enter.

They keep kissing while Taehyung manages to put down the bags on the tea table and right then,
Jungkook falls on the couch, taking Taehyung with him.

Taehyung’s hands are finally free to hold Jungkook and he does, grabbing his waist with one hand
and the neck with the other as he deepens the kiss.

Jungkook’s hands slide away from his cheeks to wrap them around his shoulders instead, pulling
him closer as if there’s any space left between them.

By the time they pull away, they both are panting heavily, with their cheeks flushed and eyes
droopy.

“Why didn’t you tell me you were coming over?” Jungkook breaths out, not letting go of
Taehyung.

“I wanted to surprise you. Though I was praying for you to not fall asleep.” Taehyung says, leaning
down to kiss his red tinted cheeks. “But it looks like you missed me already.”

Jungkook doesn’t reply.

He hates the fact that he’s become such an open book.

So he shuts him up by kissing him again.

Taehyung can’t help but smile through the kiss, his heart swelling inside his ribcage .

“You’re gonna stay over, right?” Jungkook asks, pulling away.

Taehyung strokes his finger through Jungkook’s hair, tucking it behind his ear and then presses a
kiss on his temple, “If you want me to.” he says.

Jungkook’s grip around his shoulders grows only tighter, “I won’t be able to finish two packs of
fried chicken. So you have to stay anyway.”
At this, Taehyung bursts out laughing as he buries his face on Jungkook’s chest. His shoulders start
shaking with the force of it.

God- what is he gonna do with Jungkook..he’s so….

“Okay, I’ll stay to help you finish your fried chicken . Nothing else.” he says, catching his breath
after laughing so hard.

The tips of Jungkook’s ears are burning. “Yeah, nothing else.” he says so but hugs Taehyung into
his chest anyway.

Taehyung knows now, that the day when he’ll be allowed to say it isn’t that far.

In contrast to what Jungkook said, he actually finished two packets of fried chicken himself with
just a little help from Taehyung and then they both went to sleep.

The plan was that, as they both have no work to do the next day, they’ll sleep in because they went
to sleep late at night.

But now there’s a problem.

Jungkook woke up way earlier than expected.

And now he can’t go back to sleep.

Because currently, he’s snuggled against Taehyung, who’s morning boner is poking him in the ass.

Jungkook was kind of hoping that they would do it last night but that didn’t happen. After they
finished eating all the chicken, Jungkook was feeling drowsy so they just went to sleep.

But now— he can’t even do that.

Taehyung’s hand is wrapped around his middle in a tight grip. It’s impossible for Jungkook to
move away from him without startling him or worse- waking him up.

But staying like this is making Jungkook feel hotter.

“Shit,” Jungkook curses under his breath.

Taehyung’s cock is so hard- pressing him right between his asscheeks.

It makes Jungkook feel horrified when his own cock starts to harden.

“Not now!” Jungkook gasps to himself, covering his mouth with both of his hands. He’s amazed
how Taehyung is so sound asleep.

A wild thought comes to Jungkook’s mind.

He turns his head slowly, so slowly to look at Taehyung’s sleeping face. He’s breathing so calmly
and looking so soft like this. Except that one part of his body is not soft.
Then Jungkook lifts his hand and waves it in front of his face.

When there’s no particular response he gives, Jungkook lets out a sigh and turns back again.

’This is so ridiculous’ he thinks to himself as he looks down to find his cock in all its glory,
bulging out of his shorts.

Jungkook has done so many dirty, nasty things in his life but why does this make him feel shy?

It’s not a big deal, really. Taehyung is sleeping and Jungkook just needs to give himself a release.
That’s all.

So Jungkook covers his mouth with one hand tightly and slips his other hand down his shorts to
take a hold of his cock.

A dangerous moan threatens to come out of his throat as he presses his mouth harder and squeezes
his eyes shut.

Fuck, he’s throbbing. The relief he feels the moment he grabs it and starts stroking is beyond
comparison.

He keeps it as subtle as possible, not moving his body too much and keeping his voice down while
jerking himself off.

Just a little more and he’ll be close.

“Having fun?”

A shiver runs down Jungkook’s spine as he becomes still a robot the moment Taehyung whispers
in his ear in his deep, sleepy, raspy voice.

“W-when did you wake up?” Jungkook stutters, he’s at the lowest level of his embarrassment right
now and he just wants to run away but Taehyung is still holding him so close and tight.

“Mhmm when you started pressing back against me while pleasuring yourself. Not gonna lie, the
best sight to wake up to.” Taehyung tells him, nuzzling against his neck.

Jungkook blushes hard as he tries to shove him, “It’s all your fault! You were pressing against me!
It’s just the natural response of the body. I didn't do shit!” he fumes, wriggling under Taehyung’s
arm.

“Ah my bad. I should take responsibility then, right?” Taehyung tells him and before Jungkook can
protest, he slips his hand inside Jungkook’s shorts and replaces Jungkook’s hand with his own.

“Ahh no-mmph,” Jungkook moans, Taehyung’s cold hand feels so sensitive on his cock. The way
he squeezes and strokes it definitely feels better than his own. So the protests just die down.

He says fuck it to shame and lets himself enjoy it.

As well as he feels it when Taehyung not so subtly grinds on his ass.

“Taehyung, we can do it together.” Jungkook tells him slowly, his words come out shaky as the
arousal keeps increasing inside him.

Taehyung lets out a breathy chuckle as he hooks his finger under the waistband of Jungkook’s
shorts and pulls it down to his knees. “Spread your thighs, Jungkook.” he whispers in his ear,
stroking his hand over his hip.

Jungkook gulps and does as he’s told. He spreads his thighs apart a little- not really getting why
though.

Taehyung then slides his cock between his thighs and thrusts.

“Aah!” Jungkook gasps out. The thick hard cock scrapes against his thighs and rubs over his cock.
It makes him feel like he’s actually getting fucked the way his stomach heats up from the action.
“Taehyung- fuck what are you-”

“Shhh, squeeze your thighs together.” Taehyung shushes him, and that’s probably the hottest thing
Jungkook has ever heard this early in the morning as he twitches, and cums the moment Taehyung
thrusts between his thighs one more time.

“Woah, you came untouched.” Taehyung says, amused, his own cock leaking.

Jungkook can’t talk. He’s breathing so fast at the aftershock of the orgasm and feeling numb to the
bone.

Taehyung smiles at him, leaning down to kiss his forehead as he wraps his fingers around his own
cock and starts stroking it until he cums as well.

“If this is how we are going to wake up, I’d rather move in with you.” Taehyung says jokingly,
snuggling close to Jungkook again

And Jungkook thinks that-

Yeah, living with Taehyung might not be bad at all.

And it’s not just because mornings like this- horny and worn out.

Just waking up beside Taehyung to watch him sleep peacefully while he clings to Jungkook is a
sight that spreads warmth in his chest. Makes him feel one step closer to that L word.

So Jungkook just turns around to bury his face in Taehyung’s chest, focuses on his heart beat as he
thinks that- it really isn’t bad at all.

Jungkook couldn’t attend gym sessions daily because of his hectic semester. But now that it’s over,
he’s back to working out.

He was supposed to do it with Taehyung actually but he got a call for a gig at the last minute. So
now Jungkook is here alone. Doing his sets while thinking about what he should eat after he’s
done.

He and Taehyung went on another date recently.

This time it was a coffee shop date. Jungkook found a new coffee shop online and wanted to go
there.

Of course, at first he didn’t think of it but just as things have been changing recently, he found
himself texting Taehyung, asking him if he wants to go with him.

To Jungkook’s surprise, Taehyung didn’t make a joke about it- nor did he try to tease him.

And it didn’t sit right with Jungkook.

” Jungkook: I mean, if you wanna, like- go on a date with me. To this place.” Jungkook ended up
saying.

And the reply Taehyung sent him was something he should’ve expected.

” Tae: Wherever we go, whatever we do, it’s a date. But it’s nice to know that you also think that
way.”

So that’s what happened, and they went on a breakfast date. Getting pancakes and pastries along
with coffees and enjoying a sweet morning together. Taehyung also bought him two scented
candles on their way back.

These changes that’s been taking place in his life are not making Jungkook anxious or wary
anymore.

Rather, he has been feeling really good lately. His mind no longer clouds with unnecessary
thoughts, he no longer hesitates to ask for something he needs, he has become more accepting
towards the love and care people around him offer him.

He also talked to Yoongi in the meantime.

And it was the only thing that had him almost pissing his pants.

Because it’s embarrassing enough that Yoongi knows he and Taehyung slept around- getting his
approval on the fact that they are seeing each other is a bigger embarrassment.

The fact that, all this time, they saw him and Taehyung doing nothing but arguing and fighting all
the time, but suddenly they are seeing each other and it’s not a surprising fact? Just how obvious
their attraction towards each other was?

Jungkook really doesn’t wanna know what will happen when the rest of them get to know about it.

Anyway, aside from that, Jungkook has been feeling that, the things are falling into places one by
one.

There’s just a couple things remaining that Jungkook is working on- like searching for a part time
job and finally be brave enough to utter that god forsaken L word.

Both are equally as stressful.

Just the thought of it makes Jungkook pump hard.

No but, seriously- is it really necessary to say the L word? Or what is the need to hear it?

He already did once and it wasn’t a good experience.

But then again, that was a past mixed with bad memories, doesn’t mean everything will be the
same. He’s already feeling what it actually feels like to be cherished truly.

So he wants to make himself capable to say that word, hear that word.
For Taehyung.

Uh, is Taehyung’s work done yet? Jungkook quickly drops his dumbbells on the floor and picks up
his phone to check the time.

Yeah, he should be back home by now, he thinks. “Should I go see him…” he mumbles to himself.
And then he thinks that maybe Taehyung is tired now and he shouldn’t bother him.

What a nuisance.

Jungkook shrugs off all the thoughts about Taehyung for the time being and tries to focus back to
finish his sets.

“Jungkook, can we talk for a moment?”

But nothing really goes his way for too long, does it?

Jungkook’s happy bubble bursts the moment he hears the voice of Jaehyun.

“After all this, you still have things to say to me?” Jungkook tiredly says, his face full of contempt
towards him.

“Let’s go out and talk okay? I don’t wanna make a scene here.” Jaehyun says, his voice
surprisingly low.

Jungkook also doesn’t wanna cause any scene. He doesn’t even wanna look at his face but he
knows he won’t just leave him alone.

With a sigh, Jungkook walks out of the gym.

“What do you wanna say? Make it quick.” Jungkook says.

The twitch in Jaehyung’s eyebrows tells him that he isn’t liking the way Jungkook is talking to
him. But to be honest, Jungkook couldn’t care less now.

When Jaehyung doesn’t talk for a moment, it irritates Jungkook even more. He doesn’t wanna stay
here for a second longer.

“I wanted to apologize to you.”

What?

“I wanted to say sorry for mistreating you, Jungkook.” Jaehyun says and Jungkook can’t believe
what he’s hearing.

“What made you suddenly be so apologetic? What the fuck are you planning now?” Jungkook
snaps at him, he’s so annoyed.

“Nothing. I am simply reflecting upon my actions and I felt like I owe you an apology.”

There’s many changes that happened in Jungkook’s life after Taehyung came.

This is the most unexpected one so far.

Jaehyun stares at Jungkook confusingly when he starts laughing out of the blue. So hard, that his
shoulders shake and tears start to pool at the corners of his eyes.
Jungkook laughs so hard that it becomes tough to breathe.

“Oh my god, this is so funny.” Jungkook wheezes, wiping the tears away with his thumb.
“Seriously, this is the funniest thing I ever heard. You are reflecting upon your actions? After all
these years? My ass.”

The smile is wiped off Jungkook’s face a moment later as he glares at Jaehyun with full resentment
in his eyes.

“You’re just butthurt. Because Taehyung saw right through you, and pointed it out on your face.
Which I couldn’t unfortunately. And now your ego is hurt. You are not sorry.”

Jaehyung says nothing. His fists only clench beside him as he looks at Jungkook with bloodshot
eyes.

Jungkook scoffs, “Even if you are sorry, I am not going to accept it. The emotional trauma you put
me through is not something you can be free from just with a mere sorry- after all these years.”

Jungkook grits his teeth, closing his eyes to take a deep breath. “You are a nightmare from my past
and I have already buried you in the deepest part of my brain. I don’t care if you are feeling sorry
for me now- I am not going to forgive you. If that makes me the bad guy now- so be it.”

“Aren’t you taking this too far?” Jaehyung says.

Jungkook scoffs again, “Really? Does it feel like I’m taking this too far now? When I told you to
stop stalking me and leave me alone, did you do that? Wasn’t that taking it too far? When you
came to my friend and talked shit about me in front of him- wasn’t it taking it too far?”

Friend. That sounds weird to say.

“I was just jealous, okay? I was jealous seeing you with him! He can’t be just your friend-”

“You have no fucking right to be jealous! And yes, he’s not just my friend. He’s the one who
actually taught me what it is to be loved. What it is like to love.”

Oh my god.

“He’s the one that made me believe in love again. So yes, that man is not just my friend.”

Oh my god- Jungkook can’t believe his own words that he’s saying.

His heart is thumping so loud suddenly, he can hear it the way it thrums against his ribcage.

Oh my god.

“So get this through your head once and for all- there’s no space left for you in my life anymore. I
don’t want anything to do with you anymore- I don’t want your apology. I just want you away from
me. And if you don’t, I am gonna get a restraining order this time.” Jungkook says and doesn’t
wait for a second to listen to his reply.

He needs to go to Taehyung now.

Even a couple of moments ago, Jungkook was doubting what is so special about saying the L
word.

Now he knows.
Fuck, he needs to go to Taehyung.

Usually he would just walk the distance from here but now, he feels like he might collapse on the
road because his legs are feeling weak. Not because of the work out.

The moment Jungkook jumps in a taxi, he starts praying that there’s no traffic on the road.

Because he needs to go to Taehyung and that’s as soon as possible.

Feelings are so strange. They float on their own accord and hit a person at the most random
moment of all.

Feelings are such a bitch.

Jungkook is in front of Taehyung’s dorms in about 5 minutes because thankfully, there was no
traffic on the road, so they drove quickly.

He doesn’t even wait to take the change from the driver and runs upstairs, pressing the bell of
Taehyung’s door impatiently.

“Oh Jungkook, you’re here- I was thinking of calling you to ask where you were-”

Jungkook gets inside hurriedly and doesn’t even let Taehyung the opportunity to close the door as
he holds Taehyung’s hands with both of his own, “Taehyung, say that to me.” he says, his eyes are
wide and glossy.

Taehyung is confused a little, “Say what?”

Jungkook breathes in deeply, squeezing Taehyung’s hands, “the thing I’ve been scared to hear. I’m
not scared anymore. So please, tell me Taehyung. If you- if you do-”

Taehyung doesn’t need a word more to understand what he is talking about.

“I like you, Jungkook.” Taehyung tells him, finally. “I like you and I am falling for you.”

Jungkook always thought that, the day when he hears those words again, he’ll break down in
misery.

But that’s not true. Now he knows that he has just been pushing everything away from him, forcing
himself to believe that he is not worth it. But now he knows how wrong he was.

Because Jungkook lets out the warmest smile the moment he hears those words this time- and a
sigh of relief.

He bumps his forehead on Taehyung’s hands and sighs again, “Me too. I am falling for you too,
Taehyung. I think I will love you more than anything in this world, it'll be so annoying.”

The same warm smile reflects on Taehyung’s face as well. Nothing but pure happiness embraces
him.

He cups Jungkook’s cheeks and raises his head to look at his face and leans down to press a kiss on
his forehead, “Oh yeah? Because I think I already do that.”

The moment is finally here. Taehyung feels like the happiest person alive. He feels like he’s
floating on the cloud. He’s happy.
 And Jungkook’s heart keeps thumping, “I like you.”

Taehyung nods like he already knows, “I like you too, Jungkook. So much.”

Chapter End Notes

:') don't forget to leave kudos and PLEASE LEAVE COMMENTS TELLING ME
YOUR FEELINGS ABOUT THE CHAPTER!
 7
Chapter Summary

Jungkook understands this is how it is supposed to feel when you are in love with the
right person.

Chapter Notes

I AM BACK AFTER 84 YEARS!

I didn't get a single minute of free time during June because my semester final was
going on. I was busy studying like a dog, 2 hours of sleep every night and your girl did
amazing securing a perfect result hehe So I am not sorry for being this late to update
and THANK YOU SO MUCH FOR BEING ALL PATIENT WITH ME AND NOT
DEMANDING UPDATES IN THE MEANTIME I LOVE YOU LOTS!

Please enjoy the chapter full of fluff, fluff, and fluff after everything my babies
suffered Don't forget to leave a Kudo and comments letting me know how you felt
Enjoy reading

ps: Ignore typos cause this bitch is too lazy to correct them.

See the end of the chapter for more notes

“Can you say it one more time?”

“Fuck off.”

Taehyung has that stupid smile plastered on his face for the last 40 minutes and has been
continuously asking Jungkook to say that again.

But now that the momentary emotional distraction has worn off Jungkook, he is embarrassed
beyond words to the words he blurted out a couple of times just a moment ago.

Taehyung doesn’t mind. In fact, he is enjoying this more than anything else in the world right now.
“Okay, then I’ll say it. I like you.”

You know then a pressure cooker blows off the whistle and steam comes out of it? Jungkook feels
exactly like that. His whole face turns red and he feels like steam is coming out of his ears and
from every pores of his body.

“Will you knock it off?” Jungkook says.

“Are you kidding me? Do you have any idea how much I wanted to say this to you?” Taehyung
counters back, his voice more serious than ever.

Jungkook fidgets with his fingers which are still interlocked with Taehyung’s.
They are currently sitting on the couch, side by side with Taehyung leaning his head on
Jungkook’s shoulder. It’s a good thing because like this, Taehyung won’t be able to see his face
being all red like that so it’s okay.

“Also, weren’t you the one saying that you’ll love me so much that I’ll get annoye- ouch!”
Taehyung grunts in pain and flinches as Jungkook pinches him.

“You are making fun of me! Aren’t you!” Jungkook glares at him. Taehyung blows at his hand
where Jungkook pinched him in a dramatic way even though it really didn’t hurt that much.

“Why would I make fun of you when that’s exactly what I want?” Taehyung says.

“You are annoying.” Jungkook says instead, avoiding the topic.

The stupid smile is back on Taehyung’s face once again as he cups Jungkook’s cheeks to make
him lock eyes, “I like you. I like you so much and I am never gonna get tired of saying this. You
better be ready to hear this for the rest of your life because you are responsible for making me like
this.”

Jungkook stares at Taehyung’s eyes as Taehyung enjoys squishing his cheeks playfully and giggles
every time his lips pucker.

Jungkook still has a lot to overcome. Like, being able to speak his mind when he’s not distracted
by emotional waves or being able to express his feelings in words without thinking twice about the
consequences or his own insecurities.

But for now, he hopes Taehyung will understand his language as he leans forward to press their
lips together and closes his eyes.

What Jungkook doesn’t know is that- Taehyung is the only person who can read his unspoken
language.

Taehyung’s heart jumps up towards his throat when Jungkook initiates the kiss. His fingers start
trembling ever so slightly where they were playing with Jungkook’s puffy cheeks and just stay by
the side of his neck in a feather light touch as he reciprocates the kiss immediately.

They kiss in sync. No lust behind it, just wanting to be drowned in the sweetness of the moment
between them.

Jungkook’s hands fidgets and he contemplates if he should reach out and hold Taehyung too like
he’s doing. In the end he just says fuck it and wraps both of his arms around Taehyung’s neck and
leans back on the couch, without breaking the kiss.

Taehyung keeps the flow of the kiss even after pulling away as he kisses the corners of Jungkook’s
mouth, the mole under his lips, his nose and cheeks and lastly his forehead. He wants to keep
kissing every inch of him for as long as he can.

Jungkook wants that too. But he speaks his mind first, “Aren’t you gonna ask me what happened?”

Taehyung knew something had happened when Jungkook came running to him, all panting and
sweating. But he didn’t get the chance to actually ask about it because he was slapped with an
overwhelming confession which is still making him feel dizzy.

But he didn’t think Jungkook would bring this up himself. “I was thinking of giving you your time
to talk about if something actually happened.”
Jungkook mindlessly strokes his fingers through Taehyung’s hair, feeling happy that Taehyung
thought of giving him personal space.

But Jungkook doesn’t really want to hide this from him. “I met Jaehyun again. Lose that frown, he
did nothing.”

Taehyung’s frown doesn’t go away, it only worsens as he stares at Jungkook. It makes him look
cute and Jungkook kind of wants to bite his nose. But they are in the middle of a serious talk so he
holds himself back for now.

“Well, technically he did do something but I managed it.” Jungkook tries to cool him down but
Taehyung doesn’t look like he’s buying it. “He apologized to me.” Jungkook adds.

Taehyung clicks his tongue, a mocking sound escapes his mouth as he shakes his head in disbelief,
“Are you kidding me? He has the audacity to apologize after all this time?”

Jungkook nods his head, “Maybe after you knocked some sense into him, he realized his
mistakes.”

Taehyung is annoyed, so annoyed right now. Only if he wasn’t embraced by Jungkook, he would
have done something impulsive. Jungkook’s touch is grounding him. “What did you do? Forgive
him?”

At this, Jungkook is the one who frowns, “What do you take me for? You think I’ll forgive anyone
who apologizes to me? I’m not that easy.”

It’s stupid how Taehyung’s anger subsides right away. “Good. Just hearing his name puts me in a
foul mood, I can’t believe he approached you after that day! I should have known he’d pull
something like this.”

Jungkook giggles. All too suddenly, he giggles as his eyes crinkle and his cheeks puff up, making
Taehyung look at him in confusion.

“Why are you laughing?” Taehyung asks.

It takes Jungkook a moment to be able to talk because he’s actually laughing so hard, “You know,
this is the first time I’m talking about him but my heart doesn’t feel heavy. I don’t feel anything at
all. Rather I find it weird how you’re the one all worked up about him, in my stead.”

Taehyung’s eyes roam all over Jungkook’s face, he raises his hand and strokes away a strand of
hair from Jungkook’s forehead and leans down to kiss it. He also kisses Jungkook’s cheeks and
gives a small peck on his lips too. “Jungkook, you don’t get it, do you?”

Jungkook raises an eyebrow at him.

Taehyung takes the moment to lay a kiss on his brow, “I would hate everyone who hurt you.
Everyone who caused you the slightest bit of pain.” he stops then, staring into Jungkook’s eyes,
“You are precious to me, Jungkook. More than you can think of. The fact that I am falling in love
with you so dangerously, it scares me.”

There’s a moment of silence.

A silence that is longer than it should be.

Also, there’s a shift in the air between them.

Jungkook can feel his cheeks burning along with the tips of his ears. And he has no way to hide his
face right now- which won’t actually do anything because Taehyung’s eyes are already blown
wide.

“Jungkook.” Taehyung calls, and Jungkook wants to die. “Did you just get hard?”

“Shut up! Shut up! Don’t say anything!” Jungkook shouts, the veins are popping out of his
forehead and neck because of his extreme embarrassment.

“I am not even touching you or anyth- oh my god, did you get hard because of what I said?”
Taehyung gasps.

Punching Taehyung on the face might just give Jungkook some satisfaction right now but that
would not be the right thing to do. Because that is exactly the reason why Jungkook is turned on
right now.

“What? What do you expect me to do? Not react when you are saying things that I have been dying
to listen to all my life? Fuck you! Go away!” Jungkook blabbers out, flailing his hands and legs to
shove Taehyung away.

But by this time, Taehyung is turned on as well.

“W-what the! Why are you hard?!” Jungkook blushes even harder when Taehyung’s crotch
brushes against his own.

“Don’t know, maybe I am a pervert.” Taehyung says with a smirk, grinding down on him.

It makes Jungkook’s mouth fall open with a low grunt, “Maybe? You are a pervert.”

“It’s just so sexy to me that you got turned on by my words.” Taehyung admits, not an ounce of
shame in his tone as he subtly slides his hand under Jungkook’s shirt, touching his warm skin over
his stomach.

“I am becoming a pervert because of you.” Jungkook shyly says, welcoming the touch.

Taehyung leans down so that their lips touch in a feather light way, “You’re not a pervert. You just
like me too much.” he says and before Jungkook can complain he seals their lips together.

Jungkook has noticed this before. When Taehyung kisses him casually, it’s different from moments
like this.

Normally, when Taehyung kisses him, it would make Jungkook feel like the most treasured person
in the world. It would comfort him so much, make him feel safe.

Now that Taehyung kisses him, in this heated moment between them, Jungkook feels hungry.
Taehyung makes him hungry for more.

Like the way he swoops his tongue inside his mouth, it melts Jungkook on the spot. There’s
tenderness laced with everlasting lust as Taehyung moves his lips and tongue to suck on
Jungkook’s, making his insides twist like a whirling storm.

“Do you wanna move to the bedroom?” Taehyung asks him, pulling away from his lips as a string
of saliva still connects them.

The bed is much more comfortable than the couch but honestly Jungkook doesn’t really wanna
waste time moving to another room right now.

So he hooks his legs around Taehyung’s waist to pull him in closer, “Later.” he says, chasing after
Taehyung’s lips, “Right now, I don’t wanna be apart even for a second.”

Taehyung smiles, loves the way Jungkook is not shy to express himself like this. “Who said I am
gonna let you be apart? You’re gonna stick to me all night tonight.”

Jungkook’s eyes instantly widen, “What do you mean all night?”

Taehyung looks at him as if he said something insane, “You are gonna stay over, right? Right?”

“Uh- I actually didn’t think of that-” Jungkook stops mid sentence when he looks at Taehyung’s
face.

He didn’t really think Taehyung had it in him to pull out the cutest puppy face in the world with his
ears drooping like a sad puppy and his tail all curled up as if he’s distraught by the thing Jungkook
just said.

“Will you stop? Oh my god! You’re acting as if I’m never gonna show my face!” Jungkook says
with a roll of his eyes.

“But- I don’t wanna let you go today. Especially when you finally confessed to me.” Taehyung
says, his eyes glistening with puppy tears.

The shyness comes back to Jungkook at the reminder of his dramatic confession.

It’s not really something to be embarrassed about, he wanted to tell his feelings to Taehyung as
soon as possible and he did. So he tries to tell himself to get over the shame because yes, he likes
Taehyung and what about it?

“I am not going to stay if you are gonna make fun of that.” Jungkook tells him still, knowing fully
well Taehyung is going to brag about it for the rest of his life and honestly, Jungkook thinks he
would like that more than he thinks.

“I am gonna tire you out, you won’t be able to take a step.” Taehyung suddenly whispers in his
ears. It makes the hairs on his body stand up as a shiver runs down his spine. The duality of
Taehyung’s tone from puppy mode to suddenly super low and deep has Jungkook already feeling
sense in his knees.

“S-shut up.” Jungkook stutters, his breaths become heavy as Taehyung slips his hand under the
waistband of Jungkook’s joggers.

Taehyung doesn’t say anything to that, he only smirks and crawls down Jungkook’s body to fit
himself between his legs as he pulls down his pants and boxers.

The arousal pours out of Taehyung’s body when he sees Jungkook all wet and dripping. The lad is
currently trying to hide his face with his arms, being exposed in front of Taehyung like this.

Taehyung’s mouth waters as he licks his lips before taking the head of Jungkook’s cock in his
mouth.

“Ahh shit,” Jungkook moans the moment the warmth of Taehyung’s mouth engulfs him. It’s
frustrating in a way because Taehyung is only teasing him in the head with his kitten licks and
suckling around.
Taehyung wraps his fingers around the length to stroke it as he keeps suckling. “You must like me
a lot, Jungkook. Look how wet you are.” he says, stroking his hand up and down.

“Ahh- how can you- haah- spew bullshit like that 24/7” Jungkook breathes out, he’s having a hard
time keeping his hips still.

Taehyung smirks, pulling his head away completely and pressing his thumb over the slit of his
cock. It makes Jungkook jerk, the sensitivity making it unbearable. “I’m not bullshitting though.
Look at yourself, all worked up just from my tongue.”

“Why did you stop? Don’t do this.” Jungkook protests, looking at him annoyedly.

“Tell me you like me.” Taehyung says, pressing his thumb even firmer.

Jungkook squirms under his touch. Shaking his head like the stubborn guy he is.

But Taehyung is not gonna let him off until he gets what he wants.

Taehyung’s free hand slides beneath Jungkook's shirt to take a hold of his nipple between his
thumb and index and then he twists it.

“Ahhh- oh god!” Jungkook moans out. Taehyung’s touch is rough on skin and it feels so good. His
stomach becomes hotter and he wants to cum but Taehyung is stopping him from doing so.

“I’ll make you feel good, I’ll make you cum as much as you want. You just have to say it,
Jungkook.” Taehyung’s words are like a spell. It makes him feel enchanted. It makes him want to
lose control.

And he does because he trusts Taehyung so much that losing control doesn’t feel scary anymore.

So Jungkook reaches his hand out to wrap it around Taehyung’s neck and pulls him down so their
noses are touching, “I like you.” he breathes out, painting those words on Taehyung’s lips with a
gentle kiss. “I like you a lot, Taehyung.”

This time, Taehyung kisses him properly, molding their lips together in a passionate kiss until their
chest tightens. They pull away with a gasp.

“Good boy.” Taehyung mutters before he slides down and takes all of Jungkook’s cock inside his
mouth.

Jungkook melts instantly. His eyes roll towards the back of his head.

It’s unknown if the reason why Jungkook’s head went all fuzzy is because of the way Taehyung is
sucking him off or because what he just called him but that’s not important.

Right now, his only goal is to cum.

“Oh Tae- that feels so good.” Jungkook mumbles as he grasps a fistful to Taehyung’s hair, pushing
him down on his cock so that his mouth and throat becomes full.

Taehyung groans as it slides down his throat. His own cock is throbbing like crazy and begging to
be free from the confinement of his pants but his hands are busy holding Jungkook. Reaching up to
play with his nipples.

“Ah ah shit- I’m gonna cum-” Jungkook heaves, trying to pull out of his mouth but Taehyung
doesn’t budge. “Hey- what are you- move!” he tries.
It’s when Taehyung looks up to meet his eyes, a smug expression on his face, Jungkook cums with
a shudder.

“Fuck!” Jungkook curses, the overwhelming feeling taking over him.

Taehyung keeps groaning and grunting as he keeps Jungkook’s cock inside his mouth until he’s
done milking out every drop out of him and swallows.

It’s so fucking lewd the way Taehyung wipes his mouth the back of hand, all while looking
straight into Jungkook’s eyes without even blinking.

“Is it because I like you now or have you always tasted this good?” Taehyung says, immediately
annoying Jungkook to the core.

“Shut up, pervert! Cum tastes like shit.” Jungkook deadpans, wanting to kick him in the stomach.
But it would be hypocritical coming from him because this is such a huge turn on for him.

“No? Yours tastes good though. Makes me wanna devour you even more.” Taehyung says as he
gets up from the couch and picks Jungkook up bridal style. Startling him a bit but Jungkook
quickly wraps his arms around his neck so that he doesn’t fall.

“Shut up before I beat the shit out of you.” Jungkook seethes.

Taehyung’s actual motif is to keep that blush on Jungkook’s cheeks and ears. It makes him look so
beautiful that he never wanna stop teasing him.

They enter Taehyung’s bedroom where Taehyung puts him on the bed and starts stripping off all of
his clothes.

Jungkook stares at him. His heart is suddenly pounding like crazy as he watches Taehyung take off
each piece of cloth and reveal every inch of his body.

It makes Jungkook feel hot.

He too proceeds to take off his shirt. His pants and boxers are already off- lying carelessly on the
living room floor and now he throws his shirt off on the bedroom floor as Taehyung crawls over
him once again.

“Did you even eat anything before coming here?” Taehyung suddenly asks, taking Jungkook
aback.

“What kind of stupid question is that when I’m literally lying naked under you?”

Taehyung lets out a laugh, “I asked this because there’s still some time before dinner and I don’t
think we’ll be done by then.” he says, roaming his hand down Jungkook’s chest towards his lower
abdomen and then slides it up his thigh to spread it. “I was just worried you might become
exhausted and hungry.”

‘This stupid fucker!’ Jungkook thinks. So it’s not his imagination when he thought that Taehyung
seemed a little too confident today.

And surprisingly enough, it doesn’t annoy Jungkook.

“You’re so stupid.” he says, pulling Taehyung down to kiss him to his heart's content.

He feels so happy that he won’t even mind if Taehyung completely worns him out.
His body shivers when Taehyung starts kissing down his jawline and neck.

Taehyung loves kissing his neck as much as Jungkook enjoys receiving it. It gives him some sort
of satisfaction when he paints red and purple hues on his pale skin to claim him as his.

His hand doesn’t stay calm either as he parts Jungkook’s legs and uses the cum as lube to rub it
against his hole.

Jungkook moans softly, Taehyung’s fingers are just teasing him and not giving what he actually
wants so it's frustrating.

“Taehyung, it’s not fair. Why do you keep teasing me like this?” Jungkook whines, gripping
Taehyung’s hair harshly to pull him away from his nipple and make him look at his eyes. A string
of saliva connects Taehyung’s lips to his nipple and the sight alone makes Jungkook want to cum.

“It’s fun seeing you all worked up like this.” Taehyung grins and finally inserts a finger.
Jungkook’s mouth falls open around a silent moan. “You look so sexy when you’re worked up.”

“I’m gonna take revenge on you for this.” Jungkook mumbles, feeling the way Taehyung’s finger
drags along his wall.

“Sure, I’ll look forward to it, baby.” Taehyung says, pressing a kiss on the middle of his chest.

“Fuck, I don’t want your fingers, Taehyung!” Jungkook groans when Taehyung puts more fingers
in and quirks them up so his whole body shudders as his prostate gets stimulated.

Taehyung smirks, “Patience baby, we’re just getting started.”

Jungkook really won’t mind if Taehyung completely worms him out tonight.

Or that’s what Jungkook thought because now, he would actually prefer dying.

“Nghh fuck- Taehyung stop! I can’t go on anymore.” Jungkook croaks out, every inch of his body
feels sore.

He doesn’t even remember how many times he came already. It feels so gross with all the
stickiness over his stomach and between his thighs. His legs have gone numb long before but
Taehyung seems to not lose his stamina at all.

“Just this once, please okay? Let me come.” Taehyung tells him, grinding his cock inside
Jungkook’s hole slowly, groaning at the feeling when his ass clenches around him.

“Fuck you! You’ve said that last time too! We’re already out of all the condoms you had at home
and now- ah fuck.” Jungkook’s stomach tightens up again. Now Taehyung is going raw.

Jungkook can tell that Taehyung is having a hard time controlling himself. It’s not that Jungkook is
doing any better.

But the thing is, both of them are feeling too much to just stop after a couple of times.
They aren’t fuck buddies anymore. The acceptance of their own feelings is taking over them like a
spell which can’t be broken and they both want to keep being wrapped around each other for as
long as they can and make love like there’s no tomorrow.

But fuck! Jungkook’s ass is sore!

“Shit, I’m gonna cum.” Taehyung moans near Jungkook’s ear who’s lying underneath him, face
buried into the pillow. He’s holding Jungkook’s waist so tightly, it’s gonna leave a bruise.

Even though Jungkook is feeling all sore and exhausted, he still grinds back against him.

He really does feel like the pervert amongst the two of them.

“Jungkook, can I cum inside? Please?” Taehyung pleads, thrusting deep inside him as if he can go
any further. Jungkook’s stomach already feels so full. “I wanna cum inside, please.”

Jungkook gasps and moans, he doesn’t have the energy to answer him fully so he just nods his
head slowly.

Taehyung curses under his breath as he gets up to sit on his knees and rams inside him with a fast
and hard thrust. So hard that all the air in Jungkook’s lungs gets knocked out of him and a choked
moan slips from his throat. A tear rolls down his cheeks as he closes his eyes shut.

“Shit,” Taehyung bites his lips hard and squeezes his eyebrows together as they both cum at once.

“I hate you.” Jungkook mumbles, trembling slightly as it makes Taehyung grin and wrap his arms
around his body. He kisses Jungkook’s sweat slicked shoulders and neck as they lie down to catch
their breath.

Jungkook groans when Taehyung slowly pulls out of him and the cum drips out of his hole. It’s
nasty. It’s hot. It makes him want to punch Taehyung in the face.

“But I like you.” Taehyung tells him then, nuzzling against his bare neck. His grip tightens around
his body.

“Yeah, so much that you were down to kill me.” Jungkook retorts back.

Taehyung has the audacity laugh, “But you like it when I fuck you hard.” he says with his full
chest.

It’s just that- Jungkook likes everything Taehyung does. Or he just started to feel like that now and
it’s so cheesy of him he wants to dig a hole and lie in it and never come out of it.

It’s already dark outside by the time they are done.

They washed up separately after that because Jungkook banned Taehyung from coming anywhere
near him while they had no clothes on.

Of course, Taehyung pouted a lot and used those puppy eyes on him so that they could shower
together but Jungkook told himself that if he wants to live, he should not let himself get swayed by
it everytime.

After they washed up and Taehyung ordered something for them to eat for dinner, they went to
sleep together as Jungkook agreed to stay the night.
Instinctively, Taehyung slides his hand over Jungkook’s middle as Jungkook scoots a little closer to
him. Burying his face under Taehyung’s chin and inhaling his scent. A feeling of calmness spreads
all over him at the familiar scent or Taehyung’s body odor. Though he smells a little like soap too.
He likes it regardless.

“Koo -” Taehyung pauses, “I mean, Jungkook- didn’t you say you were gonna look for a part time
job?”

Jungkook raises his head to look at Taehyung when he hears the hesitancy in his voice. Taehyung
isn't looking at him. “Do you wanna call me by that?”

“Ah, it just slipped out. I won’t call you that if you don’t like it.” Taehyung mutters.

“You have no shame at all calling me all the pet names during sex but you’re feeling shy because
of this?” Jungkook says, there’s a slight hint of smirking on his face because of how flustered
Taehyung looks.

“Can I call you by this? I have a feeling you’d punch me if I called you baby all the time.”
Taehyung snickers.

It doesn’t even surprise Jungkook how true that is because if Taehyung called him that during
normal time because it would embarrass him so much and he would punch him.

“But I just wanted to call you by something that no one else does. Something that feels only mine
so-” Taehyung gets flustered again.

He’s cute or whatever.

“You can call me that.” Jungkook murmurs. “I’m- yours now so, you have the right to call me
whatever you want to.” he says as he lowers his gaze.

Taehyung suddenly lightens up, “Oh? Then can I call you my baby instead?”

“Know your limits.”

Taehyung bursts out laughing.

He knows Jungkook is still a bit allergic to affectionate terms so for now this will work. “As I was
saying, about your part time job.”

Jungkook snuggles against him in a comfortable position before he speaks, “I found a couple of
part time job interviews. There’s one next week and one after that. I am nervous about it though
because I have never worked before.”

Taehyung’s hand gently strokes Jungkook’s hair. It makes him feel drowsy soon. “Oh? What kind
of job is it?”

“Mostly at cafes as a barista or serving. As it’s just for during the break I thought this would be
perfect rather than working at a lab with professors and get absolutely no free time at all.”
Jungkook tells him.

Taehyung nods, “Let me know the timing. I will drive you there.”

“What about your work though?” Jungkook’s really sleepy right now, his words come out slurry.

“I have a couple of gigs this week so I’ll be free after that for some time.”
“Mhmm oh.”

Taehyung smiles softly seeing how sleepy Jungkook is, leaning down to press a kiss on the top of
his head. “Goodnight, koo.” he says.

Jungkook closes his eyes completely, falling asleep before he can say it back.

***

“So, you have never worked in a cafe before?”

Jungkook goes stiff.

He has no experience whatsoever but he thought that everyone has a first time.

But everyone these days wants people with prior experience. And even though he practiced a lot
these last couple of days with Taehyung and Yoongi too to learn some basics because they have
experiences working at cafes, he is still scared as hell.

“I don’t but I am a fast learner and I’m sure I can get a hold of everything after seeing it a couple of
times.” Jungkook says, hoping that it works.

But the boss doesn’t seem to be convinced, “We are already so busy here so I don’t think anyone
would have the time to show you things by hand alway-”

“I can do it boss!” Jungkook suddenly hears a familiar voice.

“Huh? Yugyeom? You are the busiest person here, what are you saying?” The boss says and
Jungkook’s eyes widen when he looks at Yugyeom.

“The sole purpose of hiring a part timer was to lessen our work-load isn’t it, boss? Besides, he
actually is a fast learner.” Yugyeom says with a big smile on his face. His eyes creating crescents
and all.

Seeing a familiar face suddenly boosts Jungkook’s confidence. “Yes boss, you can trust in me.
You won’t get disappointed.”

The boss looks at Yugyeom first and then at Jungkook then at Yugyeom again and crosses his
arms over his chest, “You guys know each other?”

Yugyeom’s smile widens as he scratches the back of his neck, “Haha you caught me boss. But I’m
not just saying it cause I know him. He actually is a good learner.”

Jungkook nods after him, “And I really need this job. Please consider at least giving me a chance to
see if I am fit for it or not.”

Even though the boss was hesitating a little, as everyone would want someone experienced rather
than a total newbie, Yugyeom’s seems to put him in some kind of reassurance. “Okay then, let’s
have you start today as our other barista is not gonna come.”
Instantly, Jungkook’s face lightens up. He gets up and bows his head as low as possible, “Thank
you, thank you so much boss.” he says, he might cry a little too.

And that’s how Jungkook got his first part time job.

“Oh my god, Yugyeom, why didn’t you ever tell me where you worked? You know how surprised
I was to see you here?” Jungkook excitedly says as soon as the boss leaves their sight.

Yugyeom pulls out a chair beside him and sits, “Hey, I was the one who’s shocked. I had no idea
you were the one coming for an interview today.”

Jungkook laughs, “Thank you, Yug. I don’t think I was gonna get hired if it weren’t for your
vouch. The boss seems to not like the fact that I’m inexperienced.”

Yugyeom shrugs, “Nah he was like that to me too, when I am the one with experience. It probably
is in the nature of all the bosses?”

Both of them laugh and after that Yugyeom takes Jungkook to the staff room to get changed so that
he can start working.

As Jungkook said, he is a quick learner.

The most basic thing he has to learn as a newbie part timer is how to work the coffee machine.

Even if it looks a little complicated at first, after Jungkook saw Yugyeom do the process a couple
of times, it became easy for him.

“Look at you using it like a pro!” Yugyeom claps his hand on Jungkook’s shoulder. “You’ll be
making the drinks smoothly in no time.”

“You think the boss will be impressed?” Jungkook asks.

“He might not say it out loud but I’m sure he will be.” Yugyeom tells him.

The rest of the time goes by pretty quick as Jungkook learns how to take orders and some other
stuff of the kitchen and counter.

By the end of his first day as a trial, the boss of the cafe tells him that he is hired and can come
working from tomorrow on his shift.

It’s when Jungkook is about to leave, Yugyeom calls him again.

“Hey Jungkook, I’m glad I’ll be working with someone I know from now on.” he says, with a big
smile on his face.

Jungkook mirrors it, “I am relieved too! I was so nervous at first but you made it go away. Thank
you again.” he says, “Oh and one more thing, next time you flirt with your boyfriend, please check
your surroundings. People might be hearing you.”

Yugyeom’s face goes red. His boyfriend called him a few moments ago and he was talking to him
on the phone. He didn’t think Jungkook heard him.

“Shit man, I thought I was alone. Sorry, you had to hear all that.” Yugyeom facepalms himself and
sighs. It’s embarrassing.

Jungkook snickers, “Well, I don’t mind but the boss sure looked disgusted.”
Horror flashes over Yugyeom's face and Jungkook bursts out laughing.

They keep teasing and bantering by the door of the cafe outside when Jungkook hears the noise of
a car stopping and there’s Taehyung coming out of it.

“Oh! Hey, Tae, how did you know when I was gonna finish?” Jungkook asks Taehyung, surprised
seeing him here at this time. He was thinking of giving him a call anyway but he didn’t think
Taehyung would show up just at the right time. He did send him a text letting him know that he
passed the interview and today he’s gonna have a trial session.

But before Taehyung replies to Jungkook, his eyes fall on Yugyeom and the look he gives him is
intimidating.

Yugyeom doesn’t seem to notice it but Jungkook does. “Taehyung! What a surprise to see you too?
This day is full of surprises, first Jungkook and now you!” Yugyeom says excitedly.

But not much excitement comes from Taehyung, “Yeah, surprised seeing you here. If you excuse
us, we need to leave.” he says and not so subtly wraps his fingers around Jungkook’s wrist.

Yugyeom notices it and gives him a sheepish smile. “Yeah sure, I’ll see you at work then,
Jungkook.”

Jungkook turns to him, “Right. See you.” he says and Taehyung doesn’t wait a moment before he
drags him away from there and gets inside the car.

“Okay, what was that?” Jungkook asks, as soon as Taehyung locks the door.

Taehyung grips the steering wheel tightly and doesn’t look at Jungkook. “What?”

Jungkook can tell something is off. It’s literally oozing out of Taehyung. “You looked like you
were ready to fight him or something. What happened?”

Taehyung’s face looks like he has been caught in the act. “Ugh , so- he works here too?” he asks,
tapping his finger on the steering wheel.

Jungkook raises an eyebrow at him, “Oh yeah. I didn’t know he works here. Actually, if he didn’t
help me today, I don’t think I would have gotten the job.”

Taehyung’s fingers twitch. The annoyed feeling taking over him once again. And it doesn’t seem
like Jungkook is going to let it go until he gets to know what is the reason for him to act like this
all of a sudden.

Now that Jungkook thinks about it, Taehyung acted like this back then too. When he was studying
with Yugyeom that one time in the library.

“Taehyung, are you bothered by Yugyeom somehow?” Jungkook asks, a serious look on his face.

“What? No?” Taehyung denies it but it’s on his face.

“You’re a terrible liar. I can literally see it.”

Taehyung’s lips form a pout.

Not to be corny, Jungkook started to find these little things about him adorable and he can’t believe
it himself.
“It’s not that.” Taehyung says, “It’s just- you’ll think of me as a loser if I say what it is.”

Jungkook shrugs out of his bubble and looks at Taehyung, “Well you are a loser.” he says,
suppressing his sheepish smile.

“Hey!” Taehyung snaps, looking so offended but Jungkook knows it’s not that serious.

“Tell me. I won’t think you are a loser, okay?” Jungkook says but fails to not laugh.

Taehyung glares at him for a moment and then he sighs, “I don’t like him around you.” he stops for
a moment, “It makes me anxious.”

Now it actually confuses Jungkook, “Can you come straight to the point?”

Taehyung frustratingly tugs at his hair and bumps his head on the steering wheel, “He likes you,
okay? He once asked me to set you up with him and now I get to know that you are gonna be
working with him? Ugh I sound so lame but I can’t help it okay?”

Jungkook stares at him without blinking. And then it strikes him.

“Oh my god, are you jealous?” he blurts out.

Taehyung is already on the edge and Jungkook is not helping at all. “I am always jealous. I can’t
bear the thought of someone besides me flirting with you and stuff.”

Somehow, Jungkook’s heart is fluttering after hearing that. His cheeks are heating up and he has
the urge to kiss him right here right now.

He doesn’t even try to suppress the urge as he reaches forward to grab Taehyung’s cheeks and pull
him in for a chaste kiss.

Even though Taehyung is sulking a little, he doesn’t hesitate to reciprocate the kiss. He raises his
hand to wrap it around Jungkook’s neck and kisses him deeper.

They seem to forget the fact that they are out in the open, anyone could see them through the
window but they don’t care.

By the time they pull away, Taehyung’s eyes are wide in surprise.

“You are really a loser.” Jungkook says, squishing his cheeks so that he can’t retort. “First of all,
he has a boyfriend.”

Taehyung’s eyebrows shoot up to his forehead.

“Yes, don’t be surprised. Secondly, there’s nothing to be anxious about. Don’t you trust me?”

Taehyung sighs, “It’s not that I don’t trust you. It’s just that- I have already been stupid enough all
this time when, not knowing what my true feelings are for you. And then there’s people who are
ready to confess like it’s no big deal and it makes me feel like shit.”

Jungkook caresses his cheeks, a soft touch to let him focus on nothing but Jungkook, “We may
have been a little dumb in this area but we are together, aren’t we? It’s you who I am with- not
anyone else.” he says, Taehyung nods his head in acknowledgement. “And even if it pisses you off,
you can’t really control other’s feelings, right? You gotta trust in me and actually feel proud of
yourself that you’re the one who’s feelings got accepted. Remember when I told you that one time
that I want only you and no one else?”
The corners of Taehyung’s lips twitch upward, “Oh, but it was about my dick, no?”

This was probably the first time Jungkook acted like a real soft and calm human being but he
should have known that Kim Taehyung is a little shit that he has fallen for who will always get on
his nerves no matter what.

And Taehyung should have known that he brought this upon himself as Jungkook pinches and
pulls his cheeks so hard, it brings tears to his eyes. “Ahh fuck! It hurts! Let go- ahhh.”

Jungkook pinches only harder, in an attempt to make his cheeks bruised red like his own cheeks
are but for different reasons. His cheeks are heated.

“You asshole! I hate you!” Jungkook says, letting go of him and slumps back on his seat and looks
out of the window.

“What? Are you gonna deny it? I was just telling the truth! Guess truth has no value these days.”
The last line is said with so much dramatics that Jungkook considers turning around and punching
him in the face.

But when he can’t help but admit it. Whatever may have happened, how dense they might have
been, their bodies always reacted to each other. He has always been attracted to Taehyung
physically and Taehyung has been to him.

And the attraction only grew ten times intense after they connected emotionally too. So saying it
like they have started this relationship in a wrong order isn’t completely true because it is
important to form a strong foundation before building up anything and physical attraction is a very
important one for him when it comes to a relationship.

Because of how much they are attracted to each other, they realized it doesn’t only give them
sexual pleasure but they find comfort in each other. Even before they realized their own feelings,
physical touch had become a very crucial act of comforting and reassuring each other.

Like just now, how Jungkook was caressing Taehyung’s cheeks, or when Taehyung silently strokes
his thumb over Jungkook’s knuckles while holding hands for no particular reason.

Or when they hug each other so tightly in moments of vulnerability- grounding each other and
reminding that they are here for each other.

So Jungkook shouldn’t really feel ashamed about the fact that he is physically attracted to
Taehyung. Because if he was the one to suppress this desire, who knows, considering his
personality to avoid confrontations and lack of ability to express his emotions, he might have never
discovered his true feelings for Taehyung.

“Taehyung,” So Jungkook calls for him, still not building up the courage to look at him while he
says this but he calls anyway, “I hope you know that I have never been this attracted to anyone else
before. Both physically and emotionally. So in both cases, no one will ever take the place of you. I
hope you are ready to handle me being like this for the rest of your life too.”

The smirk Taehyung was wearing turns into a warm smile- Jungkook might have never been able
to see this smile too if he wasn’t attracted to him- “You bet.”

“And apologize to Yugyeom the next time you meet him.”

At this, Taehyung whines, “Why?! Ugh fine!” he says, and starts the engine of the car.
Jungkook still looks out the window, only there’s a smile on his face this time too.

When Taehyung pulled him inside the car earlier, saying they needed to leave, Jungkook thought it
was only because Taehyung was jealous seeing him with Yugyeom and they didn’t really need to
be somewhere.

Turns out, it’s a gang meeting tonight.

Jungkook was surprised when he saw Taehyung turning the car towards the road of Jin’s apartment
instead of theirs. Even more shocked when he saw everyone was present.

“Has our Jungkookie and Taehyungie become best friends or something? I miss yall fighting
everyday, what happened to you?” Hoseok jokingly says when they enter Jin’s apartment together.

Right, apart from Jimin and Yoongi, no one knows about their relationship.

“U-uh what do you mean? I just happened to run into him and got to know we’re meeting so he
gave me a lift.” Jungkook stutters.

It’s not that he doesn’t want to let them know. And the way he looks at Taehyung right away after
saying this, with panic in his eyes saying ’It just blurted out of my mouth’ tells that it became a
habit to deny it and he didn’t purposely do it.

Taehyung understands. He and Jungkook have been in this stupid phase of rivalry, fighting with
each other almost every day on every occasion possible so it’s understandable why they might say
things like this now. It must be beyond their imagination that he and Jungkook are now seeing each
other.

And it must be hard for Jungkook to break this news to them all too suddenly.

So Taehyung just plays along, “Yeah yeah, no way in hell I’ll be friends with Jeon.”

It’s in the tone.

It’s the way he said it that besides Jungkook, no one will get what he actually means.

Oh well, maybe Jimin gets it and Yoongi too because Taehyung can see them practically rolling
their eyes but he ignores them.

“Whatever, listen to me,” Jin says, cutting Taehyung off and everyone turns their focus onto him,
“Remember our plan to go on a trip this time?”

Everyone nods their head.

“Right so, because of our part time jobs and all- it can’t be a long trip but we can surely go on a
weekend trip. I happen to get a discount voucher for a ski resort if there’s more 5 people.”

“Oh my god, really? So we’re really going skiing?” Jimin asks, his eyes are wide and bright in
excitement.

“Ahh too bad it can’t be a week long vacay but sure! How about next weekend?” Hoseok asks.
“If I could, I would actually be ready to go right now. I’m so fucking exhausted with job that I need
this break as soon as possible.” Namjoon says as he leans back on the couch to rest his head on the
headrest.

Jungkook fidgets with his fingers before he speaks, “So, I also got a part time job today.”

“Oh my god, seriously?” Hoseok chimes.

“Yeah, it’s at a cafe and good for making some extra cash.”

“Congratulations, Jungkookie. I hope I am getting free snacks.” Jimin tells him with his sheepish
grin on his face.

“I have worked at a cafe before so if you need tips, come to me.” Namjoon tells him.

“Thank you, hyung. Though Yoongi hyung has helped me quite a lot too.” He doesn’t mention
Taehyung but sends him a glance anyway.

“So, are we all free to go on the trip then? next weekend?” Jin asks everyone once again.

“Yeah, I don’t have any gigs either so I’m free.” Taehyung says.

And everyone else agrees too.

Jungkook happily chats with everyone being so excited about a long awaited trip. And he feels so
happy without anything bothering him after a long time.

And it’s all because of this one person who’s staring at him with a stupid smile on his face instead
of listening to others' plans about what they should do on the day of the trip. Not really caring if
someone notices him because Jungkook is looking so happy right now and he doesn’t wanna miss
a single moment of it.

Things are going to be only happy from now on.

_____________________________

“Why? Why do I gotta be in the same car as you two?” Jimin whines, there’s fumes coming out of
his ears in anger as he aggressively crosses his arms over his chest and the people in the car do not
dare make a noise.

It’s the weekend. The day they are all supposed to go on a 2 day trip.

Jin let them know that the resort is in Daegu so they should get train tickets. But then Namjoon
suggested that they take cars because train ride makes him sick and he doesn’t wanna feel under
the weather at all when he’s there.

And cars will be much more comfortable to carry their personal stuff so all of them agreed.

Jin, Namjoon and Taehyung are the ones who currently own a car and they needed two cars for the
seven of them.
Taehyung volunteered to drive his own and between Jin and Namjoon, Jin volunteered and
Namjoon said he’ll take turns with him.

Back then, Jimin didn’t give it much thought and just went along with it because for a moment, he
had forgotten that this son of a bitch Taehyung is now head over heels for another son of a bitch.

“Hey, babe- I should be the one saying this not you-” Yoongi tries to calm Jimin down but he only
glares at him with fire blazing in his eyes.

“You! You are the one who put me in between these two disgusting shits! Why did you have to go
and say we’ll share the car with Taehyung and Jungkook? Why? Don’t you know they are in their
honeymoon phase right now? And don’t you know how gross honeymoon phases are?” Jimin says
all of that without even breathing and his face goes red.

That’s right.

As none but Yoongi and Jimin knows about Taehyung and Jungkook’s relationship, Taehyung
kind of begged Yoongi to make it look like a natural thing for the four of them to share one car so
no one suspects anything. So that Taehyung and Jungkook don’t end up in different cars.

And now Jimin is pissed because he has to witness his best friends being all gross and lovey dovey
right in front of his eyes.

“Kim Taehyung! If we crash and die on the road here- I am gonna fucking kill you!” Jimin spats,
the string of his patience is about to snap completely.

“What?! I am just holding his hands! You two do worse things than this in front of us! Besides, it’s
cold, I need to warm it up to be able to drive properly.” Taehyung shouts back at him with a teasing
grin on his face. He is currently driving with one hand while his other one is intertwined with
Jungkook’s.

Jungkook has been real quiet all this time. Because now that their relationship is not a secret
anymore, at least in front of Jimin and Yoongi, he’s feeling so embarrassed to do anything, even if
he could actually beat the shit out of Taehyung right now for being touchy in front of people, he
can’t do anything.

“But but! It’s like- seeing my own child being gross in front of their parents!” Jimin whines again,
leaning against Yoongi to let out a dramatic cry and it makes Taehyung laugh.

“It’s our first trip together, so I didn’t want to be apart from him.” Taehyung says. Jungkook looks
at him after hearing that, still feeling shy and embarrassed and he wants to tell him to shut up.

“Just say you are a total simp for him and go.” Jimin retorts back.

“As if Yoongi ain’t completely a simp for you either.” Taehyung snickers.

Jungkook finally lets out a laugh but suppresses it right away. But not fast enough to let it slide
from Yoongi’s gaze.

“Fucking hell, I can’t believe Jungkook-ah is dating Taehyung! I feel like killing him right now.”
Yoongi groans.

“Just so you know, Jungkook will be sad if you kill me.” Taehyung tells him, there’s not a bit of
shame in his tone.
“Can you guys shut up?” Jungkook finally speaks, “Focus on the road, you jerk.” he tells
Taehyung who pouts dramatically and focuses on the road as he’s told.

“Just for the information, I am not against you guys being lovey dovey. I am actually happy for
you both.” Jimin tells Jungkook. The annoyed look is subsided from his face and replaced with a
warm smile when he looks at Jungkook through the mirror.

Jungkook nods his head. He knows they are just teasing him with all that and not actually annoyed.
“I know, thank you. But hyung, Taehyung was right about that one thing though.” he says then,
confusing Yoongi a little bit when he gets addressed.

“About what?” Yoongi asks him.

“You are such a simp for Jimin.”

“You little shit!”

The car fills with laughter of three people and one grumpy old man cursing the shit out of them.

It takes them about 4 hours before they reach the ski resort. And it’s one of the most beautiful
places ever.

And they can tell it’s famous as soon as they get out of the car and see there’s people swarming the
place.

“Holy shit! Look at this place!” Hoseok jumps right out of the car and his excitement is over the
cloud.

“Truly, Jin hyung, where did you get a discount voucher for a place like this?” Jungkook asks Jin
who’s getting ready to go check themselves in.

“You see baby, when you work in the real world, you make a lot of connections.” Jin says with a
flick of his hair.

This makes Namjoon give him a bombasting side eye, “You sound like a gangster right now, you
know that?”

“What if I am secretly a gangster? What are you going to do then?”

It’s Yoongi who snickers at him, “You? A gangster? You get scared shitless when you see a stupid
cockroach. Give me a break.”

Before this turns out to be world war three, Jungkook and Hoseok separates them both and send Jin
away for the check ins. Namjoon follows him behind and the rest start taking a look around the
place.

here though, Taehyung and Jungkook are a little cautious about being obvious. So they keep a little
distance between them as they all walk around and decide what to do for the rest of the day.

Jin and Namjoon come back after 15 minutes with their tickets to enter the skiing place and get the
equipment. And so they all get changed and ready to ski.

“Oh my god this place is huge!” Jimin yells the moment they come into the ski area. The mountain
area is vast, covered with white snow. “Goodbye bitches! See you on the other side!” he adds and
then in a blink of an eye, he disappears from sight, skiing on the snow at the speed of life and
screaming on the top of his lungs.

“If that little shit gets lost in the woods, I am not taking him back with us.” Jin groans, pointing his
finger at Yoongi, “Why are you still here? Go after him, what the hell! What if he really hurts
himself? He’s too excited to care for anything.”

Besides him, Taehyung smirks at how subtly Jin shows that he actually cares.

One by one, Yoongi and Namjoon glide away on the snow too.

Jin is about to start too when his eyes fall on Taehyung, who is miserably failing to even take a
step and falls on the ground beside Jungkook.

“Hey, Taehyung, get up? You don’t know how to ski?” Jungkook asks him, holding his hands out
for him to take a stand up. Realizing later that Jin and Hoseok are still here and retreating right
away.

Thankfully, they don’t put any meaning to it, “The hell? No? He is good at skiing.” Hoseok tells
him.

Taehyung stands back up, holding his poles again, “Ugh, it’s been so long since I last went skiing. I
think I forgot how to do it.” he says then and looks straight at Jungkook, “Hey Jeon, why don’t you
teach me how to do it.”

Jungkook’s eyes go wide.

“I can teach you,” Hoseok volunteers but Taehyung shakes his head.

“But I want Jeon to teach me.”

“Taehyung-ah, why are you trying to annoy him again-” Jin starts saying but Jungkook cuts him
off.

“Fine, I’ll teach him.” Jungkook says and it surprises both Jin and Hoseok.

“You guys are not planning to kill each other here, are you?” Jin asks, he’s not even trying to be
funny here because his tone is full of seriousness.

“Nah, trust me Jin hyung, okay?” Jungkook tells him with a smile on his face but it doesn’t
convince him.

But he agrees anyway, “Okay but in case one of you kills each other, make sure to bury it cleanly.”
he says and then sweeps away boarding on his ski right away.

“Guys, I sometimes can’t tell if that guy is actually in a gang or not. I don’t think he’s kidding.”
Hoseok’s voice sounds so terrified that Jungkook can’t suppress his laughter.

“It’s okay Hobi hyung, you ahead. We’ll be right behind.” he tells Hoseok and then Hoseok takes
off too.

And after he leaves, Taehyung lets out the biggest sigh of relief, “Fuck! I thought I won’t be getting
even a minute to spend with you alone!” He says, groaning like he has been so frustrated all this
time.
“Tae, are you crazy? We are here to hang out all of us together!” Jungkook smacks him on the
arm.

But Taehyung is actually on the verge of losing it so he doesn’t give a fuck about all the strangers
around them and hugs Jungkook from behind, making the latter gasp, “Sue me for being unable to
stay away from you.”

In between the cold weather, Jungkook’s cheeks heat up, “Ugh fuck, let go! What if someone
sees!”

Taehyung doesn’t let go right away, instead he hugs him tighter and Jungkook starts to wiggle
himself out. So he lets him go in the end.

“You didn’t actually forget how to ski, right?” Jungkook asks him. He actually knows Taehyung
lied about it but just in case.

“No I didn’t.” Taehyung confirms his doubt with a smile, “But we aren’t gonna follow that path
they all went. We are gonna go that way.” he shows the opposite route.

“But they are gonna worry, we agreed to meet at the end of this way.” Jungkook says with a little
hesitancy in his voice.

“Koo, we can literally tell them that you took a little time to teach me.” Taehyung assures him.

And Jungkook thinks just how cunning this guy is. Not that he minds.

He watches as Taehyung steadies himself to take off when a question comes to his mind, “Um,
Tae, don’t you feel disappointed that I haven’t been able to tell the rest of them about us yet? I
mean, that way, we wouldn’t need to make all these lies.”

It’s a shame that they are wearing gloves now. Because Taehyung has the biggest urge to cup
Jungkook’s cheeks with his bare hands, feel the warmth of his skin. Even though he can’t do that,
he still cups his cheeks, “It’s really not a thing to feel disappointed about, Koo. I understand that
it’s always hard to tell them about us because all they have seen all these years is just us fighting. I
know it’s awkward to just let it out. So we can take our time.” he says and giggles a little,
“Besides, this feels like we’re secretly dating. Enemies who are secret lovers. Very exciting.”

Jungkook swears it’s not because he likes Taehyung but because Taehyung has the ability to make
him smile no matter what. Just like what he said right now makes Jungkook burst into laughter,
“You’re crazy. That only happens in fictions, fucker.”

Taehyung laughs too, picking up his poles as he lets go of his cheeks, “You see, our story is better
than fiction.”

Even though Taehyung said he didn’t forget how to ski, he fell a couple of times on the snow and
Jungkook had the biggest laugh of his life watching him being so miserable standing back again on
his feet after being so confident he was fine.

This is the happiest Jungkook has ever been. This is the most he has ever laughed in his life.
There’s not a moment that feels dull when he is with Taehyung.

And from the look of it, Taehyung has been actively trying to make sure Jungkook doesn’t feel that
way even for a second.

Jungkook wonders if Taehyung is worrying that he needs to try hard because he said he’ll make
him happy no matter what. If that’s the reason why he always goes out of his way to make
everything enjoyable for him.

He also thinks what if Taehyung fears that if he doesn’t try hard, Jungkook won’t like him
anymore.

But in all honesty, that’s not the case.

Just the bare minimum effort from Taehyung has Jungkook falling for him deeper than ever.

So he’s glad he agreed to Taehyung to come this way and they get to enjoy their own moment
together. Creating memories together and Jungkook wants to create more memories with him like
this to replace them with all the bad ones he had till now.

“Hey! You two! Where the hell have you been!” Jimin points his fingers at them the moment they
arrive at the location they all were supposed to meet together.

Taehyung sends Jungkook a wink subtly so one else notices and then turns back to Jimin, “Oh,
Jeon was just teaching me how to ski cause I forgot.”

Jungkook presses his lips together to not laugh. He knows Jimin didn’t buy it all and from the way
Yoongi rolls his eyes tells that he didn’t either.

This truly feels like they are secretly dating and only now he understands what excitement
Taehyung was talking about.

There was a tteokbokki stall where they all met up and decided to have hot and spicy tteokbokki in
his chilly weather and enjoyed the rest of the afternoon chatting there before they all came back to
the resort.

They are supposed to spend the night here today and go back to Seoul tomorrow.

So when they are back, they first go to change and return the equipment they borrowed for skiing.

Jungkook is taking off his gloves and knee pads when Taehyung suddenly grabs him by the wrist
and drags him away to a corner.

“Ack! What the hell! You scared me!” Jungkook gasps, smacking Taehyung on the head like it’s a
natural reflex of him but not too hard. “And what are you doing? Let go, hyungs are outside.”

Taehyung is finally out of his gloves and is able to grab Jungkook’s cheeks comfortably, feeling
the warmth of his skin

“They are all done changing already and are outside. Forget about them and pay attention to me,
okay?” Taehyung tells him.

“I have been with you all day.”

“Yeah but I haven’t gotten a chance to kiss you even once.” Taehyung says and abruptly leans in to
press their lips together.
Jungkook gasps once again. His eyes widening with shock and too out of it to kiss him back.

So Taehyung pulls away with a heartbroken, saddened reaction on his face, “Whoa- you don’t like
to kiss me anymore?” he says with a dramatic tone.

“Shut up, oh my god you are such a child.” Jungkook rolls his eyes at him.

“Come on, please. Just one kiss. I have been dying all day pretending I don’t like you in front of
them. Gimme a kiss to make up for it.” Taehyung puckers his lips out.

Jungkook wants to kiss him too. And he is grateful that Taehyung hasn’t actually gone mad at him
for being such a coward in front of them. And he didn’t really ask for much.

So Jungkook leans in, parting his lips a little so that they can mold their lips together in a small,
tender kiss. And he gets reminded right away just how much he too missed Taehyung close like
this.

“Ah fuck it,” Jungkook curses between their kiss and clasps Taehyung tight, wrapping his arms
around his neck to kiss him deeper. There’s no one but them here anyway so he might as well kiss
him for a little longer.

The sudden act makes Taehyung smirk, not hesitating to hold Jungkook by the waist and pull him
closer. He tilts his head to the side and swiftly glides his tongue inside Jungkook’s mouth.

Jungkook doesn’t know this but Taehyung is just as attracted to him as he is and it’s always hard to
hold himself back.

Like right now, he has the urge to just pin Jungkook against the wall and take him right here right
now. Kiss him and lick him all over so that he lets out the loudest moans and burn his skin with the
desire to devour him whole.

“Jungkook-ah, are you gonna take the whole night changing or wha- what the fuck!”

The bubble of desire that started to build pops right away and replaces with a fear that cripples up
his spine as Taehyung jumps away from Jungkook as Jungkook pushes him away with a terrified
look on his face.

“What are you guys- Jungkook and Taehyung-” It’s Hoseok. So the reaction is also over the top as
he points his finger at Jungkook and then at Taehyung, “You- you two- what the heck! What is
going on!?”

Ah shit.

“Why are you shouting? I sent you to bring the kids back, and you are scolding them?” Jin appears
behind him too.

Fucking hell.

Hoseok’s eyes are popping out of their sockets, “Taehyung and Jungkook were kissing. Just now.”

“What?” Jin asks as if he just heard the most absurd thing ever.

Jungkook was already having a tough time figuring out how he was gonna tell them about his and
Taehyung’s relationship. And now getting caught like this- he wants to fucking die out of
embarrassment.
“No? We weren’t kissing.” Taehyung suddenly says and Jungkook whips his head towards him,
“Jungkook just asked me to check if there was something in his eye.”

“I know what I saw!” Hoseok counters back and Taehyung is shaking his head in denial.

And Jungkook thinks enough is enough.

“We are dating.”

Fuck. shit. FUCK!

“I am dating Taehyung and I like him and that’s why we were kissing, stop now, okay? Okay?!”

Hoseok feels like fainting and Jin is at a loss of words while Taehyung’s never ending desire starts
to bloom once again at Jungkook’s bold declaration.

This is annoying.

Taehyung really wanted to have Jungkook alone for some time but they just had to get caught like
that and now- surrounded by everyone else in the middle of the living room like they are facing an
interrogation for committing a crime.

“So, you two are dating.” Namjoon says, his voice ain’t scary at all but neutral which is fine
compared to the dramatic hues and cry Hoseok let out the first time.

“And it was only us three who didn’t know?” Jin says, looking at Yoongi and Jimin instead of
Taehyung and Jungkook. Yoongi avoids looking at Jin’s eyes.

“Oh come on, you guys are being dramatic. How could we tell you guys about their personal
matters when they weren’t ready for it?” Jimin says with a roll of his eyes.

Taehyung and Jungkook are currently sitting beside each other, they are all surrounding a table
sitting on the floor and there’s drinks in front of them.

“Ugh I’m not saying you should have outed them but like- the kids are dating? Who used to step
on each other’s throat?” Jin howls, frustratingly pulling at his hair. Beside him, Hoseok nods in
agreement.

Taehyung is having a hard time suppressing his smile because even though a moment ago,
Jungkook was being so bold and unbothered, right now he’s flushing red like a tomato. He has not
stopped fidgeting with his fingers for once and Taehyung just wants to go over and hold it but it
might make him even more embarrassed in front of everyone else.

“Can you guys shut up? What’s the big deal?” Taehyung scoffs.

“Oh we are not talking about you, you were always simping for Jungkook-ah. We are talking about
how the fuck Jungkook ended up dating you out of everyone else?” Hoseok points his finger at him
with a shocked expression on his face in an attempt to offend him playfully.

“What did you say bitch?” Taehyung retorts, getting annoyed at how smugly Hoseok is looking at
him.

“Let’s be honest here, you were head over heels for Jungkook the day you met him. You were
trying your hardest to flirt the shit out of him.” Jimin snickers before he looks at Jungkook and
sends him a wink.

“I- I wasn’t.” Taehyung stutters, that’s actually not 100% wrong and he’s ashamed to admit it. He
won’t admit it.

“Seriously, Jungkook-ah, you could have done better.” Jin clicks his tongue and shakes his head as
he says this to Jungkook.

“Hey! Now you are downright roasting me, what the hell?” Taehyung fumes in anger as they all
laugh.

“Taehyung- treats me well.” Jungkook suddenly says and all eyes snap towards him. He can feel
all of their gazes at him but he feels the need to say it. “I’m sorry that you guys had to find this out
like this but- I didn’t know how to tell you.”

Hoseok’s eyes go soft and he smiles, “Aww baby, were you shy?”

Taehyung squints his eyes, “Don’t call him baby.”

“Eww stop being gross.” Jimin sends him a disgusted look.

“Look who’s talking, you are way nastier than me. Everyone will agree.” Taehyung says and looks
at the others, smirking when they nod in agreement and Jimin fumes, “Besides, he’s my baby.
Why would you call him baby?”

“See see? A total simp.” Hoseok mocks him again.

But Jungkook is glad that none of them took it any different way. The little doubt he had in his
head that they might feel awkward about it is gone now.

Everyday Jungkook understands that overthinking has cost him a lot till now. Everything is so easy
if he’s just honest with himself.

But that’s also when he’s around the right people.

And these people right here, have always been his biggest supporters.

“How about we do a Q&A with these two? I am super curious to know how this all happened!”
Hoseok suddenly claps his hands and says.

Perhaps, right now, these people are his biggest enemies.

“Why are you guys doing this to us?” Taehyung groans, leaning slightly towards Jungkook so their
shoulders touch. Jungkook is rubbing his fingers over his forehead as well because he knows
there’s no escape from this.

“Oh shush, it’s fun.” Hoseok says and pours some drink on the glass in front of them, “If you don’t
want to answer, you have to drink it.”

After a little more nagging from everyone else, Taehyung and Jungkook agree to do it.

“Okay so, who confessed first?”

Jungkook looks at Taehyung, reminiscing about the time when he was so transparent about his
feelings for Jungkook. So he doesn’t hesitate before he answers, “It was Taehyung.”

“Are you guys seeing how Jungkook is blushing?”

“You guys are making him feel uncomfortable!” Taehyung retorts. But Jungkook isn’t actually
isn't feeling uncomfortable.

“We should have known it was Taehyung. Okay then, next question, when the fuck did it all
start?”

If they were to be absolutely honest, the answer would be Jimin’s birthday party, where it all
started.

There’s no way they are gonna admit the fact that they started their relationship with being fuck
buddies at first.

And Jungkook knows Jimin won’t spill it either.

“We don’t know how it happened. It just happened.” Jungkook says, looking at Taehyung who
smiles and nods in agreement.

“Ugh- romantic- gross.” they tease.

It goes like that. Taehyung and Jungkook get bombarded with questions about their first date, first
kiss and silly little things like that.

And with the time passing, Taehyung finds himself finally holding Jungkook’s hand and the end
of it, not caring about the rest of them noticing it or not.

Everything gets easier with time.

And Jungkook is happy he gets to experience it with Taehyung.

***

The second time Jungkook fell into utter despair is when Hoseok and Jimin told him and Taehyung
to share a room and sent a fucking wink at his direction.

Taehyung on the other hand, looked the happiest person in the world when he got to know that he
won’t need to share a room with anyone else but with Jungkook alone.

“Can you stop grinning? You are annoying me.” Jungkook grunts, stomping his way towards the
bed and sits on it. Hiding his face in his palm.

The cushion beside him dents as he gets the hint that Taehyung came and sat beside him too. “Are
you still embarrassed about it?” he asks, sneakily reaching for Jungkook’s wrist.

Jungkook tried to yank away from his touch but ends up giving in as Taehyung pries his hands
away from his face and intertwines his fingers with one. “You are shameless, that’s why you aren’t
embarrassed. Ugh fuck who knows what they might have been thinking!”

“I mean, we’re boyfriends so what’s there to be embarrassed about?” Taehyung says and suddenly
Jungkook’s heart leaps up to his throat.

“What?” he asks.

“What? What?” Taehyung repeats in confusion.

“B-boyfriends?”

Taehyung looks at him like Jungkook just told him the sun rises from the south. “Jeon Jungkook,
are you telling me we are not boyfriends after all this time and all that we’ve been through?”

Oh right. They are dating and all. So what if they didn’t outright ask each other out to be
boyfriends, they are already more than that. He doesn’t know why he acted like that. Maybe he
still isn’t used to the fact that he’s with Taehyung now, in a romantic relationship.

“Anyway! Even if they don’t think much of it, Jimin sure is thinking some weird shit!” Jungkook
whines again.

The corners of Taehyung’s lips quirk up and he raises his other hand to stroke it around Jungkook’s
ears, making him shiver a little, “You think they might be thinking we’re gonna do something
nasty, ha?”

Jungkook glares at him. Wanting to slap his hand away.

“But we have done nastier things with them present right in front of us, remember?”

The event flashes in front of Jungkook’s eyes like his worst nightmare.

It was a different situation back then. They didn’t know what was happening and him and
Taehyung weren’t romantically involved to take all of that into serious consideration but fucking
hell ! What possessed Jungkook back then to let Taehyung do something lewd and crazy?!

He wants to kill himself right now but as that’s not possible, he resorts to beating up Taehyung
instead as he grabs a pillow near him and hits him on the face.

“You stupid bastard! I hate you! Fuck you! Stop laughing asshole!” Jungkook hits and shouts at
him but Taehyung has tears building in his eyes from how hard he’s laughing.

He tries to block the blows away with his arms and at one point he manages to grab Jungkook’s
wrist and uses his force to pin Jungkook down on the bed, pressing his whole body weight onto
him so that he can’t wriggle around.

“So it was okay when we were fuck buddies but it’s not when we’re dating now?” Taehyung asks
him, his face is dangerously close.

“I didn’t say we can’t. I just said it’s embarrassing.” Jungkook mumbles, averting his gaze because
somehow it makes his heart race faster.

Taehyung smirks, leaning just a little bit so his lips touch the corner of Jungkook’s lightly, “But it
makes me feel proud that they will know you’re mine.”

Jungkook twists his hands but Taehyung is pinning them down in a strong grip, which might leave
a bruise on his pale smooth skin, “As I said, you are shameless.”
Taehyung kisses the corner of his mouth properly this time. “I am just happy that I won’t have to
hide the fact that I like you in front of them.” he says, kissing his cheek next, “I wanna love you
freely, Jungkook.”

The L word sends a shiver down Jungkook’s spine, “Was it bothering you till now that I couldn’t
tell them about us?” he blurts out.

Taehyung shakes his head right away, “No, it’s not that. I respect your comfort over everything. As
I said, it was exciting dating in secret.”

Jungkook stares at Taehyung’s eyes for a moment longer than intended to. His breath becomes
slower and his mind becomes hazy. His body feels like it is on fire and something is raging inside
his heart.

“Taehyung, when you say you love me, I feel like my heart stops.”

Taehyung lets go of one hand and brings it over to cup Jungkook’s cheek, there’s a smile on his
face, “Why? It’s the truth. I know I am not directly saying it to you because I myself am scared of
how much I am gonna fall for you- but the truth is, I want to fall. I have never felt this way for no
one but you so I want to say those three words to you too.”

Jungkook’s free hand rests behind Taehyung’s neck, playing with the strands of hair, “I know it’s
scary. At least for me, love has always been scary. But you made it easy for me, Taehyung.” he
says.

Taehyung stares at him with bulging eyes as his heart suddenly starts thumping so loudly inside his
ribcage.

It might feel too early or all too sudden, but Jungkook feels like this is the right time. Every fiber of
his being is telling him that he’s ready for it. There’s nothing to lose and he knows Taehyung will
understand him.

And he can feel that it’s the time he lets the person who made everything so easy for him know
about it.

“I love you.” Jungkook mutters against his lips.

And surprisingly, it really didn’t feel scary at all. Which makes Jungkook let out a laugh, “Oh my,
I never thought I would be the first one to say those words out loud if I ever got into a relationship
again. Guess you are a lucky one, Kim.”

Taehyung still hasn’t processed the fact that Jungkook just dropped the bomb on him. He opens his
mouth a couple of times to say something but nothing comes out except a broken breath.

Which makes Jungkook laugh even louder, “Did I just make the great Kim Taehyung speechless?”

Taehyung lowers his head, hiding his face under Jungkook’s cheeks because his heart is about to
explode.

Jungkook gasps when he feels that Taehyung’s body is trembling slightly so he wraps his arms
around his frame in a tight hug.

“I- I never knew hearing those words make you feel like this.” Taehyung mutters, his voice is
shaky too and for a split second Jungkook thinks if he should have waited a little before saying
those words.
 “I guess, this is the right feeling when you love the right person.” Taehyung continues and it’s
Jungkook’s turn to have a fast heartbeat. “You are the one for me, Koo.”

Taehyung raises his head, staring into Jungkook’s eyes as if he’s trying to reach his soul. And then
he leans down to press their lips together.

“I love you too. So much.”

Before it makes Jungkook cry in front of Taehyung again, he kisses him. Grabbing both of
Taehyung’s cheeks hard enough to make his lips pucker a little and kisses him.

With beating hearts, and trembling lips, Taehyung kisses him back.

But his lips keep stretching into a smile so the kiss just becomes teeth clashing against each other.

“Oh Jungkook, I am so happy.” he says, pecking his lips over and over again.

“Stop, my heart might fail at this rate.” Jungkook tells him. All thoughts are gone from his head but
Taehyung.

“I love you. Oh gosh, I love you so much.” Taehyung whispers, as if those words are only for
Jungkook to hear. It makes him feel shitless crazy in his heart as he keeps saying it over and over
again. “Fuck, I love you.”

Yeah, Jungkook understands this is how it is supposed to feel when you are in love with the right
person.

“I love you too, Taehyung. Thank you for making me believe in love again.”

_____________________________

Chapter End Notes

I hope you enjoyed this. See you at the Last Chapter of Colossal Cock soon
 8
Chapter Summary

Happiness really does suit them.

Together.

Chapter Notes

I will get all emo and long at the end notes but THANK YOU SO MUCH for sticking
with me till the end. The last chapter is here and I hope you enjoy this just as much as
you’ve enjoyed with the previous chapters.

As I have said, this is the concluding chapter and it has scenes that I wanted to write
and couldn’t fit in the previous chapters so everything is here now in a slice of life
style. You can think of it as an epilogue. I really really really hope you like it.

Happy reading

See the end of the chapter for more notes

[ One and a half years later ]

It’s already stressful trying to choose between lilies and tulips. Both are gorgeous flowers. Both
have numerous gorgeous shades.

Taehyung likes both.

If Jungkook could, he would buy him everything he likes.

Such as, buying him an expensive lens for his camera, a whole collection of the marvel figurines,
building him a wine cellar at home because these days he has been a fan of different wines.

Really, he would do anything for the person he loves, the person who taught him love once again
and he can’t believe that he has to spend a year in university now without this man around him.

Today is Taehyung’s graduation day.

A lot has happened in the past year.

Jungkook feels like a whole new person since the day he and Taehyung became official boyfriends.
And before he knew it, it’s been more than a year that they had spent together.

And with each passing day, Jungkook discovered how much of a smitten person he is because he
never thought he would be stressing over picking the perfect bouquet for his boyfriend’s
graduation day.

That, and also the fact that Taehyung’s parents are going to be there today.

Jungkook: What if they don’t like me?

Jiminie: I am going to block you if you annoy me with one more of your stupid texts.

Jungkook groans as he grips his phone hard in one hand as his other gently holds the bouquet of
fresh lilies he just bought as Jimin goes offline right after he sent him the text.

He has become a lot more confident about himself in this past year, thanks to Taehyung. But it
really doesn’t matter how much confidence one has in him, it’s always nerve wracking to meet
your significant other’s parents.

When Taehyung told him a couple of days ago that his parents will be coming for his graduation, it
wasn’t a shock for him because obviously they’ll be coming to see their loving son graduating. But
when Taehyung told him that he’s gonna introduce Jungkook to them properly, Jungkook found his
heartbeat skyrocketed.

At first, he wanted to chicken out. He tried his best to make out all the excuses to not show up but
he’s ashamed to admit that he’s a little weak for Taehyung’s words so in the end he agreed.

He also made preparations to do so. Like buying a whole new outfit, getting a haircut, practicing in
front of the mirror how to greet them.

But now that Jungkook is in front of the university front gate, everything seems to juggle up inside
his head.

Right now, there is only one person that can give him comfort and Jungkook lets out the biggest
sigh when his eyes fall on Taehyung, running towards him with the biggest smile on his face.

“Jungkook! Baby you’re here!” Taehyung’s delighted voice rings through Jungkook’s ears as he
suddenly gets picked in the air and twirled around. The sudden action startles him as he almost
fails to keep his balance but Taehyung is a strong man, has been working out daily with Jungkook
and the results are showing.

“Aah! Put me down! You’re gonna crush the flowers!” Jungkook says, panicked.

Another thing that’s changed is that Jungkook doesn’t care about the surroundings anymore. Like,
what would people say if they saw them like this, he simply doesn’t care anymore to be
affectionate with Taehyung in public now.

What he does care about is the flowers that he took an hour to choose from getting crushed.

Taehyung laughs and puts Jungkook down. He doesn’t forget to place a kiss on his cheek when his
face comes close to his lips and Jungkook does flush a little at that. “You bought flowers for me?
How romantic of you.”

Jungkook side-eyes him, “Are you telling me that I am not romantic?”

“When did I ever say that? You’re the most romantic person I’ve ever seen.” Taehyung says with a
quirk of his lips, accepting the flowers from Jungkook and reaching to hold his hand.

“If you’re gonna keep making fun of me, I am gonna leave.” Jungkook pouts, his cheeks puffing
out in the process.

“No baby, I’m not making fun of you. I was just teasing a little. Thank you for the flowers.”
Taehyung says with the softest voice possible and leans in to press another kiss on Jungkook’s
cheeks. “But you’re the only flower I want though.”

This. This is the only thing Jungkook still hasn’t gotten used to.

Getting called baby was something Jungkook was so against at first but now it’s no big deal. He
has learned to like it instead.

But when Taehyung throws these cheesy pickup lines without any prior warnings, out of nowhere,
Jungkook has no idea how to respond and it has been like that since the start.

“Ugh shut up, fuckface.” The cuss just naturally falls out of his mouth.

Taehyung has gotten used to it too. Knowing very well that Jungkook is flustered and it fills him
with glee. The tint that appears on Jungkook’s cheeks are enough to satisfy him. He also knows
that Jungkook doesn’t really mean that because before, he would have smacked him or something,
yanked his hand away, but he doesn't now. Their hands stay intertwined.

“When are your parents coming?” Jungkook asks, clearing his throat as if nothing happened.

It endears Taehyung so much. He tightens his grip on his hand as they both walk towards the main
field where the graduation ceremony is going to be held. There’s a lot of people around with their
loved ones just like them and Jungkook suddenly gets struck with the fact that he is one of
Taehyung’s loved ones too. It makes Jungkook unimaginably happy.

“Are you nervous about meeting them?” Taehyung asks instead of replying to his question.

“Of course I am! Are you kidding? I feel like my heart is about to burst out of my chest.” Jungkook
says, his expression tells how honest he is about this.

“Baby, it’s not the first time you’re talking to them.” Taehyung says with a laugh.

Ah yes. That was another embarrassing day for him.

Taehyung was talking to his parents through a video call when Jungkook appeared behind him.

It was chaotic. Jungkook blurted out that he’s Taehyung’s roommate when they asked who was
behind him. And after that they kept calling every once in a while to talk to Jungkook.

But Jungkook wasn’t bothered much because they only thought of him as Taehyung’s roommate
asked about how he’s going on about and nothing much- now that Taehyung told him he’s going to
introduce him to them as his boyfriend, Jungkook is nervous to no bound.

“It’s different this time, Tae. I’m actually nervous. Can we not do this today?” he tells Taehyung.

“It’s going to be okay. I am here, aren’t I? What are you worried about?”

Jungkook nods, “Okay.”

“They are here already by the way. We were just waiting for you.” Taehyung says then and just
when Jungkook was trying to calm down, his nerve goes berserk once again.

Jungkook’s heartbeat doesn’t go down at all even after all the assurance Taehyung provided him
with. The moment he spots Taehyung’s parents a few feet away from them, he considered turning
on his heels and running back home.

“Taehyung-ah, where have you been?”

Jungkook hears Taehyung’s mother call for him and he realizes that there’s no way back when
their eyes meet.

“My goodness, it’s Jungkook.” Taehyung’s mother, Mrs Kim says in surprise when she catches
sight of Jungkook. Beside her is Taehyung’s father who also has a smile on his face. Enough to
make Jungkook fall over the edge of nervousness.

Jungkook has already yanked his hand away from Taehyung when they were ten feet away and
now he bows down deep as if he’s trying to touch the ground. He’s sweating, his hands feel
clammy and the back of his neck is itching.

“H-hello, Mrs Kim, Mr Kim. How have you been? It’s a pleasure to meet you.” Jungkook stutters.
He doesn’t even know what he’s saying because there’s a buzzing sound going inside his head. He
wonders if it’s Taehyung who’s laughing at him for his foolishness.

“Oh son, get up let me see you! If you bow that low, how am I gonna look at you? Do you know
how long we waited to meet you?” Mrs Kim says, she places her hand on Jungkook’s shoulder to
nudge him to stand straight and Jungkook is baffled hearing what she just said.

They- were waiting to meet him?

“Honey, look at him. Isn’t he the most precious boy ever?” Mrs Kim tells his husband.

“He is, honey. We’ve been good, son. How about you? Is Taehyung treating you well?” Mr Kim
asks.

And Jungkook is malfunctioning. He has no idea how to act or what to say.

He tries to tell himself that it’s typical parents' intuition to meet the person their child is staying
with- to know if they are with any bad company or not. Afterall, they think he and Taehyung are
roommates .

Taehyung notices it, of course. And proceeds to save him from his temporary existential crisis,
“Guys, chit chat later. I have to go now for the event to start. Don’t make him uncomfortable while
I’m gone!” he says to his parents and Jungkook just wants to kick him in the shin because this is
just as embarrassing as being with them alone.

Oh wait .

Taehyung is going so that means Jungkook is going to be alone with his parents?

The thought hit Jungkook like a truck. He looks at Taehyung with the widest eyes, terror flashing
in them.

“Ah son, are you uncomfortable with us?” Mr Kim asks Jungkook who has recently stopped
working.

“W-what? No no, sir. Taehyung doesn’t know anything, don’t listen to him.” He manages to blurt
out. A nervous smile on his face.

“No need for formality- you can call me fath-” Mr Kim doesn’t get to finish his line as Taehyung
grabs his and his mother’s hand to walk away from Jungkook.

“Jungkook, excuse me for a minute, I have something to tell them.” Taehyung tells him and turns
back to his parents who are staring at him with equal confusion that’s reflecting from Jungkook’s
face.

“Mom! Dad! Jungkook doesn’t know yet that I told you guys about us, okay?” Taehyung whispers
to them, wanting to facepalm himself for his stupidity.

“That’s why he was being like that? All flustered and shy?” Mrs Kim asks.

“You rascal, why did you put him through this? You should have given him a heads up.” Mr Kim
smacks Taehyung on the back of his head.

“Ouch! Dad, that hurts!” Taehyung groans, rubbing his hand where he got hit, though it didn’t
really hurt that much as he’s making it seem like, “I told him you were coming and it would be
your first official introduction but it completely slipped my mind. So please pretend that you don’t
know anything, okay? I believe he needs time to adjust.”

There’s a soft smile on Mrs Kim’s face as she looks at her son and reaches to caress his hair, “My
son has grown up, looking after his partner like this. I might cry.”

“Mom, you’re so dramatic.” Taehyung says with a roll of his eyes.

“Is this how you talk to your mom? Where’s your manners?” Mr Kim lands another smack on his
arm this time.

“Argh! Come on guys, do this for me, yeah?” Taehyung says then, clasping his hands together.

“Don’t worry, we won’t eat him up.” Mrs Kim assures her son with a pat on the back. “You got
yourself such a pretty and polite boy as your boyfriend, we’ll make sure he doesn’t leave you for
your stupidity.” She says with a wink.

And Taehyung for a split second rethinks his life decision.

Despite Taehyung’s worry, and Jungkook’s own lack of confidence, he managed the situation
pretty well.

They all sat together to watch Taehyung go on stage to take the award for the graduates, wearing
that graduation cap and gown which makes him look so good Jungkook has the urge to kiss him so
badly.

Even if that’s not possible right now, he did take a bunch of photos with his phone.

Taehyung’s parents looked so happy and emotional when Taehyung waved at them from the stage,
showing off his certificate and it made Jungkook smile so big that all the nervousness slipped away
from his body.

Jungkook managed to take a video of the moment too. Carefully putting it in his ”Love” album.
Over the time, the contents of the album kept growing in numbers and he likes to go through them
sometimes. Especially on days when he misses Taehyung.

And that reminds Jungkook to take a few more pictures, a few more videos because their life is
going to change a lot from here. With Taehyung getting into a full time job and Jungkook preparing
for his own graduation, they might not get the chance to spend time together as much as they used
to before.

But Jungkook is glad that they have become this way where they can’t think of living apart from
each other.

Though Jungkook is not going to tell Taehyung that he keeps this secret, sacred album full of his
pictures and videos to avoid getting teased till his last breath.

Taehyung comes down the stage to where his parents and Jungkook were sitting, after about 20
more minutes all the graduates have a photoshoot together.

“My baby, we are so proud of you!” Mrs Kim grabs Taehyung’s cheeks to pull him in to kiss his
forehead. Her eyes are moist and it’s really an emotional sight to witness and Jungkook for a split
second thinks if he shouldn’t be looking at it. Taehyung’s father pats him on the back too.

“Just a few years ago you were playing with the film camera and now you graduated in
photography, oh what is this feeling when your child is all grown up.” Mrs Kim sniffles. Taehyung
looks like he’s gonna die in embarrassment and it makes Jungkook smile so warmly because this is
a rare side of him. The way his parents and him have such a good relationship melts his heart.

“Mom, dad, thank you for letting me do what I wanted to do. I- I wouldn’t be able to get here if
you guys weren’t such amazing parents.” Taehyung says, he’s avoiding looking at them because he
feels so shy saying this and it tells because the tips of his ears turn red.

“Of course, we would support you with anything that makes you happy.” Taehyung’s father holds
him by the shoulder, holding him in an encouraging grip. “Your happiness is our happiness.”

Taehyung nods, a smile appears on his face as he looks at them both, “So, I have one more thing I
have to tell you that makes me happy.” he says.

Mr and Mrs Kim stare at him curiously, and it makes Jungkook a little curious too.

But when Taehyung suddenly wraps his fingers around Jungkook’s own, tugging him a little so
that they stand next to each other, he is not curious anymore at all.

“He is the one that makes me happy in every aspect of my life. The one I love.” He says, making
Jungkook blush furiously. “He’s not just my roommate, mom and dad. We are dating.”

Jungkook can’t really hear anything from how hard his heart is thumping inside his chest. And he
can’t see anything from the way he is squeezing his eyes closed.

So he misses the proud smile Taehyung’s parents wear when Taehyung finally introduces him as
his significant other.

“My my! So you two aren’t just roommates but boyfriends instead. How did you get yourself such
a pretty boyfriend, Taehyung? What did you trick him with?” Taehyung’s mother says.

For a moment Jungkook is astonished at the reaction. The reaction is far from what he expected.
It’s way to calm and they just- accepted?

Moreover, are they teasing Taehyung right now?!

“Are you serious right now? Did you talk to Jin before coming here somehow?” Taehyung asks,
groaning in protest and Jungkook is just standing there dumbfounded. “He said the exact same
thing!”

“Because he knows you like we do. Jungkook, son, Taehyung is so lucky to have you as his
partner.” Mrs Kim reaches out and pats Jungkook on the head.

“I- No no! It’s me who’s the lucky one. I- I am so sorry we lied to you about our relationship.
Please forgive us.” Jungkook blabbers out, he’s still processing the fact that they just took the news
too easily as if it’s the most natural thing ever?

“There’s no need for apologies, my son. I get that you would want to take your time about telling
us.” Taehyung’s mother says with a warm smile on her face.

“What a happy occasion this is! Let us buy you beef to celebrate today, how about that?”
Taehyung’s father proposes.

From the look of it, Taehyung wanted to say no and steal Jungkook away for the rest of the day.

But before he could do that, Jungkook bows down, “Please, you do not need to take such trouble. I-
I should just go home so that you can enjoy the time with Taehyung- as a family.”

Mr Kim lets out an audible laugh, “Sweet boy, what are you saying? You are our Taehyung’s
partner. So you are now a part of our family too.” he says, beside him, Mrs Kim nods her head in
agreement. “We won’t want to leave one of the family members behind now, right?”

Jungkook used to think that there weren’t many good people in the world. And surely there aren’t
people he would get along with easily.

But even now, after all this time, he gets reminded that he just needed to let himself be open again,
let the good come to him instead of blocking it out because there was a time when he was
contaminated by the bad.

It would be such an embarrassing event if he cried in front of Taehyung’s parents now.

So he doesn’t.

Instead, he smiles big, and clasps his hand tighter around Taehyung’s because as always, he needs
to hold onto his grounds when he’s feeling overwhelmed by the wave of emotions and he bows
down in gratitude, “It would be an honor, sir.”

The dinner ended up being in a fancy five star restaurant. Reminding Jungkook of his and
Taehyung’s first date when they went to a five star hotel.

And it temporarily made Jungkook a little uncomfortable because he couldn’t decide on what to
order with everything being super expensive. Not that money’s a matter because he knows
Taehyung’s family’s rich- it’s a matter of politeness.
“Don’t hesitate too much and order the most expensive things, dad always goes on about how I
don’t eat enough and stuff, we should empty his pocket today.” Taehyung jokingly whispered in
his ear but failed to keep it a secret as Mr Kim heard it clearly.

“Go on, order whatever you want. What do you think of your father huh? I can get you all.” he
joked too and it seems to lighten up the mood. Jungkook felt a little relaxed after that and they all
enjoyed their dinner together.

“Did you boys have fun? Was it boring to spend the day with two old citizens?” Mrs Kim asks
when it was time for them to leave.

“Of course not, ma’am. It was such a pleasure. Thank you for the meal.” Jungkook bows down
again. Beside him, Taehyung smiles.

“Yeah, thanks dad. Thanks mom. You sure you can drive back? Should I call a taxi?” Taehyung
asks.

“No, it's fine. We didn’t drink any alcohol so it’s okay.” Mr Kim tells them.

And they bid their goodbye after that.

Jungkook once again bows while Taehyung waves his hand at them.

The moment they are out of sight, Jungkook finds himself getting yanked by Taehyung inside the
apartment.

Their apartment.

Oh, Taehyung and Jungkook don’t live in their university dorms anymore.

It’s been 4 months since they moved into an apartment, a little far from their university but there’s
a smooth commute system so it worked out really well. Besides, the moment they looked into it,
they knew it was going to be their home.

So it wasn’t completely a lie when Jungkook told Taehyung’s parents that they were roommates.
They were technically living together in the same apartment splitting the rent .

Anyway, Jungkook is startled as Taehyung drags him inside and closes the door and then wraps
him in a tight, bone crushing hug. And a long sigh leaves his mouth.

“I love you.” Taehyung softly murmurs, his face is buried in Jungkook’s neck so his words come
out muffled but Jungkook hears it loud and clear.

“I love you too.” Jungkook replies instantly, wrapping his own arms around Taehyung to hug him
back, “What’s with this reaction all of a sudden?”

Taehyung nuzzles against him, putting his whole bodyweight on him so that Jungkook has to lean
back and press against the wall. “I haven’t got you all for myself the whole day, I missed you.” he
says, there’s a slight tone of whining in his voice.

It makes Jungkook break into a smile, “Idiot, I was literally with you all day.” he says. His hand
reaches for Taehyung’s cheeks so that he can look at his face, “Congratulations on graduating,
Tae.”

The corners of Taehyung’s lips stretch into a smile, he nods and tightens his arms around
Jungkook’s middle, “Mhmm where’s my gift?” he says, puckering his lips to make it obvious what
he wants.

Jungkook doesn’t complain at all as he leans down and presses a soft, tender kiss on his
boyfriend’s lips. “I got you flowers too, remember? My romantic gesture.”

“Mhmm,” Taehyung hums only, chasing after his lips to kiss him a little more.

“I- actually have another gift for you.” Jungkook says in between kisses, flushing a little.

“Really? What is it?” Taehyung asks excitedly.

“You’ll have to let me go to know what it is.”

“But I don’t wanna let you go! I told you I missed you!”

“You’re such a child.” Jungkook pokes his cheeks.

“Say whatever you want, is it a crime that I want to hold my boyfriend for a little more?” Taehyung
pouts. It makes Jungkook not want to let go of him either.

“Then do you not want your present?”

“Is it gonna be worth letting you go?”

“Maybe…”

Taehyung squints his eyes at him in a suspicious look, “It better be, baby.”

There’s a sheepish smile on Jungkook’s face as he wiggles his way out of Taehyung’s grip and
starts walking towards their bedroom.

Taehyung is annoyed a little because he really wanted to hug him and kiss him a little more. But
seeing how excited Jungkook looks about the present makes him want to know what it is too so he
decides to become the patient, good boyfriend that he is and follows Jungkook behind.

But then he’s annoyed again, “Babe? Why is the door locked?” he says, “If you are trying to pull a
prank by locking me out of the bedroom, calling it a present I’m not gonna spare you.”

From inside the room, the sound of Jungkook laughing hits Taehyung, “Did I tell you you are a
child?”

“It’s not funny! Let me in!” Taehyung whines, literally like a child. He actually has been so
impatient to be alone with Jungkook today.

“Wait for a bit.”

“I can’t. I want you.”

There’s silence.

“Hey! Are you ignoring me?” Taehyung shouts from outside the bedroom. “Baby, love, honey,
open up.”

While Taehyung is being all impatient and whining like a puppy outside the bedroom door,
Jungkook is rethinking all his life decisions because now that he’s about to open the door- he
suddenly is not that confident anymore.

It was his idea and no one else’s. He should be confident and he shouldn’t feel all shy because it’s
just Taehyung.

So Jungkook takes a deep breath and unlocks the door with a clicking sound, and opens it as slowly
as possible.

“What took you so lo-” Taehyung’s words get choked up in his throat.

Jungkook’s cheeks are flushed red already, “Um- it’s not much but I hope you like your gift, Tae.”
he says, his toes are curling up on the floor and he keeps fidgeting with his hair behind his ear.

Taehyung can’t talk.

Taehyung can’t breathe.

Taehyung is completely speechless as he looks at Jungkook, wearing a sweatshirt that barely

covers half of his ass and nothing underneath but a pair of black thigh high socks and a red ribbon
tied around a ponytail on his head.

“I am your present.” Jungkook adds.

Taehyung would like to slap himself to bring himself back to reality because there’s no way he’s
seeing this right. But not a muscle in his body would listen to him as they go immobile, making
him absolutely unable to move and do something.

The only thing he can feel is how his throat is running dry, and the sound of his heart thumping
inside his chest like it’s about to explode.

Oh god.

Jungkook is so…

“Gorgeous.”

Jungkook starts blushing from head to toe when he hears Taehyung. His pale skin flushing so
prettily in pink, his milky thighs wrapped in dark, gorgeous black socks. The way his toes are
curling from the shyness he feels and how adorably he tries to tug the sweatshirt down to hide his
bottom.

“Oh god.. Baby…”

“Stop. Don’t say anything.” Jungkook mumbles, not daring to look into Taehyung’s eyes which are
boring into him, he can feel that.

“You, you pull something like this on me and expect me not to say anything?” Taehyung’s voice
has dropped low, it sends a shiver down Jungkook’s spine and he flinches slightly when he hears
him take a step close.

“You drive me insane.” Taehyung breathes out, sliding his trembling hands under the sweatshirt,
over the curve of the waist and pulls him close so he presses into him. “You’re driving me crazy,
Jungkook! Fuck.”

The curse that slips out of Taehyung’s lips tells Jungkook how aroused he is. It’s barely over a
whisper, just audible enough so that Jungkook can understand the growing desire behind it.
“Can I take this off?” Taehyung asks, grasping the hem of the sweatshirt.

Jungkook nods slowly. And he proceeds to take it off above his head.

Now Jungkook is completely naked, just the socks remain and it's the sexiest view ever.

Taehyung roams one of his hands upward to slide it underneath Jungkook’s chin to look at his
flushing face, “Baby, look at me.” he says.

Jungkook’s eyes were squeezed close which he opens slowly, his eyelashes trembling.

"I- stop making me even more embarra- oh my god! Taehyung!” Jungkook panics the moment he
opens his eyes and Taehyung startles, “Your nose is bleeding!”

“What?” Taehyung asks in confusion and wipes the back of his hands on his nose and there he sees
a slight stain of blood, “Oh, you’re right.” he didn’t even realize it. Just how enchanted was he by
Jungkook?

“I- keep your head down! Oh god why did this- wait let me go-” Jungkook is frantic but Taehyung
doesn’t let him go.

“Jungkook, I guess I really do love you a lot. So much that just looking at you being so sexy gave
me a nosebleed.” Taehyung says, smirking, he looks at the bloodstain in his hand.

“Stop joking about it!” Jungkook gets annoyed and smacks Taehyung on the arm. His shyness
momentarily leaves his body and gets replaced by worry.

“Hey, I’m okay. It stopped already- look.” Taehyung says. He pulls out a tissue from his pocket
and wipes his hand and nose clean.

Jungkook observes it for a moment to confirm. Yeah, it actually stopped.

“But I have something else that’s making all the blood in my body boil.” Taehyung adds.

Jungkook flinches.

“How long are you going to make me wait? Can I get inside the room and open my present?”

Jungkook lets go of his worry and embarrassment and wraps his arms around Taehyung’s neck,
“It’s all yours. You can do whatever you want.”

And that’s the only cue Taehyung needed as he picks Jungkook up and walks towards their bed.

He lays Jungkook on the mattress a little roughly and stands back to push his hair off his forehead.

Taehyung hasn’t even touched him but Jungkook still squirms under his gaze. Pressing his legs
together and fidgets, biting his lips so hard they are gonna swell.

The tie around Taehyung’s neck and the pants around his crotch is feeling extremely tight.

It’s such a seductive sight to watch Taehyung undo the tie with one hand and then proceed to
unbutton the top 3 buttons of his dress shirt.

Today, he was looking extremely fine with his formal shirt and pants, a matching tie around his
neck which Jungkook got for him for his birthday last time. When he wore the graduation robe and
cap, he still looked hot as ever because Taehyung is hot no matter what he wears.
But now that he’s messing everything up, tousling his hair, rolling up his sleeves to expose the
veiny arms- his hotness increases 100 times and that’s when Jungkook’s dick twitches over his
stomach.

“You-” Taehyung says then, hovering over, breaking Jungkook from the haziness he was going
into, “If I knew you had something like this stored up for me, I would postpone the introduction to
the folks for another day. I can’t believe I went all day without knowing I was going to have this.”

Jungkook’s arm flies up to hide his face, “It’s just that- I didn’t know what to get you so I thought
maybe- you’d l-like this.”

Taehyung smirks, prying Jungkook’s hand away from his face, “Like? I love this. This is the best
gift of my life.”

Taehyung is not just saying it because Jungkook is wearing these sexy thigh high socks and also a
cute ribbon on his hair- as if he really is a box of present tied in a ribbon, waiting to be opened.

He would die for Jungkook even if he showed up in his regular comfy sweatpants and baggy t-shirt
and said this is your gift.

Jungkook just existing is a gift for Taehyung.

The fabric of the socks is soft. But Jungkook’s skin is softer as Taehyung traces his fingers over
and makes him shudder at the electrifying sensation.

Taehyung doesn’t say anything.

The silence is only increasing the unbearable arousal inside Jungkook’s stomach because he
doesn’t really know what Taehyung is thinking or what his next move is gonna be. He’s not even
touching him properly but just as if he’s eating Jungkook whole with his gaze alone.

Taehyung’s eyes fall on the tie he dropped on the bed for a split second. He gulps and shakes his
head.

Jungkook notices it.

“Tae,”

“Hmm?” Taehyung hums, he keeps stroking his fingers over the band of the socks as if he can't get
enough of the beauty of them over Jungkook’s thighs. Occasionally tracing it upwards, close to his
inner thighs before he pinches the skin and watches it go red. It makes his cock throb inside his
pants.

Jungkook reaches his hand out and picks up the tie, “Do you wanna use this on me?” he asks.

Taehyung’s eyes widen because he was so sure he didn’t give away his thoughts. But Jungkook is
so observant of him, he sees everything.

“I don’t want to do anything that makes you uncomfortable, babe.” Taehyung tells him with a
smile, leaning down to press a kiss on the corner of his mouth.

Jungkook’s eyes flutter close at the soft touch of his lips. He cards his fingers through Taehyung’s
hair and aligns their faces together, “You still don’t get it, do you? You are the only person I feel
the most comfortable with.” he says in a soft tone, caressing Taehyung’s cheeks as the man
breathes slowly and heavily. “I told you, you can do whatever you want.”
Taehyung lowers his head and lets out a sigh, “What if I lose control of myself? You know how
much you affect me, I don’t stay myself at all.”

It makes Jungkook let out a giggle, "Then you lose yourself. It’s with me so I don’t see a problem
here.”

Taehyung kisses Jungkook’s neck. Not a soft one but a wet, melting one that makes Jungkook let
out a low moan and bare his neck for more. “Are you sure?” Taehyung murmurs, his lips brush
against his skin.

“Y-yeah. So just stop hesitating and go for it.”

It still takes Taehyung some time to pick up the courage. And then he takes the tie in his hand,
“Put your wrists together above your head for me.” he says.

The change in tone makes Jungkook gulp down a lump in his throat. He does as he’s told, holding
Taehyung’s gaze as the latter carefully wraps the tie around his wrists and ties it up.

Jungkook presses his lips together to stop himself from smiling. Taehyung really does worry too
much about him. He didn’t even tie it up to the headboard, as it would make him completely
unable to move. He just kept the wrists tied together.

It follows with a kiss on the mouth that has Jungkook parting his lips and their tongue mingling
together in a mess of spit. A groan threatens to slip out of his throat.

Taehyung pulls away then and completely gets off the bed.

“Where are you going?” Jungkook asks confusedly.

“I graduated today. But I didn’t get to celebrate with alcohol yet. Isn’t that such a shame?”
Taehyung says, there’s a glint in his eyes.

“Okay but what’s that have to do with it now?”

“I want to have a drink.”

Jungkook is beyond confused. It won’t be an exaggeration to say that his arousal that started to
build up is about to go down watching Taehyung’s sudden unusual endeavors.

Taehyung goes out of the room and comes back right away with a bottle of wine in hand.

Jungkook watches him with a raised eyebrow as Taehyung opens the bottle with a pop. And then
he notices that he didn’t bring any glass with him.

“If we’re doing this, you might as well bring two glasses.” Jungkook says.

Taehyung smirks, walking his way close to Jungkook once again, “Why would we need glasses?”

“You said you wanted to have a drink.” Jungkook says with squinted eyes.

“Yeah.” Taehyung nods and then proceeds to gulp down straight from the bottle. His head tilted
back as he drinks and squeezes his eyes closes with the taste coating his tongue.

And then he leans down to kiss Jungkook, finally making him understand what was going on all
this time.
Jungkook lets out a moan when Taehyung grips his cheeks to open his mouth and spill the wine
inside it, followed by a melting kiss. His tied hands wriggle and he tries to grab Taehyung’s hair
but Taehyung doesn’t let him.

He lets go of Jungkook’s cheeks to pin down his wrists above his head instead. Deepening the kiss
as he tastes the wine right from his lips.

“Mmphh ahh,” Jungkook can’t breathe. He was so wrong to think his arousal would go away. He
can feel it in his bones.

When Taehyung finally pulls away, Jungkook’s face is red and he’s heaving. His eyes are out of
focus and satisfaction fills Taehyung.

“Mhmm, just as I thought. It would have been incomplete without a drink today.” Taehyung smirks
again.

“You’re crazy.” Jungkook mumbles.

“I’d rather get drunk on you than drink from a stupid glass.” Taehyung tells him. He holds the
bottle by the neck and makes Jungkook startled as he pours it over his neck. The wine drips down
the skin, pooling over the dips of his collarbones.

Taehyung leans down to lick it off from his neck. Sliding his tongue down the path and slurping
the liquid up from the collarbones.

Jungkook’s whole body shudders.

The soft touch of Taehyung’s tongue with the wet feeling of the wine on his skin is setting him on
fire. His cock is throbbing over his stomach, he squeezes his legs tight and squirms the more
Taehyung licks every available surface of his skin.

Taehyung slides his hand down and parts his legs to wrap his fingers around his cock in a tight grip
and press his thumb on the slit.

“Ah! Shit! Don’t do that!” Jungkook shrieks. Taehyung rubs the head of his cock with his thumb
and the stimulation feels overwhelming.

“You’re leaking so much, but I don’t want you to cum just yet.”

Jungkook widens his eyes when Taehyung crawls down his body, fitting himself between his legs.
“What do you mea- ahhh!”

His throat constricts and he can’t fucking breathe.

Taehyung presses his thumb over the slit and at the same time, takes Jungkook’s thighs over the
shoulder to raise his hips and buries his face between his asscheeks to lick his hole.

Jungkook is writhing. This motherfucker sure as hell knows how to make him absolutely drive
towards the edge. It’s been like that since the start. Still, even after 2 years into the relationship, he
hasn’t gotten used to this.

Taehyung would very much like to just take is cock out and shove it inside his hole because it’s
becoming unbearable for him too.

But at the same time, he wants to see Jungkook lose his mind. The way he’s trying to tug his hair to
him away, makes Taehyung lap at his hole even harder. Inserting his tongue and feeling the way
Jungkook closes his thighs around his head and lets out the loudest moans.

He inserts his fingers too, scissoring him open.

Jungkook’s hands are tied, so he can’t really do much so he just keeps squirming and begging
Taehyung to stop.

“Tae, please please- I can’t take it anymore. I wanna cum!” he whines, moaning continuously.

Taehyung raises his head to look at him.

He looks like a complete mess. Just what Taehyung wanted him to be.

With a smile, Taehyung hovers over him again. Jungkook lets out a sigh of relief, making his
boyfriend smile wider.

“Are you crying?” Taehyung asks, looking at the tear that rolled down the side of his eyes.

“You’re so cruel. It hurts down there!” Jungkook retorts. It really does hurt so much from not being
able to cum.

“You’ve held back good so far.” Taehyung says, his hand is still wrapped around Jungkook’s cock.
“If you can hold back for a little longer, I’ll fuck you however you want.”

“But I can’t! I want you to fuck me now.” Jungkook tells him. Furrowing his eyebrows to
emphasize how serious he is.

Seeing how disheveled Jungkook looks, Taehyung melts a little.

He grabs Jungkook and switches their position so that Taehyung lies down and Jungkook sits on
his crotch.

Jungkook gasps when he feels Taehyung’s hard on against his ass.

“You’re so impatient.” Taehyung says, grabbing him by the waist as he grinds.

Jungkook throws his head back at the feeling. “You kept me teasing for too long, it’s not my
fault!”

“I barely did anything.” Taehyung says and Jungkook glares at him, “But I’m gonna be a good
boyfriend and let you fuck yourself on my cock.”

Jungkook looks at him with a shocked face, “What?”

“Ride me.”

Jungkook gulps.

Right now, the way Taehyung’s sharp eyes are looking right back at him is the only spell needed to
make Jungkook oblige him without a second word.

He fumbles with the buttons of his pants. Thank god Taehyung took off the belt earlier while
undoing the buttons of his shirt.

With steady hands, Jungkook unzips his pants and tugs his down to take his cock out.
The fully erected cock springs out of the confinement of the pants and boxers, throbbing painfully.
Taehyung lets out a moan, a sigh of relief as he finally feels some relaxation from getting his cock
out of the tightness.

When Taehyung looks at Jungkook, he can’t hide his grin.

Jungkook is practically drooling, staring at his cock.

“Looks like you want me fuck your mouth instead, baby.” Taehyung snickers, making Jungkook
startle in embarrassment.

“Later.” Jungkook slowly mumbles and raises his hips right away to sit on the cock.

“Ah fuck.” Taehyung twitches, throwing his head back. “That feels so good baby.”

Every part of Jungkook’s body is tingling with pleasure as Taehyung’s cock fills him up. He thinks
his belly might bulge from how full he feels. “Yeah, it’s good for me too.” he huffs out.

Taehyung wants Jungkook to be the one to move. But it’s hard for him to not thrust back.

Jungkook looks so sensual like this, pleasuring himself as he shamelessly fucks himself on
Taehyung’s cock.

It makes Taehyung hot. He undoes the rest of his buttons and exposes his chest.

“Jungkook, kiss me.” Taehyung says, not being able to keep their bodies apart for too long as he
grabs his wrists and yanks him down so their naked chests press together.

Jungkook stops moving his hips momentarily and focuses on kissing Taehyung. The cock stays
buried deep inside his ass, just slightly grinding against it as he licks inside Taehyung’s mouth.

Taehyung groans. Squeezing his eyes closed, furrowing his eyebrows as he grabs Jungkook’s waist
harder.

It’s never enough. No matter how much they do it, how much they kiss, it’s never enough.

Taehyung will always be left wanting for more.

So he grabs Jungkook’s hips and thrusts into him. Fucking him to his deepest parts.

“Nghh- oh Taehyung- right there!” Jungkook mumbles against his lips. His heavy breathing and
moaning is interrupting their kiss and it becomes a mess of clashing teeth instead.

“You like it here? You like it when I fuck you deep?” Taehyung breathes out, grabbing his
asscheeks to spread it apart and thrust as hard as he can. Loving the way Jungkook’s face twitches
every time his prostate gets rammed.

“Yeah. I love it. I love you.”

Taehyung could die right now and he won’t have any regrets. “I love you too.” he tells him, hoping
his words reach the deepest part of Jungkook’s heart.

~
The sunlight that seeps through the slits of the curtains falls right over Jungkook’s face. It makes
him blink his eyes open slowly, a yawn leaving his mouth.

It’s mostly Taehyung who wakes up first but today Jungkook is the one who woke up first.

They’re still naked. Their legs are tangled together and the blanket messily covers half of their
bodies. After last night’s intense love making, none of them felt like putting on clothes before
falling asleep after they cleaned themselves up.

Not like they always do go to sleep with clothes on.

Jungkook prefers skin to skin contact anyway.

Taehyung is still asleep. His arm is thrown over Jungkook’s middle, mouth slightly opened as he
breathes slowly.

Jungkook turns his body slowly to face him. He looks at Taehyung with a soft gaze in his eyes,
raising his hand to trace a finger over the eyebrow and giggling softly when Taehyung groans in
his sleep.

There are times when he can’t believe he has spent almost 2 years with this man. And he can’t
believe the man he himself has become over the past 2 years.

He can feel the change in himself. How there’s no insecurity left in him to show his emotions,
being able to freely love this adorable man currently drooling all over the pillow.

Jungkook’s cheeks rise up in a wide smile watching his boyfriend and wipes the drool off his
mouth.

“Mmm” Taehyung groans again and this time blinks his eyes open to see Jungkook staring at him.

Unlike before, Jungkook doesn’t get shy anymore when Taehyung catches him like this. Instead,
he leans down and kisses him on the forehead. “Are you awake?”

“Yeah, good morning love.” Taehyung says, snuggling up to him and hugs him tighter.

“Good morning, did you sleep well?” Jungkook hugs him back, welcoming early morning cuddles.

“I did. How about you? You feeling okay?” Taehyung smiles cheekily when he says that, sliding
his hand down to squeeze Jungkook’s asscheek to let him know what he means.

“You are so annoying.” Jungkook says with a roll of his eyes, making Taehyung let out a snort.
“My whole body hurts, I demand breakfast in bed.”

Taehyung rolls over and cages him between his arms before he kisses him on the mouth. Just a
small peck, a token of his affection. “Your wish, my command.” he says, “What do you wanna
eat?”

Jungkook wraps his arms around Taehyung’s neck to pull him close and kiss him better, “Kimchi
fried rice with a sunny side up egg.”

“Okay.” Taehyung tells him and gets off the bed.

As Taehyung gets out of the bedroom, Jungkook takes a hold of his pillow and buries his face in it,
inhaling the smell of his boyfriend.

It’s silly how these things have become a natural habit for Jungkook. It’s extremely cheesy for his
nature, but somehow he doesn’t feel that way nowadays.

He should get up and wash his face. But Taehyung’s warmth is still lingering on the bedsheet. And
it’s keeping him from getting up. Even though they spent the whole night wrapped around each
other, Jungkook would take every chance he gets to feel Taehyung’s warmth.

Taehyung comes back with breakfast after about 30 minutes.

“Come on, get up before the food gets cold.” he says, placing the tray on the bedside table and
helping Jungkook get up. He almost fell asleep again in the comfort of the mattress.

“It smells so good! Thanks love.” Jungkook says.

It’s still a bit awkward for Jungkook to use petnames. He is much more comfortable calling him a
son of a bitch than baby. But he’s trying, and would call Taehyung with the sweetest names when
he feels like it.

Taehyung doesn’t force him on the matter because he knows, petnames or no petnames-
Jungkook’s love for him can’t be measured based on this.

They start eating then. Jungkook’s scrunched eyebrows with bulging cheeks tells Taehyung the
food must taste good.

“I am gonna miss this so much when you start your work next month.” Jungkook suddenly says.

“Mhmm, so get graduated soon and earn lots of money so that I can become your full time sugar
baby.” Taehyung jokes and earns a glare at him in return.

“I am serious. I am a final year student so I am going to be busy too. We won’t get to spend as
much time together as we used to.”

Taehyung takes the finished bowl from Jungkook’s hand and places it on the table. He then takes
the glass of water and gives it to him.

Jungkook takes the glass, mumbling a thank you under his breath and drinks from it.

“I know we are gonna get busy. We might not even see each other some days but it’s all so that we
can stay together for a long time, isn’t it?” Taehyung tells him. “We are both gonna get established,
maybe buy a house where we are gonna stay for the rest of our lives.”

Jungkook smiles. He hooks his arm around Taehyung’s elbow and rests his head on his shoulder,
“You’ve thought that far?”

“Are you kidding? Of course! I wanna get a beachside house. Earn lots of money and have a
destination wedding.”

Jungkook smacks Taehyung’s arm when he gets that he’s joking. Or maybe half joking because
getting married to Taehyung? It doesn’t sound that bad.

“But even though we get super busy, we are gonna make time for each other. You made me unable
to live without you now.”

Taehyung strokes his hand through Jungkook’s hair, “why do you think I wanted to move in
together? Because I can’t live without you either, babe. Even if we are occupied the whole day, I’d
at least want to come back home to you.”

Jungkook lets out a heavy sigh, his heart feels so content as he looks up at Taehyung, “You’re my
home. I’d be wherever you are.”

With a nod, Taehyung leans down and presses their lips together in a slow, tender kiss.

“We still have a week left before my semester starts, how about we take a trip to Busan? Mom has
been nagging me to come home for so long.” Jungkook tells him when they pull away.

“Sure. I miss her too.”

“Speaking of mom, I was totally surprised how your mother and father reacted after getting to
know about our relationship? As if they knew this for so long?” Jungkook casually says.

“Yeah they were so happy when they first heard it. They were so excited to meet you.” Taehyung
clasps his arms around Jungkook.

“Excuse me?” Jungkook suddenly says, his tone is sharp and it sends a chill down Taehyung’s
spine. Telling him that he fucked up. “What do you mean “when they first heard it?” Kim
Taehyung?”

Slowly, Taehyung retreats his arms and drops one of his legs off the bed, “I- I mean yesterday.
When they first met you yesterday, yes.”

“They have known about me all along and you haven’t told me?” Jungkook raises his eyebrow at
him. At times like this, he can be really scary.

“Babe, listen to me, yeah? It was an accident!” Taehyung is almost out of bed now.

“Where do you think you’re going? Come here you sneaky bastard, you have lots of explaining to
do!” Jungkook picks up the pillow and throws it towards Taehyung’s direction but by the time it
reaches him, Taehyung is gone from the bedroom.

Jungkook told his mom about a hundred times not to go extravagant when he arrives.

He should have known that the extravaganza was not for him but for the man he’s bringing with
him instead.

“Taehyung-ah! It’s been so long, my son! How have you been, sweetheart?” Jungkook’s mother,
Mrs Jeon, is absolutely delighted to see Taehyung.

“Hey, who is the real son here huh? Do you not see me?” Jungkook says with a roll of his eyes.
Taehyung gives no attention to him for the time being and steps towards his mother to hug her
instead, “Aunty, I’ve missed you!” he says.

“Congratulations on graduating, dear. I have prepared the best meals for you today.” Mrs Jeon
says.

Jungkook is truly feeling like the third wheel here. It’s not that he’s annoyed. He’s actually so
happy that his mother likes Taehyung. She wanted him to get a partner for so long and when
Jungkook finally introduced Taehyung to her, she was so happy.

And as Taehyung is such a social butterfly, he immediately made a place for himself in her heart.

It makes Jungkook the happiest person in the world to be honest.

But it’s still his own mother and he would like to get some attention for himself too.

So what he does is squeezing himself between his mother and boyfriend. Not so subtly pushing
Taehyung away to hug his mom.

“Mom, I missed you.” Jungkook says, throwing a glance at Taehyung’s way who can’t help but
laugh because just a moment ago, Mrs Jeon whispered to him that Jungkook would act like this.
And it turns out to be true.

Jungkook is so adorable.

“Did you cook everything for that guy or made something for me too?” Jungkook adds, a pout
forming on his mouth.

Mrs Jeon gives her son a wide and bright smile and cups his cheeks, “My baby, how can I not
make something for you? I was just teasing you. Come on, get inside and freshen up.”

They get inside after Mrs Jeon. Jungkook is still throwing glares at Taehyung and elbows him once
Mrs Jeon is out of sight, “I can’t believe you teamed up with mom to tease me.”

“What can I do? You look so cute all riled up. We can’t help it.” Taehyung says, grinning from ear
to ear and Jungkook has to physically stop himself from kicking him on the shin.

Jungkook’s father is not home yet. He’s at work and will be back in the evening.

So for the time being, Jungkook and Taehyung go upstairs to Jungkook’s bedroom to take some
rest after a long journey as Mrs Jeon asked them to. She will call them up for dinner later when Mr
Jeon comes back.

But as soon as they get inside the bedroom, Jungkook grabs Taehyung by the shoulder and pins
him against the door.

“Woah,” Taehyung gasps, smirking at Jungkook’s sudden action and reaches to hold him by the
waist, “I love that you’re impatient for me baby but your mom is downstairs so we have to hold
ourselves back for now.” he says.

Jungkook doesn’t reply to him. Instead he leans down and bites Taehyung on the shoulder harshly.

“Ouch! What was that for!” Taehyung yelps. His hand flies to where Jungkook bit him and rubs
the spot to soothe away the pain.

“I just wanted to bite you. It’s called boyfriend-privilege.” Jungkook then says, the glaring look
gone from his face, replaced by mischievousness.

“Oh? Then I should use my boyfriend-privilege too, right?”

“What? No! It’s only for one.”

“Now now, that’s not fair.”

“That is only fair. Hey! Let me dow- arghh you motherfucker!”

Taehyung picks Jungkook up and throws him on the bed and starts attacking him with tickles and
Jungkook bursts into fits of laughter.

They fight playfully. The thoughts of the world are gone. Just them enjoying their time together.

“Tae, should we go on a date tomorrow? Strolling around all day?” Jungkook asks once Taehyung
stops tickling him and settles for cuddling instead.

“That’s what we came here for. Spending time together. Let’s do that.” Taehyung says.

“You like strawberries so I actually planned to go do some strawberry picking in my uncle’s

farm.”

“What? Your uncle has a strawberry farm?” Taehyung asks, amused.

“Where do you think I always get the juiciest, fresh strawberries from?”

“I thought you buy them.”

“Well I do but they don’t compare to the ones my mom sends me.”

Taehyung smiles. He gets up from the bed and reaches his hand out for Jungkook to take and help
him get up too, “Let’s go. I’ll love it everywhere I go with you, baby.”

***

“Wear this or you’ll get sunburnt!” Taehyung waves the tube of sunscreen at Jungkook who is
currently throwing up a fuss about not wearing sunscreen.

It’s extremely sunny outside today. But Jungkook hates wearing sunscreen because it feels too
heavy on his skin and he particularly doesn’t like the smell of it.

“Can’t I just go with the hat?” Jungkook whines, scrunching his nose and all.

“No you can’t. Hats don’t do shit.” Taehyung says and grabs him by the arm to make him sit and
proceeds to put the sunscreen on Jungkook.

They are getting ready to go to the strawberry farm Jungkook talked about yesterday. They have
nothing in particular planned. They’ll figure out what to do once they are out because there’s
always plenty of things to do when they are together. The goal is to spend quality time together.

When Taehyung is done putting on the sunscreen on Jungkook, and proceeds to pinch his cheek,
“There you go. Now you’re ready.”

“You treat me like a baby.” Jungkook says with a pout. He still remains seated as Taehyung takes
the hat back and puts it on him.

“You are my baby. I have to take care of you.”

“Yeah yeah, whatever.”

Taehyung smiles. He grabs Jungkook’s chin to tilt his head up and leans down to press a soft kiss
on his lips. “I love you.” he says.

“Mhmm, I love you too.”

“Are you just saying it?”

Jungkook squints his eyes and reaches up to squish Taehyung’s cheeks between his palms. “Do I
ever just say it? I love you. I love you even after you put that smelly cream on me.”

Taehyung snorts. He holds Jungkook’s wrist, “If you keep acting cute, I am gonna keep you here
all to myself. Forget about the date.”

At this, Jungkook lets go of him completely and stands up, “We have everything we need right?
Let’s head out.”

Taehyung doesn’t miss the blush that creeped on Jungkook’s cheeks at his suggestion but he
doesn’t comment on it. He just follows Jungkook behind with a shit eating grin on his face.

“Jungkook! Don’t squeeze the berry-oh no.”

Both Taehyung and Jungkook stare at the crushed strawberry in Jungkook’s hand with blank
expressions on their faces.

And then Taehyung lets out a sigh. “Haah, it’s okay. It happens to newbies.”

The glare Jungkook throws at Taehyung is frightening, as well as cute as hell, “I am not the newbie
here! You are the newbie! It’s just bad luck for me today!”

Taehyung can’t really hide his grin as he takes out a tissue and wipes Jungkook’s hand. “That’s
what newbies say, you know?”

“Don’t piss me off.” Jungkook says, he is trying so hard to actually look pissed but he doesn’t try
to yank his hand away. As though, even if he is supposed to be mad, he won’t let go of the chance
to hold hands.

“Look here, you’ve barely picked 10 strawberries even though we’ve been here for quite a time.
Just admit you’ve always been bad at it.”

Jungkook looks at his basket and then looks at Taehyung’s. There’s about twice as many berries at
Taehyung’s basket than his own.
Ugh he’s seriously getting pissed off right now.

“I am actually purposely being clumsy. So that you don’t get bored.”

“Oh really?”

“Yeah, that’s right.”

Taehyung walks behind Jungkook and surprises him by hugging him. He hooks his chin over
Jungkook’s shoulder and wraps his arms around his waist. “Have I ever been bored with you?” he
says, his cheek pressing against Jungkook’s.

Jungkook flushes. Feeling a little shy because it’s out in the open even though there’s no one here
beside them. His uncle let them be here alone. Still, it makes him shy. “I didn’t mean it that way.”
he slowly murmurs.

Taehyung turns his head just slightly so he’s able to peck him on the cheek. “Mhmm, then how did
you mean it?”

Instinctively, Jungkook’s hands rest over Taehyung’s. He leans against Taehyung’s chest, finding a
sudden comfort in his boyfriend’s arms, “I mean that you are a sore loser, you might cry if I do
better than you.” he says, a sheepish smile takes over his face.

“But I feel like you’re the sore loser here.”

“I am not!”

“You are just proving my point.”

“Ugh!”

“Okay sorry sorry, I’ll stop teasing.”

Taehyung smirks and he lets go of him with another peck on the cheek. He then picks up his
strawberry basket and pours it all over Jungkook’s.

Jungkook is shocked at the action. “What are you doing?”

“Screw competitions. We’re on a date. Let’s do it together.” Taehyung tells him. He holds the
basket in one hand and uses his other to grab Jungkook’s hand to pick strawberries. “See? This is
better. This way I can be closer to you too.”

Jungkook thought the average honeymoon phase lasts about 6 months to a year. But as the days go
by, he’s starting to realize that their honeymoon phase is just growing, aging like fine wine.

He should have been used to these romantic gestures by now but it still makes him blush like the
time when he first realized his feelings for this stupid asshole.

“Idiot,” he mumbles under his breath. The tips of his ears burning hot.

“Mhmm? Did you say something?” Taehyung asks, turning his head in a way so that his lips brush
against Jungkook’s cheeks.

Jungkook is 90 percent sure Taehyung knows what he’s doing and what effect it has on him from
the way he keeps grinning. And he also knows that if he reacts, Taehyung will get the upper hand
in teasing him for longer so Jungkook remains calm even though all the hairs on his body stood up.
“I didn’t say anything. Let’s finish this quickly and have lunch then. I am hungry.”

Taehyung nods, the smile remains on his face as they start picking out the ripe strawberries
together.

They fill 2 whole baskets by the time they are done.

“I feel like eating all of this right now.” Taehyung says, while looking at their work of art. It was
exhausting to be honest. To find the right ones and carefully pick them. But Taehyung enjoyed
every moment of it.

Because he was wrapped around Jungkook all the time.

“Let’s take these back with us to Seoul. Jiminie likes strawberries too, we'll give him a pack.”
Jungkook tells him. “Shall we have lunch now?”

Taehyung nods and smiles at him. “Your mom is seriously the best. I feel like living here for the
rest of my life.” he adds, while they walk towards a big tree that’s a few feet away from the
strawberry farm and has a bench under it where they planned to have lunch. The shade of the tree
with the gentle breeze makes it perfect to have lunch outside.

Jungkook smiles fondly. He takes out the lunch boxes from the bag he brought with him before
leaving the house and places it on the bench as they both sit down. “I don’t understand how you
made it so that you became like- her favorite person in the world.”

Taehyung’s eyes glisten and he almost drools looking at the kimbap nicely packed in the lunch
box. He looks at Jungkook then, “Just like I made it to your heart? You should know this better
than anyone, baby.”

Jungkook holds the chopsticks in his hand and feeds a kimbap to Taehyung. “Oh aren’t you a
proud one to be able to win my heart.”

With a mouthful, Taehyung nods his head as he agrees and chews on the food a little too fast to
swallow it down quickly to reply to him. “Yes yes, I am. Anyone would be proud of being able to
win your heart but too sad for the losers cause I already have it.”

Jungkook presses his lips together to stop himself from letting out a smirk, “You do have a lot of
confidence, Mr Kim.”

Taehyung stops eating midway at that, “Huh? What? What do you mean?”

“What? I didn’t say anything.” Jungkook shrugs. He’s almost trembling from resisting himself
from laughing.

“Haha, Jungkook, it’s not funny. What do you mean I have a lot of confidence?” There’s sweat
started to build on Taehyung’s forehead, “It’s bad for the losers, right? Right?”

Jungkook doesn’t say anything as if he didn’t hear him at all and focuses on eating while Taehyung
falls into a pit of despair.

It’s really fun to see him being the one getting his leg pulled once in a while and Jungkook would
happily enjoy it while it lasts.
 ~

After lunch, they decided to rest for a bit.

Jungkook took the opportunity to lie down on Taehyung’s lap as the latter caressed his hair in a
soothing way. He started to feel sleepy from how good it felt.

“Love, can I ask you a question?” Taehyung suddenly says then. It makes Jungkook blink his eyes
open to let him know that he’s listening. “Why did you decide to help me with my project at that
time?”

Jungkook gets taken aback for a moment at the sudden question regarding that.

“You even did whatever I asked for, like putting on the dress and makeup and posing for me.”
Taehyung lets out a laugh, “I didn’t actually think you’d agree to do all those given our relationship
back then.”

Taehyung has reasons to think that way because truly, back then they were not on terms to even
say hi to each other. Even though they were sleeping together.

Now that Jungkook thinks about it, it’s actually surprising that he went along with everything.

“I guess- I didn’t like the way you looked so down just because you didn’t have someone to be
your model.” Jungkook ends up saying, he doesn’t look at Taehyung when he talks. “I actually
don’t know.”

Taehyung strokes his finger down Jungkook’s cheek and slides it under his chin to make him look
up, “It was not that I couldn’t find someone to be my model. No one was able to catch my eyes the
way you did.”

“You creepy ass.” Jungkook squints his eyes at him and it makes both of them laugh out loud.
“You always had eyes for me.”

“Are you just realizing that?”

“I realized it a long time ago. I am just making a statement.”

Taehyung smirks, “But you were the one with eyes if we’re gonna go down that road.”

Jungkook springs up from his lap and turns around to face him, “What do you mean?”

“That time when I accidentally flashed myself in front of you in the locker room- boy did you ogle
at me like a hungry hyena.”

Taehyung was so sure Jungkook would either punch him in the face or die out of embarrassment
when he mentions this but none of that happens.

Instead, Jungkook is just crossing his arms over his chest and raising an eyebrow at him.

Did this just backfire to Taehyung?

And then Jungkook smirks, “It’s not everyday people get to see a colossal cock like that, babe. I
consider myself extremely lucky.”
Yap. it definitely backfired because now Taehyung is a blushing mess. His ears are burning hot
and he has no words.

But what makes him feel at ease amongst all this is that- Jungkook is laughing freely.

The same Jungkook who used to think twice before making any move- is cracking jokes now and
being so comfortable around Taehyung.

It makes Taehyung feel like he succeeded. This is what he wanted. He wanted Jungkook to be
happy.

Before he can stop himself, Taehyung grabs Jungkook’s cheeks and pulls him in for a kiss.

It’s all too sudden, not letting Jungkook process the moment at all as his eyes widens and he forgets
to kiss him back for the time being.

Taehyung’s eyes are closed and his brows are furrowed, Jungkook notices. Somehow this makes
his heart skip a beat before he kisses him back.

“You’re unbelievable.” Taehyung murmurs against his lips in between the kisses. His eyes are still
closed, as if he’s embarrassed.

“Didn’t know you had it in you to be this cute.” Jungkook tells him, smiling like a fool. He really
didn’t think Taehyung would be shying away like this.

“Yeah yeah, shut up.” Taehyung says before sealing his lips with another kiss.

Happiness wraps around them in a warm hug as they melt in each other’s embrace. Have been
through so much, they suffered so much in the past- and that’s why this happiness feels a little too
good to be true.

But unlike before, they don’t have doubt in themselves anymore. Especially Jungkook.

He doesn’t feel like it’s all a dream. He doesn’t think anymore that the moment he opens his eyes,
everything will disappear.

Taehyung is still going to be in front of him even when he wakes up from the dream to remind him
that everything is real.

Their happiness is real.

Their love is real.

Jungkook is in love and he is loved.

There’s a sudden grumble in the sky as a chilly air blows past them which makes them pull away
from the kiss.

And before they know what’s happening, rain pours down on them.

“Ahhh! What is this! We’ll get wet! Come on, let's go inside the farm-” Jungkook shrieks. It was
sunny when they came here but now it’s suddenly raining cats and dogs.

He places a hand over his head to protect himself from getting wet and uses the other hand to hold
Taehyung to get him up.
But Taehyung doesn’t budge.

“Hey! Tae?” Jungkook calls again.

“So what if we get wet?” Taehyung says and wraps his fingers around Jungkook’s wrist and gets
up from the bench. “This couldn’t get any more perfect.”

Jungkook gasps and yelps in surprise when Taehyung drags him out under the open sky. Their
hands are tightly intertwined so that Jungkook cannot run away and this makes them get
completely soaked.

Jungkook is about to scold him for this. But when his eyes fall on Taehyung, facing the sky with
his eyes closed as the raindrops hit his skin and he smiles, Jungkook can’t bring himself to scold
him anymore.

Taehyung then turns his face to look at him, his smile widening, “Babe, let’s dance.” he says,
extending his other hand.

Jungkook breaks into a laugh, taking his hand he steps closer to him, “Is this you fulfilling all my
cliché dreams?”

Taehyung lets go of Jungkook’s other hand that was intertwined before to hold him by the waist, “I
would rather say that this is my own cliché dream.”

“Kim Taehyung had dreams of dancing in the rain?”

Taehyung shakes his head, “I had dreams of dancing in the rain with the love of my life.”

Jungkook takes Taehyung’s lead and starts swaying his body. There’s no music but it’s not needed
when they can be each other’s song instead.

“Sheeesh, I got goosebumps.” Jungkook says.

Taehyung twirls Jungkook around and pulls him closer again to dance slowly. The rain has slowed
down a little, but still enough to make sounds against the grass.

Jungkook wraps his arms around Taehyung’s neck once he comes closer, “Let’s fulfill all the cliché
romantic dreams we have, Tae. let me fulfill your dreams, just me.” he says, staring with his big
doe eyes.

Taehyung leans forward to kiss his forehead, “Every part of me belongs to you. Every dream of
mine is yours too, no way anyone else can fulfill it.”

A proud smile takes over Jungkook’s face as he leans his head over Taehyung’s chest, hugging him
tight with his arms wrapped around his body instead of going along with the dancing, “Good.
Because I am gonna gatekeep you, your dreams, your heart, everything.”

Taehyung just sways their body right now as it’s impossible to dance with the way Jungkook is
clinging to him, not that he minds one percent. “Whatever you want, baby. I don’t have any
intention of letting others have it anyway.”

And then Jungkook giggles, “It applies to other things as well.”

“Hmm? What else is there?”

The sheepish grin tells Taehyung that he shouldn’t have asked. It’s his gut feelings that’s telling
him.

“Your colossal cock. I am not letting anyone else have it. Neither do I want anyone else’s.”
Jungkook says, absolutely shamelessly.

But instead of making Taehyung embarrassed, he snorts this time, “2 years and you’re still and
you’re still at it, huh?”

“Can you blame me?”

“What do you like more? Me or my dick?”

“Tough choice.”

“Get out.”

Jungkook giggles again and hugs him tighter. “Come on, it’s a part of you anyway.”

Taehyung looks at him with a very unimpressed glare, “I’ll have to pray that someone bigger than
me doesn’t show up.”

“What did I just say? I don’t want anyone else. Only you.”

“Should I be happy?”

Jungkook nods his head furiously. “Jokes aside, I really do want to keep you all to myself.”

When Jungkook told Taehyung the first time he confessed his feelings that he’ll love him so much-
it’ll get him annoyed- Taehyung is now getting the feeling that how wrong Jungkook was back
then.

Because Jungkook loves him, so much and beyond what he had thought love was- but he still
craves more.

He won’t let Jungkook know it because he knows he will get it anyway.

“That’s my line, babe.” Taehyung ends up saying, a little part of his heart melting away inside his
ribcage. Making him feel loved.

Jungkook lets go of Taehyung’s body to place his hands by the side of his neck and kisses him, “I
love you a whole lot.” he says just because he felt like saying it.

Or maybe because he is happy. Truly happy now.

Taehyung taught him how to be happy, how to open himself to happiness. He taught him how to
love and how to embrace love. Jungkook knows now, he just needed to take a step towards
happiness.

He’s so thankful that Taehyung extended his hand for him to take so that they can walk the path of
happiness together.

And so Jungkook kisses him a little more. The rainy weather has made the atmosphere a little cold
but all Jungkook feels is warmth.

Taehyung doesn’t let him pull apart too far away as he cups the back of his head to stop him from
doing so, “I love you too.” he says then, softly smiling at him.
 Yeah it is happiness.

Happiness really does suit them.

Together.

THE END

Chapter End Notes

Ahh I dont know where do I start but this will be long because I will be getting emo so
bear with me 100k words- was NOT in my plan. This is the BIGGEST fic I have
ever written. I have already said it a couple hundred times that this was supposed to be
a pwp of 30k words max but that’s ancient history now. After I posted the first 2
chapters, everything changed. I started building the characters in a different way and
the plot just grew on it’s own and here we are now. My goal remained the same
though. I wanted to portray that physical attraction is no less of a love language and
how it can lead to an emotional bond. The whole story revolves around embracing the
love that’s physical as well as emotional.

I received so much love because of this fic that it won’t ever be enough even if I say
thank you a thousand times. It’s you, my dearest readers that kept me going with all
your precious reactions to this fic- I cried a couple of times when people told me this
fic made their day better. It’s still unbelievable that I worked on this for so long. The
first chapter was posted in February and now it’s August- 6 months! With lots of
breaks and delays in between, I thought people might lose interest in this. I was afraid
of posting it chapter by chapter instead of the whole thing together but yall were the
most kindest to me ever. That’s why I was able to finish this and I am content. Saying
I love you won’t do justice expressing how grateful I am to you.

I wanna say a lot of things but I am at a loss of words now. I cried last night writing
the end but now I am happy that I could give my babies a happy ending, I could give
them happiness. From here on, nothing can make them insecure about themselves
anymore.

You can find me on twitter to know about my future works as well as life updates
about Colossal Cock Taekook @Taekooks_Doll

I made a visual thread

And Here is a Character profile

Thank you so much once again for staying with me till the end
Please drop by the archive and comment to let the author know if you enjoyed their work!